Cloud Editions (CE) The Ultimate Cloud™ opentext.com/contact Twitter | LinkedIn Copyright © 2021 Open Text. All Rights Reserved. Trademarks owned by Open Text. For more information, visit: https://www.opentext.com/about/copyright-information • 18611 DEAR SHAREHOLDERS, Fiscal 2021 has been a historic year of remarkable innovation and growth at OpenText. This year, I had the honor and privilege of celebrating OpenText’s 30th anniversary. We have come a very long way from being one of the world’s first search engines to becoming a fully scalable, modern cloud company and the global market leader in Information Management. What a difference a year makes. Despite the challenges of a global pandemic, Fiscal 2021 represents the strongest year in the history of OpenText and is reflective of the strength and durability of our company, business model, innovative products and dedicated employees. We are delivering Information Management in the cloud at scale with the best product portfolio in our history, empowering many of the most innovative global organizations, in nearly every vertical and line of business. In 30 years, we built a company that continues to deliver growth, upper quartile profitability and cash flows regardless of the economic environment. Information Management’s day has arrived. It is a large $84 billion market, strategic, essential, and transformative for our customers. The global pandemic has accelerated demand for OpenText’s product offerings as customers navigate the challenges of an evolving market and workforce. OpenText’s Information Management solutions are perfectly aligned with market demands such as Modern Work, modern experiences, transformation of global and sustainable supply chains and security and data protection. A key to Modern Work is digitalization and automation, and OpenText provides leading product offerings that enable workers to stay connected, productive, and secure. FISCAL 2021 PERFORMANCE Early last year, we made a statement that we would exit the pandemic stronger than we entered, and we have achieved this outcome. Our Fiscal 2021 results speak to our actions, our progress, our employees and our culture. We delivered an exceptional year led by organic growth in Cloud and Annual Recurring Revenues. In Fiscal 2021, we delivered a record $3.4 billion in total revenues, representing 8.9% year-over-year growth, supported by record Cloud revenues of $1.4 billion which represent 21.6% year-over-year growth. Annual Recurring Revenues (ARR) reached a record $2.7 billion, representing 12.7% year-over-year growth and accounting for 81% of our total revenues. Our operational performance also excelled in Fiscal 2021 as we generated a record $1.3 billion of adjusted EBITDA and $812.4 million in free cash flows which includes the IRS settlement payment of $299.6 million. We ended the year with GAAP EPS of $1.14 and adjusted EPS of $3.39, representing 17.3% year-over-year growth. With approximately $1.6 billion of cash at the end of the year, our balance sheet and liquidity position remain very strong, positioning us to drive our organic growth initiatives and to continue to deploy capital that meet OpenText’s growth and returns-based metrics. In Fiscal 2021 we repurchased and cancelled 2.5 million common shares through our share repurchase plan and returned approximately $329.8 million to shareholders through our dividend and share repurchase programs. We’ve expanded our shareholder return strategy and expect to increase shareholder returns by allocating approximately 33% of trailing twelve-month free cash flows towards both our dividend and share repurchase programs. We will allocate the remaining 67% towards corporate initiatives including M&A. Our Fiscal 2021 financial performance proves that we have tapped into something powerful. Following three decades of investment to build a strong and durable business model, OpenText’s Information Management software and solutions provide a strategic advantage and solid defence against uncertainty. We enter the next fiscal year with momentum, well positioned to continue driving shareholder returns through growth, dividends and share buybacks. TOTAL GROWTH STRATEGY Our unique “Grow, Retain and Acquire” framework is at the heart of our Total Growth strategy. Grow We have leveraged this past year to accelerate innovation, transition to Modern Work and become more efficient, dramatically strengthening our go-to-market and position within Information Management. We introduced a comprehensive go-to-market strategy to grow our sales breadth and depth, enhancing our direct engagement with customers, partners, channel and digital, to service customers of all sizes. We are tracking well to our goal of complete and direct sales coverage of the G10K by the end of calendar 2023. With our sales coverage goals, we are also deeply focused on cross selling and up-selling Cloud Editions into our existing customer base, focusing on our account knowledge and the opportunity to introduce new applications that manage new information workloads. Earlier this year, we announced our GROW with OpenText program to set a clear value path for our customers and growth path for OpenText. Modern Work is evolving, and Modern Work is key to our corporate agenda of GROW with OpenText. Through GROW with OpenText, we successfully deliver compelling innovations that provide our customers with a competitive digital advantage while accelerating organic growth with a scalable, high velocity, low friction business model. The initiative includes our Voyager Learning Services program that brings more professionals into the OpenText ecosystem with skills, training and certifications. At the forefront of our GROW with OpenText program is our digital engagement platform that is cloud-based, the OpenText Digital Zone. Available today, the Digital Zone allows us to connect with customers and prospects for events, seminars, presales, design, proof-of-concept, support and renewals and will ultimately automate the vast majority of our customer engagement and allow us to help scale revenues nonlinear to expense. We have also increased our investment in R&D, to create next-generation Information Management solutions, making strategic bets on product advancements in the markets where we can capture greater market share. Over the next 5 years, we plan to invest over $2 billion into innovation; supporting a 90-day product release cycle that continues to rapidly bring new capabilities to market. Retain Throughout the COVID-19 pandemic, we have been committed to supporting our customers and continued to provide the uninterrupted 24x7 support that they have come to expect. We delivered another exceptional year with customer support renewal rates at 94%, and our cloud renewal rates, excluding Carbonite, at 93%. I want to highlight the important enhancements we have been making to drive growth and increase customer value in the ARR portion of our revenue. It is no longer just a maintenance business. It is turning into a customer value service. Our off-cloud maintenance customers can now receive warranty services, product updates, upgrades, new versions, full access to our digital knowledge base, security updates, compliance updates, privacy updates and other enhancements. These services complement our 90-day release cycle and increase the overall value of our product offering. We believe this program will drive higher customer satisfaction and continued growth in our customer support business. Acquire We are committed to our M&A playbook, and intend to continue to acquire, smartly, strategically, as a driver of future organic growth, to achieve greater long-term competitive gains and even higher cash returns. Having integrated 9 cloud acquisitions since 2014, the OpenText team has very sophisticated expertise in acquisition business modeling and key performance indicator management and tracking. Our M&A pipeline is healthy and our liquidity, cash flow and balance sheet remain strong. We always take the long view and fully expect to deploy capital in Fiscal 2022 when the right opportunity arises. Future acquisitions will be additive to our organic growth aspirations. OPENTEXT CLOUD EDITIONS: THE ULTIMATE CLOUD™ Organizations are embracing cloud as a key pillar in their digital transformation and growth strategies. OpenText Cloud Editions – The Ultimate Cloud™ enables customers to accelerate their digital transformation, grow, and stay ahead of the competition by maximizing the value of their information through our cloud-based Information Management platform. Providing flexible deployment options and secure, purpose-built solutions to support Modern Work, OpenText’s complete Information Management suite remains vital for companies of all sizes. OpenText Cloud Editions has greatly simplified our go-to-market with five distinct clouds on one technology platform and four deployment options, making it easier for customers to consume. With Cloud Editions, our software can be deployed off-cloud, in our private cloud, in a public cloud such as Google Cloud, Microsoft Azure or AWS, and via API services. We have rapid innovation cycles as we uplift and upscale our platform every 90 days. Overall, cloud growth remains our largest opportunity and Cloud Editions accelerates our ability to cross-sell, upsell and enable self-service access to more of our customers. Over the next several years, through Cloud Editions, all our products will be available in the cloud and in multi-tenant environments. Organizations must support the modern worker by enabling product management, collaboration, sharing, capture and e-signature, while simultaneously organizing their data to extract business insights and comply with record retention and customer privacy regulations. The OpenText Content Cloud empowers Modern Work by improving user and process productivity and automating the management of critical business content. Supply chains are constantly changing based on demand, supply and externalities. With 24 of the 30 largest global supply chains as customers, OpenText is the clear market leader. The OpenText Business Network Cloud connects businesses to global commerce and trading networks through a unified integration platform, helping customers evolve and transform their supply chains to become more real-time, more local and more sustainable while simultaneously remaining compliant with global tax and tariff regulations. As engagement becomes digital, customers are demanding a more customer-centric, seamless, personalized and exceptional service. The OpenText Experience Cloud provides a single platform to deliver modern engagements across the customer journey enabling businesses to engage with their customers at every touch point. The OpenText Security & Protection Cloud strengthens our customers’ cyber resilience by protecting and securing data to withstand and quickly recover from cyberattacks and accidental data loss. We are committed to expanding our security business over the long term and providing the necessary protections for the edge, for the Core and for the Cloud for secure information management. The modern developer’s delivery needs to be fast reliable and at scale, making it critical to select the right partners early in their innovation cycle. The OpenText Developer Cloud is a single source of cloud API services that helps developers quickly bring their ideas to life using powerful, developer-trusted APIs. OUR PARTNERS OpenText remains committed to being a partner-embracing company, expanding strategic relationships with some of the most prominent organizations in enterprise software. The OpenText™ Global Partner Program offers access to hundreds of partners to support OpenText solutions. Each partner has been carefully screened to ensure they meet the OpenText standard and can provide customers with the expertise they need. Our strategic partnership program acts as a force multiplier. Strengthening existing partnerships with SAP SE, Google Cloud, Microsoft Corporation, Amazon, Oracle Corporation, Salesforce.com and others expands our market presence, bringing OpenText into more sales opportunities globally. Some examples of strategic partners include: SAP SE (SAP): We have a longstanding relationship with SAP and remain their preferred partner for content services. OpenText and SAP have worked together to build over 5,000 customers in 130+ countries, supporting nearly every vertical and line of business. OpenText’s digital content suite enables SAP customers to take advantage of the knowledge stored in their unstructured content. Google Cloud: Google has selected OpenText as its preferred provider of Information Management solutions on Google Cloud. The OpenText and Google Cloud strategic partnership offers customers the choice to consume Information Management applications as a managed service delivered on the enterprise-class Google Cloud platform, enabling customers to scale their deployments as their businesses demands increase. Amazon Web Services (AWS): OpenText and AWS have come together to simplify, accelerate and optimize the transition of customer workloads to the cloud. The combination of OpenText cloud-native applications and expert managed services, together with the scalability and performance of AWS, offer more secure, reliable and compliant solutions to customers wanting to deploy cloud-based Information Management applications. Microsoft Corporation (Microsoft): OpenText solutions for Microsoft offer seamless integration of business content with popular Microsoft applications, such as Microsoft Office 365, SharePoint and Outlook, and industry-specific business applications, such as SAP, Oracle and Salesforce, to increase productivity and maximize investments in Microsoft technologies. Building on OpenText’s commitment to customer choice, OpenText IM solutions are certified to run on Microsoft Azure’s public cloud environment as a fully managed service. SMB Markets: We have a comprehensive model for our routes to market that provide flexibility and engagement for over 470,000 small and medium-sized businesses. With over 16,000 Managed Service Providers (MSP), all of whom provide IT solutions to SMB customers, we are building and expanding relationships with the best resellers, distributors, network and security vendors and technology service providers to ensure customer success. Growing our breadth and reach into SMB markets through these partnerships is strategic, will help us capture market share, and establishes a channel to introduce even more OpenText products to the SMB markets. OUR CUSTOMERS OpenText’s biggest strength is our marquee install base of 75,000 enterprise customers and 470,000 SMB customers, built and retained over the last 30 years through our foundation of trust. By fully leveraging the OpenText Cloud and our investments in digital infrastructure, we have been able to continue to innovate, develop new products and help our customers respond to the pandemic. This includes helping companies transition to Modern Work, re-working supply chains so that customers could remain competitive, and supporting the documentation of clinical trials to combat COVID-19. Our technology is also protecting enterprise systems, SMBs and consumers from ransomware and online scams, which became even more important with the proliferation of endpoints as employees worked from home. Our customers operate in hybrid, off-cloud and cloud environments and we are ready to support the delivery method the customer prefers. In providing choice and flexibility we strive to maximize the lifetime value of the relationship with our customers and support their digital transformation journey. The world’s leading customers and companies trust OpenText. Here are a few examples of some of the largest organizations in the world that standardized or extended their presence on OpenText’s Information Management platform. EDF, the leading producer and supplier of electricity in Europe was looking to support a major enterprise program for nuclear power plants. EDF Nuclear Production Department signed a 10-year contract with OpenText involving the purchase of OpenText AppWorks, OpenText Magellan and OpenText Extended ECM Solutions. The California Department of State Hospitals manages the California state hospital system, which provides mental health services to patients admitted into DSH facilities and oversees 5 state hospitals. They selected OpenText XM Fax in the cloud to ensure compliance across all hospital locations and to enable secure, compliant faxing from desktop environments during the COVID-19 pandemic. McCain, a Canadian multinational frozen food company and the world’s largest manufacturer of frozen potato products, is trusting our trading grid technology in the Business Network Cloud to manage their entire supply chain. Maersk, the global leader in container shipping and integrated container logistics is leveraging OpenText ECM solutions, deployed in the cloud, to accelerate their digital transformation journey. The American insurance company, Allstate, started as a customer communication management customer. They later expanded to fax and SMS notifications and now have one comprehensive platform for their unified messaging. Canada’s largest bank, Royal Bank of Canada, selected the OpenText Business Network for commercial lending in a public cloud environment. OpenText will provide STP Financial Hub for Commercial Lending, along with B2B Managed Services. This multi-tenant system will provide RBC with a state-of-the-art technology platform that includes significant self-service capabilities and an enhanced user experience. VMware, a leading cloud computing and virtualization technology company, purchased OpenText Axcelerate to provide tangible return on investment by using the advanced machine learning tool. They chose this solution to deliver deeper information management across the eDiscovery and legal review process. In addition, leveraging OpenText Axcelerate will allow them to minimize risk and costs associated with the explosion of data volume, heightened regulatory requirements and cybersecurity breaches. An American multinational food processing and commodities trading corporation, Archer Daniels Midland, selected our new cloud API services to connect its OpenText content system to its Salesforce.com deployment. CORPORATE CITIZENSHIP Our Corporate Citizenship program plays an integral role in achieving our goals and ambitions, by giving due consideration to environmental, social, and governance (ESG) factors that can affect our Company’s long-term performance. When these three vectors are aligned, not only do we operate more efficiently as a business, but we are better positioned to face the challenges ahead and make a greater contribution to society. While this past year has been challenging in many ways, the global pandemic has only strengthened our purpose and fueled our determination to build an inclusive environment where enthusiastic, skilled, and diverse employees thrive. Employee health, safety and wellness has been our top priority throughout the pandemic. We have established the $3M OpenText Employee Relief Fund to support employees in the event of financial hardship due to the pandemic, organized a vaccination campaign for our employees in India, and have worked with local leadership to make sure that our insurance and benefits cover tests and vaccinations in all our global locations. We are proud of the many ways that our unique products and capabilities can be used for the greater good. We are helping companies transition from paper to digital processes, securely supporting those who need to work remotely, and digitizing disrupted global supply chains to ensure operational resiliency in turbulent times. This past year has made it even more clear that companies need to play a leading role on issues ranging from diversity to human rights and the environment. We are committed to supporting our employees, customers and communities, as well as doing more to support Equity, Diversity and Inclusion (ED&I), continuing to improve our environmental footprint and supporting a culture of Tech for Good. For more information I encourage shareholders to read our 2021 Corporate Citizenship Report, where we share our vision for strengthening our people, products and planet in the coming years. VALUE CREATION STRATEGY Our Value Creation Strategy is predicated on balancing growth, profitability and capital efficiency. We have built a company that continues to deliver revenue growth, upper quartile profitability and cash flow regardless of the economic environment. This Value Creation Strategy enables us to drive shareholder returns through stock price appreciation, dividends and share buybacks. LOOKING AHEAD Fiscal 2021 was a historic year, where the resilience of 14,000-plus dedicated employees across the globe quickly adapted to Modern Work principles and delivered record results. We are a modern cloud company with strongest product portfolio in our history, a leadership position in a growing market, and the right management team to deliver on our goals and aspirations. As we celebrate our 30th anniversary, I am even more excited for the future of OpenText. On behalf of OpenText, I’d like to thank our shareholders, loyal customers, partners and all OpenText employees who embraced our culture and values, demonstrating true resiliency and teamwork. Sincerely, Mark J. Barrenechea OpenText CEO and CTO CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS This Annual Report contains forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, and created under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Securities Act (Ontario) and Canadian securities legislation in each of the provinces of Canada. All statements other than statements of historical facts are statements that could be deemed forward-looking statements. When we use words such as “anticipates,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “seeks,” “estimates,” “may,” “could,” “would”, “will” and variations of these words or similar expressions, we do so to identify forward-looking statements. In addition, any statements that refer to expectations, beliefs, plans, projections, objectives, performance or other characterizations of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions, are forward-looking statements, and are based on our current expectations, forecasts and projections about the operating environment, economies and markets in which we operate. Forward- looking statements reflect our current estimates, beliefs and assumptions, which are based on management’s perception of historic trends, current conditions and expected future developments, as well as other factors it believes are appropriate in the circumstances. These forward-looking statements are based on certain assumptions and involve known and unknown risks as well as uncertainties, which include actual and potential risks and uncertainties relating to the ultimate spread of COVID-19, the severity and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic, and issues relating to the resurgence of COVID-19 and/or new strains of COVID-19. The actual results that we achieve may differ materially from any forward-looking statements, which reflect management’s current expectations and projections about future results only as of the date hereof. We undertake no obligation to revise or publicly release the results of any revisions to these forward-looking statements. A number of factors may materially affect our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects. For additional information with respect to risks and other factors which could occur, see our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and other securities filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission and other securities regulators. Any one of these factors may cause our actual results to differ materially from recent results or from our anticipated future results. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance upon any such forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date made. Notes (1) (2) All dollar amounts in this press release are in U.S. Dollars unless otherwise indicated. Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures: In addition to reporting financial results in accordance with U.S. GAAP, the Company provides certain financial measures that are not in accordance with U.S. GAAP (Non-GAAP). These Non-GAAP financial measures have certain limitations in that they do not have a standardized meaning and thus the Company's definition may be different from similar Non-GAAP financial measures used by other companies and/or analysts and may differ from period to period. Thus it may be more difficult to compare the Company's financial performance to that of other companies. However, the Company's management compensates for these limitations by providing the relevant disclosure of the items excluded in the calculation of these Non-GAAP financial measures both in its reconciliation to the U.S. GAAP financial measures and its consolidated financial statements, all of which should be considered when evaluating the Company's results. The Company uses these Non-GAAP financial measures to supplement the information provided in its consolidated financial statements, which are presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The presentation of Non-GAAP financial measures is not meant to be a substitute for financial measures presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, but rather should be evaluated in conjunction with and as a supplement to such U.S. GAAP measures. OpenText strongly encourages investors to review its financial information in its entirety and not to rely on a single financial measure. The Company therefore believes that despite these limitations, it is appropriate to supplement the disclosure of the U.S. GAAP measures with certain Non-GAAP measures defined below. Non-GAAP-based net income and Non-GAAP-based EPS, attributable to OpenText, are consistently calculated as GAAP-based net income or earnings per share, attributable to OpenText, on a diluted basis, excluding the effects of the amortization of acquired intangible assets, other income (expense), share-based compensation, and special charges (recoveries), all net of tax and any tax benefits/expense items unrelated to current period income, as further described in the tables below. Non-GAAP-based gross profit is the arithmetical sum of GAAP-based gross profit and the amortization of acquired technology-based intangible assets and share-based compensation within cost of sales. Non-GAAP-based gross margin is calculated as Non-GAAP-based gross profit expressed as a percentage of total revenue. Non- GAAP-based income from operations is calculated as GAAP-based income from operations, excluding the amortization of acquired intangible assets, special charges (recoveries), and share-based compensation expense. Adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (Adjusted EBITDA) is consistently calculated as GAAP-based net income, attributable to OpenText, excluding interest income (expense), provision for income taxes, depreciation and amortization of acquired intangible assets, other income (expense), share-based compensation and special charges (recoveries). Adjusted EBITDA margin is calculated as adjusted EBITDA expressed as a percentage of total revenue. The Company's management believes that the presentation of the above defined Non-GAAP financial measures provides useful information to investors because they portray the financial results of the Company before the impact of certain non-operational charges. The use of the term “non-operational charge” is defined for this purpose as an expense that does not impact the ongoing operating decisions taken by the Company's management. These items are excluded based upon the way the Company's management evaluates the performance of the Company's business for use in the Company's internal reports and are not excluded in the sense that they may be used under U.S. GAAP. The Company does not acquire businesses on a predictable cycle, and therefore believes that the presentation of Non-GAAP measures, which in certain cases adjust for the impact of amortization of intangible assets and the related tax effects that are primarily related to acquisitions, will provide readers of financial statements with a more consistent basis for comparison across accounting periods and be more useful in helping readers understand the Company’s operating results and underlying operational trends. Additionally, the Company has engaged in various restructuring activities over the past several years, primarily due to acquisitions and most recently in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, that have resulted in costs associated with reductions in headcount, consolidation of leased facilities and related costs, all which are recorded under the Company’s “Special charges (recoveries)” caption on the Consolidated Statements of Income. Each restructuring activity is a discrete event based on a unique set of business objectives or circumstances, and each differs in terms of its operational implementation, business impact and scope, and the size of each restructuring plan can vary significantly from period to period. Therefore, the Company believes that the exclusion of these special charges (recoveries) will also better aid readers of financial statements in the understanding and comparability of the Company's operating results and underlying operational trends. In summary, the Company believes the provision of supplemental Non-GAAP measures allow investors to evaluate the operational and financial performance of the Company's core business using the same evaluation measures that management uses, and is therefore a useful indication of OpenText's performance or expected performance of future operations and facilitates period-to-period comparison of operating performance (although prior performance is not necessarily indicative of future performance). As a result, the Company considers it appropriate and reasonable to provide, in addition to U.S. GAAP measures, supplementary Non-GAAP financial measures that exclude certain items from the presentation of its financial results. Please refer to “Reconciliation of selected GAAP-based measures to Non-GAAP-based measures" included within our current and historical filings on Forms 10-Q, 10-K and 8-K. UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Washington, DC 20549 ______________________ FORM 10-K ______________________ ☒ ☐ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021. OR TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the transition period from to Commission file number: 0-27544 ______________________________________ OPEN TEXT CORPORATION (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter) ______________________ Canada 98-0154400 (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) (IRS Employer Identification No.) 275 Frank Tompa Drive, Waterloo, Ontario Canada (Address of principal executive offices) N2L 0A1 (Zip code) Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (519) 888-7111 Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Title of each class Common stock without par value Trading Symbol(s) OTEX Name of each exchange on which registered NASDAQ Global Select Market Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None (Title of Class) ______________________________________ Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☒ No ☐ Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulations S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ☒ No ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. Large accelerated filer ☒ Accelerated filer ☐ Non-accelerated filer ☐ Smaller reporting company ☐ Emerging growth company ☐ If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒ Aggregate market value of the Registrant's Common Shares held by non-affiliates, based on the closing price of the Common Shares as reported by the NASDAQ Global Select Market (“NASDAQ”) on December 31, 2020, the end of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was approximately $12.2 billion. At August 3, 2021, there were 271,754,378 outstanding Common Shares of the registrant. None. DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 1 OPEN TEXT CORPORATION TABLE OF CONTENTS Part I Item 1. Business Item 1A. Risk Factors Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments Item 2. Item 3. Item 4. Part II Item 5. Item 6. Item 7. Properties Legal Proceedings Mine Safety Disclosures Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities Selected Financial Data Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk Item 8. Item 9. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure Item 9A. Controls and Procedures Item 9B. Other Information Part III Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance Item 11. Executive Compensation Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services Part IV Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules Item 16. Form 10-K Summary Signatures 2 Page No 6 17 35 35 35 35 36 40 40 75 76 76 76 77 78 85 110 112 113 114 172 173 Part I Forward-Looking Statements In addition to historical information, this Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, Section 21E of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), and Section 27A of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), and is subject to the safe harbors created by those sections. Words such as “anticipates”, “expects”, “intends”, “plans”, “believes”, “seeks”, “estimates”, “may”, “could”, “would”, “might”, “will” and variations of these words or similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. In addition, any statements that refer to expectations, beliefs, plans, projections, objectives, performance or other characterizations of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions, are forward-looking statements, and are based on our current expectations, forecasts and projections about the operating environment, economies and markets in which we operate. Forward-looking statements reflect our current estimates, beliefs and assumptions, which are based on management’s perception of historic trends, current conditions and expected future developments, as well as other factors it believes are appropriate in the circumstances. These forward-looking statements are based on certain assumptions including the following: (i) countries continuing to implement and enforce existing and additional customs and security regulations relating to the provision of electronic information for imports and exports; (ii) our continued operation of a secure and reliable business network; (iii) the stability of general political, economic and market conditions, currency exchange rates and interest rates, including potential for inflation and rising interest rates; (iv) equity and debt markets continuing to provide us with access to capital; (v) our continued ability to identify and source attractive and executable business combination opportunities, as well as our ability to continue to successfully integrate any such opportunities, including in accordance with the expected timeframe and/or cost budget for such integration; (vi) our continued ability to avoid infringing third party intellectual property rights; and (vii) our ability to successfully implement our restructuring plans. These forward- looking statements involve known and unknown risks as well as uncertainties, which include (i) actual and potential risks and uncertainties relating to the severity and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic and issues relating to the resurgence of COVID-19 and/or new strains of COVID-19, including potential material adverse effects on our business, operations and financial performance; (ii) actions that have been and may be taken by governmental authorities to contain COVID-19 or to treat its impact, including the availability, effectiveness and use of treatments and vaccines; (iii) the actual and potential negative impacts of COVID-19 on the global economy and financial markets; (iv) the actual and potential risk and uncertainties relating to the impact of our COVID-19 Restructuring Plan (as defined herein) and (v) those discussed herein and in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended June 30, 2021, which are set forth in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report. The actual results that we achieve may differ materially from any forward-looking statements, which reflect management's current expectations and projections about future results only as of the date hereof. We undertake no obligation to revise or publicly release the results of any revisions to these forward-looking statements. A number of factors may materially affect our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects. These factors include, but are not limited to, those set forth in Part I, Item 1A “Risk Factors”, and forward-looking statements set forth in Part II, Item 7 "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and elsewhere in this Annual Report as well as other documents we file from time to time with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC). Any one of these factors may cause our actual results to differ materially from recent results or from our anticipated future results. You should not rely too heavily on the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K because these forward-looking statements are relevant only as of the date they were made. Throughout this Annual Report on Form 10-K: (i) the term "Fiscal 2022" means our fiscal year beginning on July 1, 2021 and ending June 30, 2022; (ii) the term "Fiscal 2021" means our fiscal year beginning on July 1, 2020 and ended June 30, 2021; (iii) the term “Fiscal 2020” means our fiscal year beginning on July 1, 2019 and ended June 30, 2020; (iv) the term “Fiscal 2019” means our fiscal year beginning on July 1, 2018 and ended June 30, 2019; (v) the term “Fiscal 2018” means our fiscal year beginning on July 1, 2017 and ended June 30, 2018; (vi) the term “Fiscal 2017” means our fiscal year beginning on July 1, 2016 and ended June 30, 2017; (vii) the term “Fiscal 2016” means our fiscal year beginning on July 1, 2015 and ended June 30, 2016; (viii) the term “Fiscal 2015” means our fiscal year beginning on July 1, 2014 and ended June 30, 2015; (ix) the term “Fiscal 2014” means our fiscal year beginning on July 1, 2013 and ended June 30, 2014; (x) the term “Fiscal 2013” means our fiscal year beginning on July 1, 2012 and ended June 30, 2013; and (xi) the term “Fiscal 2012” means our fiscal year beginning on July 1, 2011 and ended June 30, 2012. Our Consolidated Financial Statements are presented in U.S. dollars and, unless otherwise indicated, all amounts included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars. References herein to the “Company”, “OpenText”, “we” or “us” refer to Open Text Corporation and, unless context requires otherwise, its subsidiaries. 3 Summary of Risk Factors The following is a summary of material risks described below in Part I, Item 1A “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The following summary should not be considered an exhaustive summary of the material risks facing us, is not necessarily presented in order of importance, and it should be read in conjunction with the “Risk Factors” section and other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Risks Related to our Business and Industry • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • The COVID-19 pandemic has and may continue to negatively affect our business, operations and financial performance The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic continues to create significant uncertainty in the global economy and for our business, operations and financial performance The restructuring of our operations, including steps taken to mitigate the anticipated negative impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, may be ineffective and may adversely affect our business or our finances, and we may incur restructuring charges in connection with such actions If we do not continue to develop technologically advanced products that successfully integrate with the software products and enhancements used by our customers, future revenues and our operating results may be negatively affected Product development is a long, expensive and uncertain process, and we may terminate one or more of our development programs Our investment in our current research and development efforts may not provide a sufficient, timely return If our software products and services do not gain market acceptance, our operating results may be negatively affected Failure to protect our intellectual property could harm our ability to compete effectively Other companies may claim that we infringe their intellectual property Our software products and services may contain defects that could harm our reputation, be costly to correct, delay revenues, and expose us to litigation Our software products rely on the stability of infrastructure software that, if not stable, could negatively impact the effectiveness of our products, resulting in harm to our reputation and business Risks associated with the evolving use of the Internet, including changing standards, competition, and regulation and associated compliance efforts, may adversely impact our business Business disruptions, including those related to data security breaches, may adversely affect our operations Unauthorized disclosures and breaches of data security may adversely affect our operations Our success depends on our relationships with strategic partners, distributors and third party service providers The loss of licenses to use third-party software or the lack of support or enhancement of such software could adversely affect our business Current and future competitors could have a significant impact on our ability to generate future revenues and profits The length of our sales cycle can fluctuate significantly which could result in significant fluctuations in revenues being recognized from quarter to quarter Our existing customers might cancel contracts with us, fail to renew contracts on their renewal dates and/or fail to purchase additional services and products, and we may be unable to attract new customers Consolidation in the industry, particularly by large, well-capitalized companies, could place pressure on our operating margins which could, in turn, have a material adverse effect on our business Our sales to government clients expose us to business volatility and risks, including government budgeting cycles and appropriations, early termination, audits, investigations, sanctions and penalties • We may be unable to maintain or expand our base of small and medium-sized businesses (SMB) and consumer customers, which could adversely affect our anticipated future growth and operating results • We must continue to manage our internal resources during periods of company growth or our operating results could be adversely affected If we lose the services of our executive officers or other key employees or if we are not able to attract or retain top employees, our business could be significantly harmed Our compensation structure may hinder our efforts to attract and retain vital employees • • 4 Risks Related to Acquisitions • • Acquisitions, investments, joint ventures and other business initiatives may negatively affect our operating results Businesses we acquire may have disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting, cybersecurity and compliance with data privacy laws that are weaker than or otherwise not in conformity with ours • We may be unable to successfully integrate acquired businesses or do so within the intended timeframes, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and business prospects • Loss of key personnel could impair the integration of acquired businesses, lead to loss of customers and a decline in revenues, or otherwise could have an adverse effect on our operations Risks Related to Laws and Regulatory Compliance • • • • Our provision for income taxes and effective income tax rate may vary significantly and may adversely affect our results of operations and cash resources As part of the ongoing audit of our Canadian tax returns by the Canada Revenue Agency (CRA), we have received notices of reassessment for Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2016 and the CRA is currently auditing Fiscal 2017. An adverse outcome of these ongoing audits could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations Risks associated with data privacy issues, including evolving laws and regulations and associated compliance efforts, may adversely impact our business Certain of our products may be perceived as, or determined by the courts to be, a violation of privacy rights and related laws. Any such perception or determination could adversely affect our revenues and results of operations Risks Related to our Financial Condition • We may not generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our unfunded pension obligations • • Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could materially affect our financial results Our indebtedness could limit our operations and opportunities Risks Related to Ownership of our Common Stock • • Changes in the market price of our Common Shares and credit ratings of our outstanding debt securities could lead to losses for shareholders and debt holders Our revenues and operating results are likely to fluctuate, which could materially impact the market price of our Common Shares General Risks • Unexpected events may materially harm our ability to align when we incur expenses with when we recognize revenues • We may fail to achieve our financial forecasts due to inaccurate sales forecasts or other factors • • Our international operations expose us to business, political and economic risks that could cause our operating results to suffer The impact of Brexit could adversely affect us • We may become involved in litigation that may materially adversely affect us • • • The declaration, payment and amount of dividends will be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on a number of factors Our operating results could be adversely affected by any weakening of economic conditions Stress in the global financial system may adversely affect our finances and operations in ways that may be hard to predict or to defend against 5 Item 1. Business Incorporated in 1991, OpenText has grown to be a leader in providing Information Management software solutions. We offer a comprehensive line of Information Management products and services that power digital businesses of all sizes and enable them to grow faster, obtain lower operational costs and reduce information governance and security risks by improving business insight, impact and process speed. Our products are offered as software as a service (SaaS), through off-cloud solutions, on the OpenText Cloud, on third- party public clouds or as a combination. Our customers operate in hybrid, off-cloud and cloud environments and we are ready to support the delivery method the customer prefers. In providing choice and flexibility, we strive to maximize the lifetime value of the relationship with our customers and support their digital transformation journey. Business Overview and Strategy About OpenText At OpenText, we believe information and knowledge make business and people better. We are an Information Management company that provides software and services that empower digital businesses of all sizes to become more intelligent, secure and connected. Our innovations maximize the strategic benefits of data and content for our customers, strengthening their productivity, growth and competitive advantage. The comprehensive OpenText Information Management platform and services provide secure and scalable solutions for global companies, SMB, governments and consumers around the world. We also accelerate information modernization with intelligent tools and services for moving off paper, automating classification and building clean data lakes for Artificial Intelligence (AI), analytics and automation. OpenText is fundamentally integrated into the parts of our customers' businesses that matter, so they can securely manage the complexity of information flow end to end. Through automation and AI, we connect, synthesize and deliver information where it is needed to drive new efficiencies, experiences and insights. We make information more valuable by connecting it to digital business processes, enriching it with capture and analytics, protecting and securing it throughout its entire lifecycle, and leveraging it to create engaging digital experiences. Our solutions also connect large digital supply chains in manufacturing, retail and financial services. Our solutions also enable organizations and consumers to secure their information so that they can collaborate with confidence, stay ahead of the regulatory technology curve, identify threats on any endpoint or across their networks, enable privacy, leverage eDiscovery and digital forensics to defensibly investigate and collect evidence, and ensure business continuity in the event of a security incident. Our Products and Services We have a complete and integrated portfolio of Information Management solutions delivered at scale in the OpenText Cloud, helping organizations master modern work, power modern experiences and optimize their digital supply chains. To do this, we bring together our Content Cloud, Business Network Cloud, Experience Cloud, Security and Protection Cloud and Developer Cloud with advanced technologies such as AI, analytics and automation. Our solutions improve business insight, employee productivity, customer experiences, asset utilization, collaboration, supply chain efficiency and risk management. Our software capabilities connect information across people, systems and Internet of Things (IoT) devices and securely manage, store, access and mine it with analytics for actionable and relevant insights. Below is a listing of our Information Management solutions. Content Cloud Our Content Cloud empowers customers to master modern work through robust content management, improved integrations and intelligent automation. It connects content to the digital business to eliminate silos and provide convenient, secure and compliant remote access to both structured and unstructured data - boosting productivity and reducing risk. Our solutions manage the lifecycle, distribution and use of information across the organization, from capture through to archiving and disposition. Our Content Services solutions range from content collaboration and intelligent capture to records management and archiving, and are available off-cloud, on a cloud provider of the customer’s choice, as a subscription in the OpenText Cloud, in a hybrid environment or as a managed service. Our Content Services solutions enable customers to capture documents and data from paper, electronic files, and other sources and transform it into digital content delivered directly into enterprise content 6 management solutions and business processes. Our customers can protect critical historical information within a secure, centralized archiving solution. Our Content Services integrate with the applications that manage critical business processes, such as SAP® S/4HANA, SAP® SuccessFactors®, Salesforce®, Microsoft® Office 365® and other enterprise software, establishing the foundation for intelligent business process and content workflow automation. By connecting unstructured content with structured data workflows, our Content Services allow users to have the content they need, when they need it, reducing errors and saving valuable time. Additionally, OpenText Content Services adhere to the Content Management Interoperability Services (CMIS) standard and support a broad range of operating systems, databases, application servers, and enterprise applications. Business Network Cloud Our Business Network Cloud provides a foundation for digital supply chains and secure e-commerce. Our Business Network manages all data within the organization and outside the firewall, connecting people, systems and IoT devices at a global scale. For our customers, this delivers streamlined connectivity, secure collaboration and real-time business intelligence in a single, unified platform. Organizations can build global and sustainable supply chains, rapidly onboard new trading partners, comply with regional mandates, assess their credit quality and ethics scores, provide electronic invoicing and remove information silos across the extended enterprise. Our Trading Grid connects trading partners globally and is used across a variety of industries. Delivered as a cloud service, we enable data integration, data management, messaging, communications, and secure data exchange across an increasingly complex network of off-cloud and cloud applications, connected devices and business partners or customers. The platform comprises solutions such as digital fax, identity and access management, digital business integration, supply chain optimization, data management and security, omnichannel communications, industrial IoT and more. These solutions simplify the inherent complexities of business-to-business (B2B) data exchange and offer insights that help drive operational efficiencies, accelerate time to transaction and improve customer satisfaction. Experience Cloud Our Experience Cloud powers modern experiences that drive revenue growth and customer loyalty. Our Digital Experience solutions create, manage, track and optimize omnichannel interactions throughout the customer journey, from acquisition through to retention, and integrates with systems of record such as Salesforce® and SAP®. The OpenText Digital Experience platform enables businesses to gain insight into their customer interactions and optimize them to improve customer lifetime value. This includes solutions and extensions that deliver highly personalized content and engagements along a continuous customer journey. With AI-powered analytics, the Experience Cloud can evaluate and deliver optimized user experiences at scale to ensure every point of interaction, whether physical or digital, on any device, is engaging and personalized. The Digital Experience cloud platform includes a range of solutions from Customer Communications Management (CCM), Web Content Management (WCM), Digital Asset Management (DAM), Customer Analytics, AI & Insights, Digital Fax and Secure Messaging, Voice of Customer (VoC), Workforce Optimization (WFO), Intelligent Forms Automation, as well as customer journey, testing and segmentation. Security and Protection Cloud Our Security and Protection Cloud provides peace of mind with cybersecurity, data protection, digital forensic and endpoint security solutions. Businesses of all sizes benefit from a comprehensive solution for proactively defending against cyber threats and preparing for business continuity and response in the event of a breach. It delivers multiple layers of defense to detect, protect against, forensically investigate and remediate security threats or data loss. We protect information managed by individuals, businesses, and governments within applications and at the endpoints. For highly regulated organizations, our digital investigation and forensic security solutions enable them to find and collect complex evidence faster, reduce risk and detect and respond to cyberthreats remotely. OpenText security solutions address information cyber resilience needs with leading digital forensic tools and endpoint detection and response. We provide 360-degree visibility across all endpoints, devices and networks, for proactive discovery of sensitive data, identification and remediation of threats and discreet, forensically-sound data collection and investigation. With the launch of Managed Detection and Response (MDR), OpenText Security analysts and threat hunters now deliver services 24x7, 365 days a year, combining front-line experience with industry leading automation, AI technology and OpenText software to help organizations detect threats in real time, rather than days or weeks. 7 Our Carbonite and Webroot product lines expand our data security and protection capabilities further for Enterprise, SMB and consumers, delivering continuous threat monitoring, remote endpoint protection, and automated cloud backup and recovery to protect employees and customer data while allowing organizations to prepare for, respond to, and recover quickly from cyberattacks. Our Discovery platform provides leading forensics and unstructured data analytics for searching and investigating organizational data to manage legal obligations and risk. It has powerful machine learning capabilities to help legal and compliance teams quickly find critical information for litigation discovery, investigations, compliance, data breach response, business projects, and financial contract analysis. Security is fundamentally built-in to all OpenText Information Management software. Our platform offers multi-level, multi-role, multi-context security. Information is secured at the database level, by user enrolled security, context rights, and time-based security. We also provide encryption at rest for document-level security. Developer Cloud Our Developer Cloud makes it faster and easier to build, extend and customize Information Management applications using a collection of Cloud services, applications, Application Programming Interfaces (APIs) and Software Development Kits (SDK). Our solutions help research and development (R&D) teams streamline new development initiatives, utilizing fewer resources and reducing time to delivery for their projects. With our Developer Cloud's language-neutral protocols and cloud API services, our customers can reduce infrastructure spend, improve time-to-market and minimize the time and effort of adding new capabilities. Every new product that we release will be available as a service in the Developer Cloud. The OpenText Developer Cloud delivers a broad and deep set of Information Management as a Service capability for organizations to extend their existing OpenText implementations or include our capabilities into their own custom solutions, such as for customer, supplier and partner collaboration. The Developer Cloud also includes IoT capabilities for organizations to dynamically integrate multi-tiered supply chain communities and build IoT solutions for greater efficiency, agility, and new value-added services. Data security is embedded into everything so the developer can focus on building differentiated user experiences. Key developer API services include multi-channel capture and advanced recognition, secure and flexible content services, prescriptive and predictive analytics and reporting capabilities, low-code / no-code process and dynamic case management, enterprise federated search and electronic discovery, remote desktop and virtual desktop infrastructure, content customization / personalization and output management, information and end-point security capabilities, and the IoT platform. Our Information Management platform can also be expanded with our low-code development tools, product APIs and SDK across the portfolio, cloud API services and out-of-the-box integrations designed to support the developer with a unified application development environment. Advanced Technologies Our Advanced Technologies are applied horizontally across all of our platforms and applications to accelerate digital transformation for customers. They enrich data and deliver valuable insights at scale with machine learning and artificial intelligence, optimize processes with insight, automation and data-driven decision making, and allow organizations to quickly adopt new technologies or adapt processes with API driven products and developer services. OpenText is regularly innovating to ensure our customers are armed with the technology they need to create Information Advantage. AI and Analytics Our AI and Analytics platform leverages structured or unstructured data to help organizations improve decision-making, gain operational efficiencies and increase visibility through interactive dashboards, reports and data visualizations. It leverages a comprehensive set of data analytics software - such as text mining, natural language processing (NLP), interactive visualizations and machine learning - to identify patterns, relationships, risks and trends that are used for predictive process automation and accelerated decision making. Our AI platform supports composite AI for improved accuracy and incorporates Apache Spark, a powerful, open-source computing foundation that lets customers take advantage of the flexibility, extensibility, and diversity of an open product stack while maintaining full ownership of their data and algorithms. We are able to turn repositories of information into clean and integrated “data lakes” that can be mined by AI to extract useful knowledge and insight for our customers. Digital Process Automation (DPA) Our automation solutions enable organizations to transform into digital, data-driven businesses. DPA delivers and supports a variety of process-driven applications that address complex business needs, while simultaneously providing a 8 flexible platform for rapidly building and deploying customer-centric applications. Through DPA, we are helping customers re- engineer processes and quickly adapt to customer needs to deliver seamless customer and employee experiences. We speed the development of case- and process-driven applications with low-code, drag-and-drop components, reusable building blocks and pre-built accelerators to build and deploy solutions more easily. Our customers are transforming knowledge-driven work involving complex interactions among people, content, transactions and workflows across multiple systems of record to support a diverse range of use cases. Additionally, we are combining automation and AI to predict future states and trigger processes based on data. On or off the cloud, our DPA solutions simplify and streamline processes from front to back office. Managed Services OpenText provides a range of Managed Services, whether off-cloud, in the OpenText Cloud, in hybrid scenarios or even in other clouds, including our partners: Google Cloud Platform, Amazon Web Services (AWS) and Microsoft Azure. Our team provides full managed services for Information Management solutions to meet the needs of our customers. Cloud Managed Services aims to help keep customers current on the latest technology, reduce the burden on information technology staff and ensure optimal application management by trusted experts. With OpenText Managed Services, organizations can focus resources on their core business priorities and rest assured that their infrastructure, applications, integrations, and upgrades are all managed, monitored and optimized for security, performance and compliance. Our Cloud Managed Services offering provides customers with a single point of contact and a single service level agreement for OpenText solutions managed in our partner’s clouds. Our Strategy Growth As an organization, we are committed to "Total Growth", meaning we strive towards delivering value through organic initiatives, innovations and acquisitions, as well as financial performance. With an emphasis on increasing recurring revenues and expanding our margins, we believe our Total Growth strategy will ultimately drive overall cash flow generation, thus helping to fuel our disciplined capital allocation approach and further our ability to deepen our account coverage and identify and execute strategic acquisitions. With strategic acquisitions, we are well positioned to expand our product portfolio and improve our ability to innovate and grow organically, which helps us to meet our long-term growth targets. We believe this Total Growth strategy is a durable model that will create shareholder value over both the near and long-term. We are committed to continuous innovation. Our investments in R&D push product innovation, increasing the value of our offerings to our installed customer base, which includes Global 10,000 companies (G10K), SMB and consumers. The G10K are the world's largest companies, typically those with greater than two billion in revenues, as well as the world's largest governments and organizations. More valuable products, coupled with our established global partner program, lead to greater distribution and cross-selling opportunities which further help us to achieve organic growth. Over the last three fiscal years, we have invested a cumulative total of $1.1 billion in R&D or 11.9% of cumulative revenue for that three year period. We target to spend 12% to 14% of revenues for R&D each fiscal year. The cloud is a business imperative. What used to be discussed as a potential option for managing budgets, is now a strategic direction that drives competitive positioning, product innovation, business agility, operational efficiency and cost management. We are committed to continue our investment in the OpenText Cloud to best suit the needs of our customers. Supported by a global, scalable, and secure infrastructure, the OpenText Cloud includes a foundational platform of technology services, and packaged business applications for industry and business processes. The OpenText Cloud enables organizations to protect and manage information in public, private or hybrid deployments at scale. We remain a value oriented and disciplined acquirer, having efficiently deployed $6.5 billion on acquisitions over the last 10 fiscal years. Mergers and acquisitions are one of our leading growth drivers. We believe in creating value by focusing on acquiring strategic businesses, integrating them into our business model and using our acquired assets to further innovate. We have developed a philosophy, the OpenText Business System, that is designed to create value by leveraging a clear set of operational mandates for integrating newly acquired companies and assets. We see our ability to successfully integrate acquired companies and assets into our business as a strength and pursuing strategic acquisitions is an important aspect to our Total Growth strategy. We expect to continue to acquire strategically, to integrate and innovate, and to deepen and strengthen our intelligent information platform for customers. We regularly evaluate acquisition opportunities and at any time may be at various stages of discussion with respect to such opportunities. For additional details on our acquisitions, please see "Acquisitions During the Last Five Fiscal Years", elsewhere in Item 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 9 In March 2020, COVID-19 was characterized as a pandemic by the World Health Organization. The spread of COVID-19 has significantly impacted the global economy and has adversely impacted and may continue to adversely impact our operational and financial performance. The extent of the adverse impact of the pandemic on the global economy and markets will continue to depend, in part, on the length and severity of the measures taken to limit the spread of the virus, the availability, effectiveness and use of treatments and vaccines and, in part, on the size and effectiveness of the compensating measures taken by governments and on actual and potential resurgences. We are closely monitoring the potential effects and impact on our operations, businesses and financial performance, including liquidity and capital usage, though the extent is difficult to fully predict at this time due to the rapid evolution of this uncertain situation. We continue to conduct business with substantial modifications to employee travel and work locations and also virtualization of sales and marketing events, which we expect to remain in place throughout calendar year 2021, along with substantially modified interactions with customers and suppliers, among other modifications. We will continue to actively monitor the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on all aspects of our business and geographies, including customer purchasing decisions, and may take further actions that alter our business operations as may be required by governments, or that we determine are in the best interest of our employees, customers, partners, suppliers, and shareholders. It is uncertain and difficult to predict what the potential effects any such alterations or modifications may have on our business including the effects on our customers and prospects, or our financial results and our ability to successfully execute our business strategies and initiatives. As previously disclosed, in order to further mitigate the operational impacts of COVID-19, our Compensation Committee and Board approved certain compensation adjustments, effective for the period May 15, 2020 through June 30, 2021, subject to review and modification as the situation warranted. As a precaution, we also temporarily and significantly reduced all hiring and discretionary spending, while taking note of some savings to be achieved through travel restrictions and the cancellation of certain events. These cost reduction measures were in addition to other previously disclosed facilities and workforce related actions as part of our COVID-19 Restructuring Plan. Please see note 18 "Special Charges (Recoveries)" to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information. After careful consideration and review, the Compensation Committee and Board approved the restoration, effective December 1, 2020 and ahead of the initially contemplated May 15, 2020 through June 30, 2021 duration described above, of all previously announced compensation adjustments. We continue to closely monitor discretionary spending, and remain active in our hiring across the organization. The ongoing and ultimate impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our operations and financial performance depends on many factors that are not within our control. For more information, please see Part I, Item 1A "Risk Factors" included elsewhere within this Annual Report on Form 10-K. OpenText Revenues Our business consists of four revenue streams: cloud services and subscriptions, customer support, license, and professional service and other. For information regarding our revenues by significant geographic area for Fiscal 2021, Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019, please see note 20 “Segment Information” to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Cloud Services and Subscriptions Cloud services and subscription revenues consist of (i) SaaS offerings, (ii) hosted services and (iii) managed service arrangements. These offerings allow customers to transmit a variety of content between various mediums and to securely manage enterprise information without the commitment of investing in related hardware infrastructure. We offer B2B integration solutions such as messaging and managed services. Messaging services allow for the automated and reliable exchange of electronic transaction information, such as purchase orders, invoices, shipment notices and other business documents, among businesses worldwide. Managed services provide an end-to-end fully outsourced B2B integration solution to our customers, including program implementation, operational management, and customer support. Our cloud-based Business Network enables customers to effectively manage the flow of electronic transaction information with their trading partners and reduces the complexity of disparate standards and communication protocols. Customer Support The first year of our customer support offering is usually purchased by customers together with the license of our Information Management software products. Customer support is typically renewed on an annual basis and historically customer support revenues have been a significant portion of our total revenue. Through our OpenText customer support programs, customers receive access to software and security upgrades, a knowledge base, discussions, product information, and an online mechanism to post and review “trouble tickets”. Additionally, our customer support teams handle questions on the 10 use, configuration, and functionality of OpenText products and can help identify software issues, develop solutions, and document enhancement requests for consideration in future product releases. License License revenues consist of fees earned from the licensing of software products to our customers. Our license revenues are impacted by the strength of general economic and industry conditions, the competitive strength of our software products, and our acquisitions. The decision by a customer to license our software products often involves a comprehensive implementation process across the customer’s network or networks and the licensing and implementation of our software products may entail a significant commitment of resources by prospective customers. Professional Service and Other We provide consulting and learning services to customers. Generally, these services relate to the implementation, training and integration of our licensed product offerings into the customer's systems. Our consulting services help customers build solutions that enable them to leverage their investments in our technology and in existing enterprise systems. The implementation of these services can range from simple modifications to meet specific departmental needs to enterprise applications that integrate with multiple existing systems. Our learning services consultants analyze our customers' education and training needs, focusing on key learning outcomes and timelines, with a view to creating an appropriate education plan for the employees of our customers who work with our products. Education plans are designed to be flexible and can be applied to any phase of implementation: pilot, roll-out, upgrade or refresher. OpenText learning services employ a blended approach by combining mentoring, instructor-led courses, webinars, eLearning and focused workshops. Marketing and Sales Customers Our customer base consists of G10K organizations, enterprise companies, public sector agencies, mid-market companies, SMB and direct consumers. Partners and Alliances We are committed to establishing relationships with the best resellers and technology and service providers to ensure customer success. Together as partners, we fulfill key market objectives to drive new business, establish a competitive advantage, and create demonstrable business value. We have a number of strategic partnerships that are essential to our success. These include the most prominent organizations in enterprise software, hardware and public cloud, with whom we work to enhance the value of customer investments. They include: • • • • • SAP SE (SAP): We are SAP’s partner for content services. The OpenText Suite for SAP solutions provides key business content within the context of SAP business processes providing enhanced efficiencies, reduced risk and better experiences for customers, employees and partners - accessible anywhere and anytime and available on and off-cloud. Google Cloud: We work together with Google Cloud to deploy our Information Management solutions on the Google Cloud Platform as fully managed services. This includes a containerized application architecture for flexible cloud or hybrid deployment models. Deploying our solutions on the Google Cloud Platform allows our customers to scale their deployments as their businesses demand. We also work with the Google Cloud engineering team to explore integrations with Google AI/ML, Analytics, G-Suite and other functions. Amazon Web Services (AWS): Our collaboration offers businesses the opportunity to consume our Information Management solutions as fully managed services on AWS for cost savings, increased performance, scalability and security. Microsoft Corporation (Microsoft): Together with Microsoft, we enable customers to connect all aspects of their content infrastructure, integrating these into business processes and enable collaboration, management and governance on the most valuable asset - information. Oracle Corporation (Oracle): We develop innovative solutions for Oracle applications that enhance the experience and productivity of users working with these tools. 11 • Salesforce.com Corporation (Salesforce): The company-to-company partnership between OpenText and Salesforce is focused on growing a full portfolio of Information Management solutions to complement the Salesforce ecosystem by uniting the structured and unstructured information experience. Our Global Partner Program offers five distinct programs: Referral, Reseller, Services, Technology, and Support. This creates an extended organization to develop technologies, repeatable service offerings, and solutions that enhance the way our customers maximize their investment in our products and services. Through the Global Partner Program, we are extending market coverage, building stronger relationships, and providing customers with a more complete local ecosystem of partners to meet their needs. Each distinct program is focused to provide valuable business benefits to the joint relationship. Global Systems Integrators (GSIs) provide customers with digital transformational services around OpenText technologies. They are trained and certified on OpenText solutions and enhance the value of our offerings by providing technical credibility and complementary services to customers. Our GSIs include, Accenture plc, ATOS International S.A.S., Capgemini Technology Services SAS, Cognizant Technology Solutions U.S. Corp., Deloitte Consulting LLP, and Tata Consultancy Services (TCS). Our partner programs also enable managed service providers (MSPs), resellers, distributors, and network and security vendors to grow through cloud-based cybersecurity, threat intelligence, and backup and recovery solutions aimed at the SMB and consumer markets. We provide the industry-specific tools, services, training, integrations, certifications, and platforms our partners need to ensure trust and reliability with their customer base. International Markets We provide our product offerings worldwide. Our geographic coverage allows us to draw on business and technical expertise from a geographically diverse workforce, providing greater stability to our operations and revenue streams by diversifying our portfolio to better mitigate against the risks of a single geographically focused business. There are inherent risks to conducting operations internationally. For more information about these risks, see “Risk Factors” included in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Competition The market for our products and services is highly competitive, subject to rapid technological change and shifting customer needs and economic pressures. We compete with multiple companies, some that have single or narrow solutions and some that have a range of information management solutions, like us. Our primary competitor is International Business Machines Corporation (IBM), with numerous other software vendors competing with us in the Information Management sector, such as Veeva Systems Inc., Quadient Inc., Pegasystems Inc., Hyland Software Inc., SPS Commerce Inc., Box Inc. and Adobe Systems Inc. In certain markets, OpenText competes with Oracle and Microsoft, who are also our partners. In addition, we also face competition from systems integrators that configure hardware and software into customized systems. Additionally, new competitors or alliances among existing competitors may emerge and could rapidly acquire additional market share. We also expect that competition will increase as a result of ongoing software industry consolidation. We believe that certain competitive factors affect the market for our software products and services, which may include: (i) vendor and product reputation; (ii) product quality, performance and price; (iii) the availability of software products on multiple platforms; (iv) product scalability; (v) product integration with other enterprise applications; (vi) software functionality and features; (vii) software ease of use; (viii) the quality of professional services, customer support services and training; and (ix) the ability to address specific customer business problems. We believe the relative importance of each of these factors depends upon the concerns and needs of each specific customer. Research and Development The industry in which we compete is subject to rapid technological developments, evolving industry standards, changes in customer requirements and competitive new products and features. As a result, our success, in part, depends on our ability to continue to enhance our existing products in a timely and efficient manner and to develop and introduce new products that meet customer needs while reducing total cost of ownership. To achieve these objectives, we have made and expect to continue to make investments in research and development, through internal and third-party development activities, third-party licensing agreements and potentially through technology acquisitions. Our R&D expenses were $421.4 million for Fiscal 2021, $370.4 million for Fiscal 2020 and $321.8 million for Fiscal 2019. We believe our spending on research and development is an appropriate balance between managing our organic growth and results of operations. We expect to continue to invest in R&D to maintain and improve our products and services offerings. 12 • • • • • • • • • • Acquisitions During the Last Five Fiscal Years We regularly evaluate acquisition opportunities within the Information Management market and at any time may be in various stages of discussions with respect to such opportunities. Below is a summary of the more material acquisitions we have made over the last five fiscal years. • On March 9, 2020, we acquired XMedius, a provider of secure information exchange and unified communication solutions, for $73.5 million. On December 24, 2019, we acquired Carbonite Inc. (Carbonite), a leading provider of cloud-based subscription backup, disaster recovery and endpoint security to SMB, consumers, and a wide variety of partners, for $1.4 billion. On December 2, 2019, we acquired certain assets and certain liabilities of Dynamic Solutions Group (The Fax Guys) for $5.1 million. On January 31, 2019, we acquired Catalyst, a leading provider of eDiscovery that designs, develops and supports market-leading cloud eDiscovery software, for $71.4 million. On December 17, 2018, we acquired Liaison, a leading provider of cloud-based business to business integration, for $310.6 million. On February 14, 2018, we acquired Hightail, a leading cloud service for file sharing and creative collaboration, for $20.5 million. On September 14, 2017, we acquired Guidance, a leading provider of forensic security solutions, for $240.5 million. On July 26, 2017, we acquired Covisint, a leading cloud platform for building Identity, Automotive, and IoT applications, for $102.8 million. On January 23, 2017, we acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of the enterprise content division of EMC Corporation, a Massachusetts corporation, and certain of its subsidiaries (ECD Business) for $1.62 billion. On July 31, 2016, we acquired certain customer communications management software services assets and liabilities from HP Inc. (CCM Business) for $315.0 million. On July 20, 2016, we acquired Recommind, a leading provider of eDiscovery and information analytics, based in San Francisco, California, United States, for $170.1 million. We believe our acquisitions support our long-term strategy for growth, strengthen our competitive position, expand our customer base and provide greater scale to accelerate innovation, grow our earnings and provide superior shareholder value. We expect to continue to strategically acquire companies, products, services and technologies to augment our existing business. Intellectual Property Rights Our success and ability to compete depends in part on our ability to develop, protect and maintain our intellectual property and proprietary technology and to operate without infringing on the proprietary rights of others. Our software products are generally licensed to our customers on a non-exclusive basis for internal use in a customer's organization. We also grant rights to our intellectual property to third parties that allow them to market certain of our products on a non-exclusive or limited-scope exclusive basis for a particular application of the product(s) or to a particular geographic area. We rely on a combination of copyright, patent, trademark and trade secret laws, non-disclosure agreements and other contractual provisions to establish and maintain our proprietary rights. We have obtained or applied for trademark registration for corporate and strategic product names in selected major markets. We have a number of U.S. and foreign patents and pending applications, including patents and rights to patent applications acquired through strategic transactions, which relate to various aspects of our products and technology. The duration of our patents is determined by the laws of the country of issuance and is typically 20 years from the date of filing of the patent application resulting in the patent. From time to time, we may enforce our intellectual property rights through litigation in line with our strategic and business objectives. While we believe our intellectual property is valuable and our ability to maintain and protect our intellectual property rights is important to our success, we also believe that our business as a whole is not materially dependent on any particular patent, trademark, license, or other intellectual property right. For more information on the risks related to our intellectual property rights, see "Risk Factors" included in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Looking Towards the Future In Fiscal 2022 we intend to continue to implement strategies that are designed to: 13 Broaden Our Reach into Information Management through the G10K. As technologies and customers become more sophisticated, we intend to be a leader in expanding the definition of traditional market sectors. We continue to expand our direct sales coverage of the G10K as we focus on connecting this marquee customer base to our information platform. Invest in the Cloud. Today, the destination for innovation is indisputably the cloud. Businesses of all sizes rely on a combination of public and private clouds, managed services and off-cloud solutions. As a result, we are committed to continue to modernize technology infrastructure and leverage our existing investments in the OpenText Cloud. The combination of OpenText cloud-native applications and managed services, together with the scalability and performance of our partner public cloud providers, offer more secure, reliable and compliant solutions to customers wanting to deploy cloud-based Information Management applications. The OpenText Cloud is designed to build additional flexibility and scalability for our customers: becoming cloud-native, connecting anything, and extending capabilities quickly with multi-tenant SaaS applications and services. Deepen Existing Customer Footprint. We believe one of our greatest opportunities is to sell newly developed or acquired technologies to our existing customer base, and cross-sell historical OpenText products to newly acquired customers. We have significant expertise in a number of industry sectors and aim to increase our customer penetration based on our strong credentials. We are particularly focused on circumstances where the customer is looking to consolidate multiple vendors with solutions from a single source while addressing a broader spectrum of business problems or equally new or existing customers looking to take a more holistic approach to digital transformation. Invest in Technology Leadership. We believe we are well-positioned to develop additional innovative solutions to address the evolving market. We plan to continue investing in technology “innovation” by funding internal development as well as collaborating with third-parties. Deepen Strategic Partnerships. OpenText is committed culturally, programmatically and strategically to be a partner- embracing company. Our partnerships with companies such as SAP SE, Google Cloud, Amazon AWS, Microsoft Corporation, Oracle Corporation, Salesforce.com Corporation and others serve as examples of how we are working together with our partners to create next-generation Information Management solutions and deliver them to market. We will continue to look for ways to create more customer value from our strategic partnerships. Broaden Global Presence. As customers become increasingly multi-national and as international markets continue to adopt Information Management, we plan to further grow our brand, presence, and partner networks in these new markets. We are focused on using our direct sales for targeting existing G10K customers and plan to address new geographies and SMB customers, jointly with our partners. Selectively Pursue Acquisitions. We expect to continue to pursue strategic acquisitions to strengthen our service offerings in the Information Management market. In light of the continually evolving marketplace in which we operate, we regularly evaluate acquisition opportunities within the Information Management market and at any time may be in various stages of discussions with respect to such opportunities. We plan to continue to pursue acquisitions that complement our existing business, represent a strong strategic fit and are consistent with our overall growth strategy and disciplined financial management. We may also target future acquisitions to expand or add functionality and capabilities to our existing portfolio of solutions, as well as add new solutions to our portfolio. Human Capital Our Global Footprint Our ability to attract, retain and engage a diverse workforce committed to innovation, operational excellence and the OpenText mission and values across our global footprint is a cornerstone to our success. As of June 30, 2021, we employed a total of approximately 14,300 individuals, of which 6,800 or 48% are in the Americas, 2,600 or 18% are in EMEA and 4,900 or 34% are in Asia Pacific. Currently, we have employees in 34 countries enabling strong access to multiple talent pools while ensuring reach and proximity to our customers. Please see "Results of Operations" included in Item 7 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for our definitions of geographic regions. The approximate composition of our employee base is as follows: (i) 2,400 employees in sales and marketing, (ii) 4,200 employees in product development, (iii) 3,300 employees in cloud services, (iv) 1,400 employees in professional services, (v) 1,100 employees in customer support, and (vi) 1,900 employees in general and administrative roles. We believe that relations with our employees are strong. None of our employees are represented by a labour union, nor do we have collective bargaining arrangements with any of our employees. However, in certain international jurisdictions in which we operate, a “Workers' Council” represents our employees. 14 Employee Safety / COVID-19 Response In response to the unprecedented impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, we have implemented Project Shield as a business continuity plan to address employee, customer, facility and technology-related challenges associated with the pandemic. Project Shield maintains the overarching principle of providing safe environments for our employees, customers, partners, as well as the communities where we work. Project Shield takes a strong human capital focus, including enabling well-researched global awareness, post-pandemic support for our employees and managing a safe return to our workplace. We focus on analyzing key COVID-19 related data to support executive decisions, ensuring regular executive and employee communications and making strong connections with leaders around the world to respond swiftly to local changes. Through effective use of collaboration tools and technology, a significant majority of employees are working entirely remotely without a disruption to productivity. Over the course of the pandemic, we have ensured our benefit programs support employees, and we established the OpenText Relief Fund to provide financial assistance for employees requiring additional support for medical costs related to contracting COVID-19. A daily case management protocol is in place to ensure a deep understanding of any impacts. Changes to governmental orders are monitored and used in planning the phased re-opening of our offices. While it is our intention to return to the office, it will be gradual, flexible in workplace, rooted in an understanding of local circumstances and guided by safety-first principles. Our new flexible workplace approach will combine the benefits of in-person collaboration with increased flexibility to drive both innovation and productivity. Our past experiences will be used to inform our future workplace standards. Employee Engagement We regularly conduct employee research to understand perceptions in the areas of engagement, company strategy, personal impact, manager effectiveness, recognition, career development and equity, diversity and inclusion. Participation level and engagement remain high. Throughout the pandemic employee communication and listening strategies increased, including supplemental surveys ranging from perceptions of safety and well-being, to feedback and office re-opening plans. Equity, Diversity and Inclusion (ED&I) We are passionate about creating an inclusive environment where skilled and diverse employees thrive, deliver compelling innovations to our customers and provide shareholder value. We are committed to increasing equity in opportunity for all employees regardless of race, gender, sexual orientation, religion or other differences. At OpenText, we have established a global Equity, Diversity and Inclusion steering committee to guide ED&I programs. We bring our ambition to life through impact teams made of employees who come together to recommend policies, programs and initiatives across a range of topics. Our impact teams are leading global initiatives with local impact which include: • • • • • Awareness and Training: For employees and managers on matters such as inclusive leadership practices and diversity awareness; Recruiting: Platforms that are inclusive, diverse slates for key leadership roles, an increased focus on virtual work opportunities to widen recruiting talent and diversity; Advancement: Internal career building opportunities, mentoring and networks; Advocacy: Employee affinity groups, including "Black Employee Engagement" and "Women in Technology", fostering sponsorship, community and career conversations; and Civic Action: Focusing an ED&I lens on community outreach and engagement. Compensation and Benefits Our compensation philosophy is based on a set of principles that align with business strategy, reflect business and individual performance levels, consider market conditions to ensure competitiveness, demonstrate internal pay equity for similar roles and reflect the impact that economic conditions have on pay programs. Our compensation and benefit programs are regularly reviewed through an executive-sponsored governance process. Across the Company, we offer a wide variety of retirement and group benefits including medical, life and disability, which are designed to protect employees and their dependents against financial hardship due to illness or injury. We also have regional Employee Assistance Programs in many countries that provide 24/7 confidential counselling, support and access to resources for employees and their families. The OpenText Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP) is a global benefit program that allows 15 all eligible employees to purchase OpenText shares at a 15% discount and provides the opportunity for employees to strengthen their ownership in the Company while enjoying the benefits of potential share price appreciation. Internal equity is a cornerstone of our goals. Our pay programs are carefully designed and governed, from hiring practices to consistency in progression rates for common roles. In designing variable pay for performance awards, we focus only on measurable outcomes rather than subjective measures. This ensures true equity in opportunity and awards tied to business results. Employee Education, Training and Compliance We know that employees join OpenText for continuous learning, experience and credentials to shape their careers. Our strategies focus on ensuring strong technical credentials, building capabilities, new skills sets and a high duty of care in ensuring ethical, secure and compliant practices. Internal applications to job postings are highly encouraged. Employees have internal access to certification on OpenText and partner products. Our annual Career Day focuses on career development planning and honing manager skills in developing teams. We offer an annual education reimbursement program to all employees globally. This program aligns with our commitment to support internal development, equal opportunity and mobility across all of our geographies, regardless of an employee’s role, function or location. We have designed the education reimbursement program to meet the needs of all personalized development goals through programs that range from technical to business skills. As part of our commitment to the highest standards of conduct, all employees and contractors participate in an annual formal Compliance and Data Security Training, including Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, Responsible Business Practices, Data Protection, Global Data Privacy Practices, Protecting Information and Preventing Sexual Harassment Training. These compliance programs ensure that we operate our business with integrity, following standard business ethics across the globe. Environmental, Social and Corporate Governance (ESG) We support many global and local employee-led initiatives. Our charitable giving program supports activities focused on education, innovation and disaster relief while also providing employees three paid days off to volunteer and make an impact in their community. In addition, we recently launched the OpenText Voyager Fund to identify and address key needs in our communities. To operate long-term, we need to ensure that our local communities and the natural environment are thriving. We are committed to mitigating the adverse environmental impacts of our business activities, which at a minimum means abiding by all environmental laws, regulations and standards that apply to us. Our Environmental Policy articulates our commitment to measuring and managing our environmental impact. We have established short-term environmental goals on energy consumption, waste diversion and greenhouse gas emissions. Corporate Mission Overall, our people programs and actions are driven by our mission. • • • Our Belief: Information and knowledge make business and people better. Our Aspiration: To be the leading cloud-based Information Management company, enabling intelligent, secure and connected business. Our Passion: Deliver compelling innovations that provide our customers a competitive advantage, and create an inclusive environment where passionate, skilled and diverse employees thrive. Available Information OpenText Corporation was incorporated on June 26, 1991. Our principal office is located at 275 Frank Tompa Drive, Waterloo, Ontario, Canada N2L 0A1, and our telephone number at that location is (519) 888-7111. Our internet address is www.opentext.com. Our website is included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K as an inactive textual reference only. Except for the documents specifically incorporated by reference into this Annual Report, information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and should not be considered to be a part of this Annual Report. Access to our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to these reports filed with or furnished to the SEC may be obtained free of charge through the Investors section of our website at investors.opentext.com as soon as is reasonably practical after we electronically file or furnish these reports. In addition, our filings with the SEC may be accessed through the SEC's website at www.sec.gov and our filings with the Canadian Securities Administrators (CSA) may be accessed through the CSA's System for Electronic Document Analysis and Retrieval (SEDAR) at www.sedar.com. The SEC and SEDAR websites are included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K as inactive 16 textual references only. Except for the documents specifically incorporated by reference into this Annual Report, information contained on the SEC or SEDAR websites is not incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and should not be considered to be a part of this Annual Report. All statements made in any of our securities filings, including all forward- looking statements or information, are made as of the date of the document in which the statement is included, and we do not assume or undertake any obligation to update any of those statements or documents unless we are required to do so by applicable law. Item 1A. Risk Factors The following important factors could cause our actual business and financial results to differ materially from our current expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections. These forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K or made elsewhere by management from time to time are subject to important risks, uncertainties and assumptions which are difficult to predict. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only risks and uncertainties facing us. Additional risks not currently known to us or that we currently believe are immaterial may also impair our operating results, financial condition and liquidity. Our business is also subject to general risks and uncertainties that affect many other companies. The risks discussed below are not necessarily presented in order of importance or probability of occurrence. Risks Related to our Business and Industry The COVID-19 pandemic has and may continue to further negatively affect our business, operations and financial performance In March 2020, COVID-19 was characterized as a pandemic by the World Health Organization. Since December 2019, COVID-19 has spread globally, with a high concentration of cases in certain regions in which we sell our products and services and conduct our business operations, including the United States, Canada, Europe and Asia. The spread of COVID-19 and resulting tight government controls and travel bans implemented around the world, such as declarations of states of emergency, business closures, manufacturing restrictions and a prolonged period of travel, commercial and/or other similar restrictions and limitations, have caused disruption to global supply chains and economic activity. The spread of COVID-19 has had and is continuing to have an adverse impact on the global economy, the severity and duration of which is difficult to predict, and has adversely affected and may continue to further adversely affect our financial performance, as well as our ability to successfully execute our business strategies and initiatives, including by negatively impacting the demand for our products and services, restricting our sales operations and marketing efforts, disrupting the supply chain of hardware needed to operate our SaaS offerings or run our business and disrupting our ability to conduct product development and other important business activities. While the restrictions and limitations noted above have and may continue to be relaxed or rolled back if COVID-19 abates and vaccination rates increase, they may be reinstated as the pandemic continues to evolve, including as a result of the impact of variants, and in response to actual or potential resurgences. The scope and timing of any such reinstatement are difficult to predict and may materially affect our operations in the future. We are continuing to focus on the safety and protection of our workforce and our customers by conducting business with substantial modifications to employee travel, employee work locations and virtualization or cancellation of all sales and marketing events, which we expect to continue throughout calendar year 2021, among other modifications. To mitigate anticipated negative financial and operational impacts of COVID-19, we implemented certain cost cutting measures, some of which have been restored, and approved our COVID-19 restructuring plan which includes a move towards a significant work from home model. We will continue to actively monitor the situation and may take further actions that alter our business operations as may be required by governments, or that we determine are in the best interest of our employees, customers, partners, suppliers and shareholders. The extent of the adverse impact of the pandemic on the global economy and markets will depend, in part, on the length and severity of the measures taken to limit the spread of the virus, including the distribution and effectiveness of vaccines and treatments, and, in part, on the size, effectiveness and duration of the compensating measures taken by governments and monetary authorities. To the extent the COVID-19 pandemic continues to adversely affect the global economy, and/or adversely affects our business, operations or financial performance, it may also have the effect of increasing the likelihood and/or magnitude of other risks described herein, including those risks related to market, credit, geopolitical and business operations and cyber, or risks described in our other filings with the SEC and the applicable Canadian securities regulatory authorities. In addition, the COVID-19 pandemic may also affect our business, operations or financial performance in a manner that is not presently known to us. We are closely monitoring the potential adverse effects and impact on our operations, businesses and financial performance, including liquidity and capital usage, though the extent of the impact is difficult to fully predict at this time due to the rapid and continuing evolution of this uncertain situation. 17 The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic continues to create significant uncertainty in the global economy and for our business, operations and financial performance The COVID-19 pandemic has significantly impacted health and economic conditions throughout the United States and globally. The global spread of COVID-19 has been, and continues to be, complex and rapidly evolving, with governments, public institutions and other organizations imposing or recommending, and businesses and individuals implementing, restrictions on various activities or other actions to combat its spread, such as travel restrictions and bans, social distancing, quarantine or shelter-in-place directives, limitations on the size of gatherings, and closures of non-essential businesses. These restrictions have disrupted and may continue to disrupt economic activity, resulting in reduced commercial and consumer confidence and spending, increased unemployment, closure or restricted operating conditions for businesses, inflation, volatility in the global economy, instability in the credit and financial markets, labor shortages, regulatory recommendations to provide relief for impacted consumers, and disruption in supply chains. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic impacts our business, operations, and financial performance is highly uncertain and will depend on numerous evolving factors that we may not be able to accurately predict or assess, including, but not limited to, the severity, extent and duration of the pandemic or any resurgences in the future, including any economic recession resulting from the pandemic, the distribution and effectiveness of vaccines and treatments, and the continued governmental, business and individual actions taken in response to the pandemic. Impacts related to the COVID-19 pandemic are expected to continue to pose risks to our business for the foreseeable future, may heighten many of the risks and uncertainties identified herein, and could have a material adverse impact on our business, operations or financial performance in a manner that is difficult to predict. The restructuring of our operations, including steps taken to mitigate the anticipated negative impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, may be ineffective and may adversely affect our business or our finances, and we may incur restructuring charges in connection with such actions We often undertake initiatives to restructure or streamline our operations, particularly during the period post-acquisition, and most recently in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. We may incur costs associated with implementing a restructuring initiative beyond the amount contemplated when we first developed the initiative and these increased costs may be substantial. Additionally, such costs would adversely impact our results of operations for the periods in which those adjustments are made. We will continue to evaluate our operations, and may propose future restructuring actions as a result of changes in the marketplace, including the exit from less profitable operations or the decision to terminate products or services that are not valued by our customers. Any failure to successfully execute these initiatives on a timely basis may have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. In particular, in order to mitigate anticipated negative financial and operational impacts of COVID-19, we implemented certain cost cutting measures. This includes our COVID-19 Restructuring Plan, which involves a move towards a significant work from home model and a reduction in our real estate footprint around the world. Such steps to reduce costs, and further changes we may make in the future, may negatively impact our business, operations and financial performance in a manner that is difficult to predict. For example, employing a remote work environment could affect employee productivity, including due to a lower level of employee oversight, distractions caused by the pandemic and its impact on daily life, health conditions or illnesses, disruptions due to caregiving or childcare obligations or slower or unreliable Internet access. OpenText systems, client, vendor and/or borrower data may be subject to additional risks presented by increased phishing activities targeting employees, vendors, third party service providers and counterparties in transactions, the possibility of attacks on OpenText systems or systems of employees working remotely as well as by decreased physical supervision. In addition, we may rely, in part, on third-party service providers to assist us in managing monitoring and otherwise carrying out aspects of our business and operations, and COVID-19 may affect their ability to devote sufficient time and resources to perform work for the Company. Such events may result in a period of business disruption or reduced operations, which could materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. While our pre-existing controls were not specifically designed to operate in our current work from home environment, we believe that established internal controls over financial reporting continue to address all identified risk areas. If our productivity is impacted as a result of the transition, we may incur additional costs to address such issues and our financial condition and operating results may be adversely impacted. For more information regarding the impact of COVID-19 on our cybersecurity, see "Business disruptions, including those related to data security breaches, may adversely affect our operations." For more information on our COVID-19 Restructuring Plan, see note 18 “Special Charges (Recoveries)” to our Consolidated Financial Statements. 18 If we do not continue to develop technologically advanced products that successfully integrate with the software products and enhancements used by our customers, future revenues and our operating results may be negatively affected Our success depends upon our ability to design, develop, test, market, license, sell and support new software products and services and enhancements of current products and services on a timely basis in response to both competitive threats and marketplace demands. The software industry is increasingly focused on cloud computing, mobility, social media and SaaS among other continually evolving shifts. In addition, our software products, services, and enhancements must remain compatible with standard platforms and file formats. Often, we must integrate software licensed or acquired from third parties with our proprietary software to create new products or improve our existing products. If we are unable to achieve a successful integration with third party software, we may not be successful in developing and marketing our new software products, services and enhancements. If we are unable to successfully integrate third party software to develop new software products, services and enhancements to existing software products and services, or to complete the development of new software products and services which we license or acquire from third parties, our operating results will be materially adversely affected. In addition, if the integrated or new products or enhancements do not achieve acceptance by the marketplace, our operating results will be materially adversely affected. Moreover, if new industry standards emerge that we do not anticipate or adapt to, or, if alternatives to our services and solutions are developed by our competitors in times of rapid technological change, our software products and services could be rendered less competitive or obsolete, causing us to lose market share and, as a result, harm our business and operating results and our ability to compete in the marketplace. Product development is a long, expensive and uncertain process, and we may terminate one or more of our development programs We may determine that certain software product candidates or programs do not have sufficient potential to warrant the continued allocation of resources. Accordingly, we may elect to terminate one or more of our programs for such product candidates. If we terminate a software product in development in which we have invested significant resources, our prospects may suffer, as we will have expended resources on a project that does not provide a return on our investment, and may have missed the opportunity to have allocated those resources to potentially more productive uses, which may negatively impact our business, operating results and financial condition. Our investment in our current research and development efforts may not provide a sufficient or timely return The development of Information Management software products is a costly, complex and time-consuming process, and the investment in Information Management software product development often involves a long wait until a return is achieved on such an investment. We are making, and will continue to make, significant investments in software research and development and related product and service opportunities. Investments in new technology and processes are inherently speculative. Commercial success depends on many factors, including the degree of innovation of the software products and services developed through our research and development efforts, sufficient support from our strategic partners, and effective distribution and marketing. Accelerated software product introductions and short product life cycles require high levels of expenditures for research and development. These expenditures may adversely affect our operating results if they are not offset by corresponding revenue increases. We believe that we must continue to dedicate a significant amount of resources to our research and development efforts in order to maintain our competitive position. However, significant revenues from new software product and service investments may not be achieved for a number of years, if at all. Moreover, new software products and services may not be profitable, and even if they are profitable, operating margins for new software products and services may not be as high as the margins we have experienced for our current or historical software products and services. If our software products and services do not gain market acceptance, our operating results may be negatively affected We intend to pursue our strategy of being a market leading consolidator for cloud-based Information Management solutions, and grow the capabilities of our Information Management software offerings through our proprietary research and the development of new software product and service offerings, as well as through acquisitions. It is important to our success that we continue to enhance our software products and services in response to customer demand and to seek to set the standard for Information Management capabilities. The primary market for our software products and services is rapidly evolving, and the level of acceptance of products and services that have been released recently, or that are planned for future release to the marketplace, is not certain. If the markets for our software products and services fail to develop, develop more slowly than expected or become subject to increased competition, our business may suffer. As a result, we may be unable to: (i) successfully market our current products and services; (ii) develop new software products and services and enhancements to current software products and services; (iii) complete customer implementations on a timely basis; or (iv) complete software products and services currently under development. In addition, increased competition could put significant pricing pressures on our products, which could negatively impact our margins and profitability. If our software products and services are not 19 accepted by our customers or by other businesses in the marketplace, our business, operating results and financial condition will be materially adversely affected. Failure to protect our intellectual property could harm our ability to compete effectively We are highly dependent on our ability to protect our proprietary technology. We rely on a combination of copyright, patent, trademark and trade secret laws, as well as non-disclosure agreements and other contractual provisions, to establish and maintain our proprietary rights. We intend to protect our intellectual property rights vigorously; however, there can be no assurance that these measures will, in all cases, be successful, and these measures can be costly and/or subject us to counterclaims. Enforcement of our intellectual property rights may be difficult, particularly in some countries outside of North America in which we seek to market our software products and services. While Canadian and U.S. copyright laws, international conventions and international treaties may provide meaningful protection against unauthorized duplication of software, the laws of some foreign jurisdictions may not protect proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of Canada or the United States. The absence of internationally harmonized intellectual property laws makes it more difficult to ensure consistent protection of our proprietary rights. Software piracy has been, and is expected to be, a persistent problem for the software industry, and piracy of our software products represents a loss of revenue to us. Where applicable, certain of our license arrangements have required us to make a limited confidential disclosure of portions of the source code for our software products, or to place such source code into escrow for the protection of another party. Despite the precautions we have taken, unauthorized third parties, including our competitors, may be able to copy certain portions of our software products or reverse engineer or obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary. Our competitive position may be adversely affected by our possible inability to effectively protect our intellectual property. In addition, certain of our products contain open source software. Licensees of open source software may be required to make public certain source code, to license proprietary software for free or to permit others to create derivative works of our proprietary software. While we monitor and control the use of open source software in our products and in any third party software that is incorporated into our products, and try to ensure that no open source software is used in such a way that negatively affects our proprietary software, there can be no guarantee that such use does not occur inadvertently, which in turn, could harm our intellectual property position and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Other companies may claim that we infringe their intellectual property, which could materially increase costs and materially harm our ability to generate future revenues and profits Claims of infringement (including misappropriation and/or other intellectual property violation) are common in the software industry and increasing as related legal protections, including copyrights and patents, are applied to software products. Although most of our technology is proprietary in nature, we do include certain third party and open source software in our software products. In the case of third party software, we believe this software is licensed from the entity holding the intellectual property rights. While we believe that we have secured proper licenses for all material third-party intellectual property that is integrated into our products in a manner that requires a license, third parties have and may continue to assert infringement claims against us in the future, including the sometimes aggressive and opportunistic actions of non-practicing entities whose business model is to obtain patent-licensing revenues from operating companies such as us. Any such assertion, regardless of merit, may result in litigation or require us to obtain a license for the intellectual property rights of third parties. Such licenses may not be available, or they may not be available on commercially reasonable terms. In addition, as we continue to develop software products and expand our portfolio using new technology and innovation, our exposure to threats of infringement may increase. Any infringement claims and related litigation could be time-consuming and disruptive to our ability to generate revenues or enter into new market opportunities and may result in significantly increased costs as a result of our defense against those claims or our attempt to license the intellectual property rights or rework our products to avoid infringement of third party rights. Typically, our agreements with our partners and customers contain provisions that require us to indemnify them for damages sustained by them as a result of any infringement claims involving our products. Any of the foregoing infringement claims and related litigation could have a material adverse impact on our business and operating results as well as on our ability to generate future revenues and profits. Our software products and services may contain defects that could harm our reputation, be costly to correct, delay revenues and expose us to litigation Our software products and services are highly complex and sophisticated and, from time to time, may contain design defects, software errors, hardware failures or other computer system failures that are difficult to detect and correct. Errors, defects and/or other failures may be found in new software products or services or improvements to existing products or services after delivery to our customers. If these defects, errors and/or other failures are discovered, we may not be able to successfully correct them in a timely manner. In addition, despite the extensive tests we conduct on all our software products or services, we may not be able to fully simulate the environment in which our products or services will operate and, as a result, we may be unable to adequately detect the design defects or software or hardware errors that may become apparent only after 20 the products are installed in an end-user's network, and only after users have transitioned to our services. The occurrence of errors, defects and/or other failures in our software products or services could result in the delay or the denial of market acceptance of our products and alleviating such errors, defects and/or other failures may require us to make significant expenditure of our resources. Customers often use our services and solutions for critical business processes and, as a result, any defect or disruption in our solutions, any data breaches or misappropriation of proprietary information or any error in execution, including human error or intentional third-party activity such as denial of service attacks or hacking, may cause customers to reconsider renewing their contracts with us. The errors in or failure of our software products and services could also result in us losing customer transaction documents and other customer files, causing significant customer dissatisfaction and possibly giving rise to claims for monetary damages. The harm to our reputation resulting from product and service errors, defects and/ or other failures may be material. Since we regularly provide a warranty with our software products, the financial impact of fulfilling warranty obligations may be significant in the future. Our agreements with our strategic partners and end-users typically contain provisions designed to limit our exposure to claims. These agreements regularly contain terms such as the exclusion of all implied warranties and the limitation of the availability of consequential or incidental damages. However, such provisions may not effectively protect us against claims and the attendant liabilities and costs associated with such claims. Any claims for actual or alleged losses to our customers’ businesses may require us to spend significant time and money in litigation or arbitration or to pay significant sums in settlements or damages. Defending a lawsuit, regardless of merit, can be costly and would divert management’s attention and resources. Although we maintain errors and omissions insurance coverage and comprehensive liability insurance coverage, such coverage may not be adequate to cover all such claims. Accordingly, any such claim could negatively affect our business, operating results or financial condition. Our software products rely on the stability of infrastructure software that, if not stable, could negatively impact the effectiveness of our products, resulting in harm to our reputation and business Our development of Internet and intranet applications depends on the stability, functionality and scalability of the infrastructure software of the underlying intranet, such as the infrastructure software produced by Hewlett-Packard, Oracle, Microsoft and others. If weaknesses in such infrastructure software exist, we may not be able to correct or compensate for such weaknesses. If we are unable to address weaknesses resulting from problems in the infrastructure software such that our software products do not meet customer needs or expectations, our reputation, and consequently, our business, may be significantly harmed. Risks associated with the evolving use of the Internet, including changing standards, competition, and regulation and associated compliance efforts, may adversely impact our business The use of the Internet as a vehicle for electronic data interchange (EDI) and related services currently raises numerous issues, including those relating to reliability, data security, data integrity and rapidly evolving standards. New competitors, including media, software vendors and telecommunications companies, offer products and services that utilize the Internet in competition with our products and services, which may be less expensive or process transactions and data faster and more efficiently. Internet-based commerce is subject to increasing regulation by Canadian, U.S. federal and state and foreign governments, including in the areas of data privacy and breaches, and taxation. Laws and regulations relating to the solicitation, collection, processing or use of personal or consumer information could affect our customers’ ability to use and share data, potentially reducing demand for Internet-based solutions and restricting our ability to store, process, analyze and share data through the Internet. Although we believe that the Internet will continue to provide opportunities to expand the use of our products and services, we cannot guarantee that our efforts to capitalize on these opportunities will be successful or that increased usage of the Internet for business integration products and services, increased competition or heightened regulation will not adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. Business disruptions, including those related to data security breaches, may adversely affect our operations Our business and operations are highly automated, and a disruption or failure of our systems may delay our ability to complete sales and to provide services. Business disruptions can be caused by several factors, including natural disasters, terrorist attacks, power loss, telecommunications and system failures, computer viruses, physical attacks and cyber-attacks. A major disaster or other catastrophic event that results in the destruction or disruption of any of our critical business or information technology systems, including our cloud services, could severely affect our ability to conduct normal business operations. We operate data centers in various locations around the world and although we have redundancy capability built into our disaster recovery plan, we cannot ensure that our systems and data centers will remain fully operational during and immediately after a disaster or disruption. We also rely on third parties that provide critical services in our operations and despite our diligence around their disaster recovery processes, we cannot provide assurances as to whether these third party service providers can maintain operations during a disaster or disruption. Furthermore, global climate change may aggravate natural disasters that affect our business operations, thereby compelling us to build additional resiliency in order to mitigate their impact. Any business disruption could negatively affect our business, operating results or financial condition. 21 In particular, in connection with COVID-19, there has been a spike in cybersecurity attacks as shelter in place orders and work from home measures have led businesses to increase reliance on virtual environments and communications systems, which have been subjected to increasing third-party vulnerabilities and security risks. Malicious hackers may attempt to gain access to our network or data centers; steal proprietary information related to our business, products, employees, and customers; or interrupt our systems and services or those of our customers or others. Although we monitor our networks and continue to enhance our security protections, hackers are increasingly more sophisticated and aggressive, and our efforts may be inadequate to prevent all incidents of data breach or theft. In addition, if data security is compromised, this could materially and adversely affect our operating results given that we have customers that use our systems to store and exchange large volumes of proprietary and confidential information and the security and reliability of our services are of significant importance to these customers. We have experienced attempts by third parties to identify and exploit product and service vulnerabilities, penetrate or bypass our security measures, and gain unauthorized access to our or our customers' or service providers' cloud offerings and other products and systems. If our products or systems, or the products or systems of third-party service providers on whom we rely, are attacked or accessed by unauthorized parties, it could lead to major disruption or denial of service and access to or loss, modification or theft of our and our customers' data, which may require us to spend material resources on correcting the breach and indemnifying the relevant parties and/or on litigation, regulatory investigations, regulatory proceedings, increased insurance premiums, lost revenues, penalties, fines and/or other potential liabilities. Our efforts to protect against cyber-attacks and data breaches may not be sufficient to prevent such incidents, which could have material adverse effects on our reputation, business, operating results and financial condition. Unauthorized disclosures and breaches of data security may adversely affect our operations Most of the jurisdictions in which we operate have laws and regulations relating to data privacy, security and protection of information. We have certain measures to protect our information systems against unauthorized access and disclosure of personal information and of our confidential information and confidential information belonging to our customers. We have policies and procedures in place dealing with data security and records retention. However, there is no assurance that the security measures we have put in place will be effective in every case. Breaches in security could result in a negative impact for us and for our customers, adversely affecting our and our customers' businesses, assets, revenues, brands and reputations and resulting in penalties, fines, litigation, regulatory proceedings, regulatory investigations, increase insurance premiums, remediation efforts, indemnification expenditures, lost revenues and/or other potential liabilities, in each case depending on the nature of the information disclosed. Security breaches could also affect our relations with our customers, damage our reputation and harm our ability to keep existing customers and to attract new customers. Some jurisdictions, including all U.S. states and the European Union (EU), have enacted laws requiring companies to notify individuals of data security breaches involving certain types of personal data, and in some cases our agreements with certain customers require us to notify them in the event of a data security incident. Such mandatory disclosures could lead to negative publicity and may cause our current and prospective customers to lose confidence in the effectiveness of our data security measures. These circumstances could also result in adverse impact on the market price of our Common Shares. These risks to our business may increase as we expand the number of web-based and cloud-based products and services we offer and as we increase the number of countries in which we operate. Our success depends on our relationships with strategic partners, distributors and third party service providers and any reduction in the sales efforts by distributors, cooperative efforts from our partners or service from third party providers could materially impact our revenues We rely on close cooperation with strategic partners for sales and software product development as well as for the optimization of opportunities that arise in our competitive environment. A portion of our license revenues is derived from the licensing of our software products through third parties. Also, a portion of our service revenues may be impacted by the level of service provided by third party service providers relating to Internet, telecommunications and power services. Our success will depend, in part, upon our ability to maintain access to existing channels of distribution and to gain access to new channels if and when they develop. We may not be able to retain a sufficient number of our existing distributors or develop a sufficient number of future distributors. Distributors may also give higher priority to the licensing or sale of software products and services other than ours (which could include competitors' products and services) or may not devote sufficient resources to marketing our software products and services. The performance of third party distributors and third party service providers is largely outside of our control, and we are unable to predict the extent to which these distributors and service providers will be successful in either marketing and licensing or selling our software products and services or providing adequate Internet, telecommunication and power services so that disruptions and outages are not experienced by our customers. A reduction in strategic partner cooperation or sales efforts, a decline in the number of distributors, a decision by our distributors to discontinue the licensing of our software products or a decline or disruption in third party services could cause users and the general public to perceive our software products and services as inferior and could materially reduce our revenues. In addition, our financial results could be materially adversely affected if the financial condition of our distributors or third party service providers were to weaken. Some 22 of our distributors and third party service providers may have insufficient financial resources and may not be able to withstand changes in business conditions, including economic weakness, industry consolidation and market trends. The loss of licenses to use third-party software or the lack of support or enhancement of such software could adversely affect our business We currently depend upon a limited number of third-party software products. If such software products were not available, we might experience delays or increased costs in the development of our own software products. For a limited number of our product modules, we rely on software products that we license from third parties, including software that is integrated with internally developed software and which is used in our products to perform key functions. These third-party software licenses may not continue to be available to us on commercially reasonable terms and the related software may not continue to be appropriately supported, maintained or enhanced by the licensors. The loss by us of the license to use, or the inability by licensors to support, maintain or enhance any such software, could result in increased costs, lost revenues or delays until equivalent software is internally developed or licensed from another third party and integrated with our software. Such increased costs, lost revenues or delays could adversely affect our business. Current and future competitors could have a significant impact on our ability to generate future revenues and profits The markets for our software products and services are intensely competitive and are subject to rapid technological change and other pressures created by changes in our industry. The convergence of many technologies has resulted in unforeseen competitors arising from companies that were traditionally not viewed as threats to our market position. We expect competition to increase and intensify in the future as the pace of technological change and adaptation quickens and as additional companies enter our markets, including those competitors who offer solutions similar to ours, but offer it through a different form of delivery. Numerous releases of competitive products have occurred in recent history and are expected to continue in the future. We may not be able to compete effectively with current competitors and potential entrants into our marketplace. We could lose market share if our current or prospective competitors: (i) develop technologies that are perceived to be substantially equivalent or superior to our technologies; (ii) introduce new competitive products or services; (iii) add new functionality to existing products and services; (iv) acquire competitive products and services; (v) reduce prices; or (vi) form strategic alliances or cooperative relationships with other companies. If other businesses were to engage in aggressive pricing policies with respect to competing products, or if the dynamics in our marketplace resulted in increasing bargaining power by the consumers of our software products and services, we would need to lower the prices we charge for the products and services we offer. This could result in lower revenues or reduced margins, either of which may materially adversely affect our business and operating results. Moreover, our competitors may affect our business by entering into exclusive arrangements with our existing or potential customers, distributors or third party service providers. Additionally, if prospective consumers choose methods of Information Management delivery different from that which we offer, our business and operating results could also be materially adversely affected. The length of our sales cycle can fluctuate significantly which could result in significant fluctuations in revenues being recognized from quarter to quarter The decision by a customer to license our software products or purchase our services often involves a comprehensive implementation process across the customer's network or networks. As a result, the licensing and implementation of our software products and any related services may entail a significant commitment of resources by prospective customers, accompanied by the attendant risks and delays frequently associated with significant technology implementation projects. Given the significant investment and commitment of resources required by an organization to implement our software products, our sales cycle may be longer compared to other companies within our own industry, as well as companies in other industries. Also, because of changes in customer spending habits, it may be difficult for us to budget, forecast and allocate our resources properly. In weak economic environments, it is not uncommon to see reduced information technology spending. It may take several months, or even several quarters, for marketing opportunities to materialize. If a customer's decision to license our software or purchase our services is delayed or if the implementation of these software products takes longer than originally anticipated, the date on which we may recognize revenues from these licenses or sales would be delayed. Such delays and fluctuations could cause our revenues to be lower than expected in a particular period and we may not be able to adjust our costs quickly enough to offset such lower revenues, potentially negatively impacting our business, operating results and financial condition. 23 Our existing customers might cancel contracts with us, fail to renew contracts on their renewal dates and/or fail to purchase additional services and products, and we may be unable to attract new customers, which could materially adversely affect our operating results We depend on our installed customer base for a significant portion of our revenues. We have significant contracts with our license customers for ongoing support and maintenance, as well as significant service contracts that provide recurring services revenues to us. In addition, our installed customer base has historically generated additional new license and services revenues for us. Service contracts are generally renewable at a customer’s option and/or subject to cancellation rights, and there are generally no mandatory payment obligations or obligations to license additional software or subscribe for additional services. If our customers cancel or fail to renew their service contracts or fail to purchase additional services or products, then our revenues could decrease, and our operating results could be materially adversely affected. Factors influencing such contract terminations and failure to purchase additional services or products could include changes in the financial circumstances of our customers, dissatisfaction with our products or services, our retirement or lack of support for our legacy products and services, our customers selecting or building alternate technologies to replace our products or services, the cost of our products and services as compared to the cost of products and services offered by our competitors, our ability to attract, hire and maintain qualified personnel to meet customer needs, consolidating activities in the market, changes in our customers’ business or in regulation impacting our customers’ business that may no longer necessitate the use of our products or services, general economic or market conditions, or other reasons. Further, our customers could delay or terminate implementations or use of our services and products or be reluctant to migrate to new products. Such customers will not generate the revenues we may have expected within the anticipated timelines, or at all, and may be less likely to invest in additional services or products from us in the future. We may not be able to adjust our expense levels quickly enough to account for any such revenue losses. Consolidation in the industry, particularly by large, well-capitalized companies, could place pressure on our operating margins which could, in turn, have a material adverse effect on our business Acquisitions by large, well-capitalized technology companies have changed the marketplace for our software products and services by replacing competitors that are comparable in size to our Company with companies that have more resources at their disposal to compete with us in the marketplace. In addition, other large corporations with considerable financial resources either have products and/or services that compete with our software products and services or have the ability to encroach on our competitive position within our marketplace. These companies have considerable financial resources, channel influence, and broad geographic reach; thus, they can engage in competition with our software products and services on the basis of price, marketing, services or support. They also have the ability to introduce items that compete with our maturing software products and services. The threat posed by larger competitors and their ability to use their better economies of scale to sell competing products and/or services at a lower cost may materially reduce the profit margins we earn on the software products and services we provide to the marketplace. Any material reduction in our profit margin may have a material adverse effect on the operations or finances of our business, which could hinder our ability to raise capital in the public markets at opportune times for strategic acquisitions or for general operational purposes, which may then, in turn, prevent effective strategic growth or improved economies of scale or put us at a disadvantage to our better capitalized competitors. Our sales to government clients expose us to business volatility and risks, including government budgeting cycles and appropriations, early termination, audits, investigations, sanctions and penalties We derive revenues from contracts with U.S. and Canadian federal, state, provincial and local governments, and other foreign governments and their respective agencies, which may terminate most of these contracts at any time, without cause. There is increased pressure on governments and their agencies, both domestically and internationally, to reduce spending. Further, our U.S. federal government contracts are subject to the approval of appropriations made by the U.S. Congress to fund the expenditures under these contracts. Similarly, our contracts with U.S. state and local governments, Canadian federal, provincial and local governments and other foreign governments and their agencies are generally subject to government funding authorizations. Additionally, government contracts are generally subject to audits and investigations that could result in various civil and criminal penalties and administrative sanctions, including termination of contracts, refund of a portion of fees received, forfeiture of profits, suspension of payments, fines and suspensions or debarment from future government business. We may be unable to maintain or expand our base of SMB and consumer customers, which could adversely affect our anticipated future growth and operating results With the acquisition of Carbonite, we have expanded our presence in the SMB market as well as the consumer market. Expanding in this market may require substantial resources and increased marketing efforts, different to what we are accustomed to. If we are unable to market and sell our solutions to the SMB market and consumers with competitive pricing and in a cost-effective manner, it may harm our ability to grow our revenues and adversely affect our results of operations. In 24 addition, SMBs frequently have limited budgets and are more likely to be significantly affected by economic downturns than larger, more established companies. As such, SMBs may choose to spend funds on items other than our solutions, particularly during difficult economic times, which may hurt our projected revenues, business financial condition and results of operations. We must continue to manage our internal resources during periods of company growth or our operating results could be adversely affected The Information Management market in which we compete continues to evolve at a rapid pace. However, there is significant uncertainty on growth from the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. Moreover, we have grown significantly through acquisitions in the past and expect to continue to review acquisition opportunities as a means of increasing the size and scope of our business. Our growth, coupled with the rapid evolution of our markets, has placed, and will continue to place, significant strains on our administrative and operational resources and increased demands on our internal systems, procedures and controls. Our administrative infrastructure, systems, procedures and controls may not adequately support our operations. In addition, our management may not be able to achieve the rapid, effective execution of the product and business initiatives necessary to successfully implement our operational and competitive strategy. If we are unable to manage growth effectively, our operating results will likely suffer, which may, in turn, adversely affect our business. If we lose the services of our executive officers or other key employees or if we are not able to attract or retain top employees, our business could be significantly harmed Our performance is substantially dependent on the performance of our executive officers and key employees and there is a risk that we could lose their services, including due to the illness of executive officers and key employees from COVID-19. We do not maintain “key person” life insurance policies on any of our employees. Our success is also highly dependent on our continuing ability to identify, hire, train, retain and motivate highly qualified management, technical, sales and marketing personnel. In particular, the recruitment and retention of top research developers and experienced salespeople, particularly those with specialized knowledge, remains critical to our success, including providing consistent and uninterrupted service to our customers. Competition for such people is intense, substantial and continuous, and we may not be able to attract, integrate or retain highly qualified technical, sales or managerial personnel in the future. In our effort to attract and retain critical personnel, we may experience increased compensation costs that are not offset by either improved productivity or higher prices for our software products or services. In addition, the loss of the services of any of our executive officers or other key employees could significantly harm our business, operating results and financial condition. Our compensation structure may hinder our efforts to attract and retain vital employees A portion of our total compensation program for our executive officers and key personnel includes the award of options to buy our Common Shares. If the market price of our Common Shares performs poorly, such performance may adversely affect our ability to retain or attract critical personnel. In addition, any changes made to our stock option policies, or to any other of our compensation practices, which are made necessary by governmental regulations or competitive pressures, could adversely affect our ability to retain and motivate existing personnel and recruit new personnel. For example, any limit to total compensation that may be prescribed by the government or applicable regulatory authorities or any significant increases in personal income tax levels levied in countries where we have a significant operational presence may hurt our ability to attract or retain our executive officers or other employees whose efforts are vital to our success. Additionally, payments under our long- term incentive plans (the details of which are described in Item 11 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K) are dependent to a significant extent upon the future performance of our Company both in absolute terms and in comparison to similarly situated companies. Any failure to achieve the targets set under our long-term incentive plan could significantly reduce or eliminate payments made under this plan, which may, in turn, materially and adversely affect our ability to retain the key personnel paid under this plan. Risks Related to Acquisitions Acquisitions, investments, joint ventures and other business initiatives may negatively affect our operating results The growth of our Company through the successful acquisition and integration of complementary businesses is a critical component of our corporate strategy. As a result of the continually evolving marketplace in which we operate, we regularly evaluate acquisition opportunities and at any time may be in various stages of discussions with respect to such opportunities. We plan to continue to pursue acquisitions that complement our existing business, represent a strong strategic fit and are consistent with our overall growth strategy and disciplined financial management. We may also target future acquisitions to expand or add functionality and capabilities to our existing portfolio of solutions, as well as to add new solutions to our portfolio. We may also consider, from time to time, opportunities to engage in joint ventures or other business collaborations with third parties to address particular market segments. These activities create risks such as: (i) the need to integrate and 25 manage the businesses and products acquired with our own business and products; (ii) additional demands on our resources, systems, procedures and controls; (iii) disruption of our ongoing business; and (iv) diversion of management's attention from other business concerns. Moreover, these transactions could involve: (i) substantial investment of funds or financings by issuance of debt or equity or equity-related securities; (ii) substantial investment with respect to technology transfers and operational integration; and (iii) the acquisition or disposition of product lines or businesses. Also, such activities could result in charges and expenses and have the potential to either dilute the interests of existing shareholders or result in the issuance or assumption of debt, which could have a negative impact on the credit ratings of our outstanding debt securities or the market price of our Common Shares. Such acquisitions, investments, joint ventures or other business collaborations may involve significant commitments of financial and other resources of our Company. Any such activity may not be successful in generating revenues, income or other returns to us, and the resources committed to such activities will not be available to us for other purposes. In addition, while we conduct due diligence prior to consummating an acquisition, joint venture or business collaboration, such diligence may not identify all material issues associated with such activities. We may also experience unanticipated difficulties identifying suitable new acquisition candidates that are available for purchase at reasonable prices. Even if we are able to identify such candidates, we may be unable to consummate an acquisition on suitable terms. Moreover, if we are unable to access capital markets on acceptable terms or at all, we may not be able to consummate acquisitions, or may have to do so on the basis of a less than optimal capital structure. Our inability (i) to take advantage of growth opportunities for our business or for our products and services, or (ii) to address risks associated with acquisitions or investments in businesses, may negatively affect our operating results and financial condition. Additionally, any impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets acquired in an acquisition or in an investment, or charges associated with any acquisition or investment activity, may materially adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition which, in turn, may have a material adverse effect on the market price of our Common Shares or credit ratings of our outstanding debt securities. Businesses we acquire may have disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting, cybersecurity and compliance with data privacy laws that are weaker than or otherwise not in conformity with ours We have a history of acquiring complementary businesses of varying size and organizational complexity and we may continue to engage in such acquisitions. Upon consummating an acquisition, we seek to implement our disclosure controls and procedures, our internal controls over financial reporting as well as procedures relating to cybersecurity and compliance with data privacy laws and regulations at the acquired company as promptly as possible. Depending upon the nature and scale of the business acquired, the implementation of our disclosure controls and procedures as well as the implementation of our internal controls over financial reporting at an acquired company may be a lengthy process and may divert our attention from other business operations. Our integration efforts may periodically expose deficiencies in the disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting as well as procedures relating to cybersecurity and compliance with data privacy laws and regulations of an acquired company that were not identified in our due diligence undertaken prior to consummating the acquisition or contractual protections intended to protect against any such deficiencies may not fully eliminate all related risks. If such deficiencies exist, we may not be in a position to comply with our periodic reporting requirements and, as a result, our business and financial condition may be materially harmed. Refer to Item 9A "Controls and Procedures", included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, for details on our internal controls over financial reporting for recent acquisitions. We may be unable to successfully integrate acquired businesses or do so within the intended timeframes, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and business prospects Our ability to realize the anticipated benefits of acquired businesses will depend, in part, on our ability to successfully and efficiently integrate acquired businesses and operations with our own. The integration of acquired businesses with our existing business will be complex, costly and time-consuming, and may result in additional demands on our resources, systems, procedures and controls, disruption of our ongoing business, and diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns. Although we cannot be certain of the degree and scope of operational and integration problems that may arise, the difficulties and risks associated with the integration of acquired businesses may include, among others: • • • • • • the increased scope and complexity of our operations; coordinating geographically separate organizations, operations, relationships and facilities; integrating (i) personnel with diverse business backgrounds, corporate cultures and management philosophies, and (ii) the standards, policies and compensation structures, as well as the complex systems, technology, networks and other assets, of the businesses; preserving important strategic and customer relationships; retention of key employees; the possibility that we may have failed to discover obligations of acquired businesses or risks associated with those businesses during our due diligence investigations as part of the acquisition, which we, as a successor owner, may be responsible for or subject to; and 26 • provisions in contracts with third parties that may limit flexibility to take certain actions. As a result of these difficulties and risks, we may not accomplish the integration of acquired businesses smoothly, successfully or within our budgetary expectations and anticipated timetables, which may result in a failure to realize some or all of the anticipated benefits of our acquisitions. Loss of key personnel could impair the integration of acquired businesses, lead to loss of customers and a decline in revenues, or otherwise could have an adverse effect on our operations Our success as a combined business with any prior or future acquired businesses will depend, in part, upon our ability to retain key employees, especially during the integration phase of the businesses. It is possible that the integration process could result in current and prospective employees of ours and the acquired business to experience uncertainty about their future roles with us, which could have an adverse effect on our ability to retain or recruit key managers and other employees. If, despite our retention and recruiting efforts, key employees depart, the loss of their services and their experience and knowledge regarding our business or an acquired business could have an adverse effect on our future operating results and the successful ongoing operation of our businesses. Risks Related to Laws and Regulatory Compliance Our provision for income taxes and effective income tax rate may vary significantly and may adversely affect our results of operations and cash resources Significant judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes. Various internal and external factors may have favorable or unfavorable effects on our future provision for income taxes, income taxes receivable and our effective income tax rate. These factors include, but are not limited to, changes in tax laws, regulations and/or rates, results of audits by tax authorities, changing interpretations of existing tax laws or regulations, changes in estimates of prior years' items, the impact of transactions we complete, future levels of research and development spending, changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities, transfer pricing adjustments, changes in the overall mix of income among the different jurisdictions in which we operate and changes in overall levels of income before taxes. Furthermore, new accounting pronouncements or new interpretations of existing accounting pronouncements, and/or any internal restructuring initiatives we may implement from time to time to streamline our operations, can have a material impact on our effective income tax rate. Tax examinations are often complex as tax authorities may disagree with the treatment of items reported by us and our transfer pricing methodology based upon our limited risk distributor model, the result of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Although we believe our estimates are reasonable, the ultimate outcome with respect to the taxes we owe may differ from the amounts recorded in our financial statements, and this difference may materially affect our financial position and financial results in the period or periods for which such determination is made. For more information on tax audits to which we are subject, see notes 14 "Guarantees and Contingencies" and 15 "Income Taxes" to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. As part of the ongoing audit of our Canadian tax returns by the Canada Revenue Agency (CRA), we have received notices of reassessment for Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2016 and the CRA is currently auditing Fiscal 2017. An adverse outcome of these ongoing audits could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations. As part of its ongoing audit of our Canadian tax returns, the CRA has disputed our transfer pricing methodology used for certain intercompany transactions with our international subsidiaries and has issued notices of reassessment for Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2016. Assuming the utilization of available tax attributes (further described below), we estimate our potential aggregate liability, as of June 30, 2021, in connection with the CRA’s reassessments for Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2016, to be limited to penalties, interest and provincial taxes that may be due of approximately $74 million. As of June 30, 2021, we have provisionally paid approximately $28 million in order to fully preserve our rights to object to the CRA’s audit positions, being the minimum payment required under Canadian legislation while the matter is in dispute. This amount is recorded within “Long-term income taxes recoverable” on our Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2021. The notices of reassessment for Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2016 would, as drafted, increase our taxable income by approximately $90 million to $100 million for each of those years, as well as impose a 10% penalty on the proposed adjustment to income. Audits by the CRA of our tax returns for fiscal years prior to Fiscal 2012 have been completed with no reassessment of our income tax liability. We strongly disagree with the CRA’s positions and believe the reassessments of Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2016 (including any penalties) are without merit. We have filed notices of objection for Fiscal 2012, 27 Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2016. We are currently seeking competent authority consideration under applicable international treaties in respect of these reassessments. Even if we are unsuccessful in challenging the CRA’s reassessments to increase our taxable income for Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2016, we have elective deductions available for those years (including carry- backs from later years) that would offset such increased amounts so that no additional cash tax would be payable, exclusive of any assessed penalties and interest, as described above. The CRA is also currently auditing Fiscal 2017 on a basis that we strongly disagree with and will vigorously contest. The focus of the CRA audit has been the valuation of certain intellectual property and goodwill when one of our subsidiaries continued into Canada in July 2016. In accordance with applicable rules, these assets were recognized for tax purposes at fair market value as of that time, which value was supported by an expert valuation prepared by an independent leading accounting and advisory firm. In conjunction with the Fiscal 2017 audit, the CRA issued a proposal letter dated April 7, 2021 (Proposal Letter) indicating to us that it proposes to reduce the depreciable basis of these assets. We are currently engaged in dialogue with the CRA regarding the 2017 audit and expect to be making extensive submissions in support of our position shortly. CRA’s currently-proposed position for Fiscal 2017 relies in significant part on the application of its positions regarding our transfer pricing methodology that are the basis for its reassessment of our fiscal years 2012 to 2016 described above, and that we believe are without merit. Other aspects of CRA’s currently-proposed position for Fiscal 2017 conflict with the expert valuation prepared by the independent leading accounting and advisory firm that was used to support our original filing position. If the CRA determines to reassess on the basis of its position set forth in the Proposal Letter and we are ultimately unsuccessful in defending our position, the estimated impact of the proposed adjustment could result in us recording an income tax expense, with no immediate cash payment, to reduce the stated value of our deferred tax assets of up to approximately $470 million. Any such income tax expense could also have a corresponding cash tax impact that would primarily occur over a period of several future years based upon annual income realization in Canada. We strongly disagree with the CRA’s position for Fiscal 2017 and intend to vigorously defend our original filing position. We will continue to vigorously contest the proposed adjustments to our taxable income and any penalty and interest assessments, as well as any proposed reduction to the basis of our depreciable property. We are confident that our original tax filing positions were appropriate. Accordingly, as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we have not recorded any accruals in respect of these reassessments or proposed reassessment in our Consolidated Financial Statements. However, an adverse outcome of any of these reassessments or proposed reassessment could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations. The CRA has also advised us that they are currently in preliminary stages of auditing Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2019. For further details on these and other tax audits to which we are subject, see notes 14 “Guarantees and Contingencies” and 15 “Income Taxes” to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Risks associated with data privacy issues, including evolving laws and regulations and associated compliance efforts, may adversely impact our business Our business depends on the processing of personal data, including data transfer between our affiliated entities, to and from our business partners and customers, and with third-party service providers. The laws and regulations relating to personal data constantly evolve, as federal, state and foreign governments continue to adopt new measures addressing data privacy and processing (including collection, storage, transfer, disposal and use) of personal data. Moreover, the interpretation and application of many existing or recently enacted privacy and data protection laws and regulations in the European Union, the U.S. and elsewhere are uncertain and fluid, and it is possible that such laws and regulations may be interpreted or applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our existing data management practices or the features of our products and services. Any such new laws or regulations, any changes to existing laws and regulations and any such interpretation or application may affect demand for our products and services, impact our ability to effectively transfer data across borders in support of our business operations or increase the cost of providing our products and services. Additionally, any actual or perceived breach of such laws or regulations may subject us to claims and may lead to administrative, civil or criminal liability, as well as reputational harm to our Company and our employees. We could also be required to fundamentally change our business activities and practices, or modify our products and services, which could have an adverse effect on our business. In the U.S., various laws and regulations apply to the collection, processing, transfer, disposal, unauthorized disclosure and security of personal data. For example, data protection laws passed by all states within the U.S. require notification to users when there is a security breach for personal data. Additionally, the Federal Trade Commission (FTC) and many state attorneys general are interpreting federal and state consumer protection laws as imposing standards for the online collection, use, transfer and security of data. The U.S. Congress and state legislatures, along with federal regulatory authorities, have recently increased their attention to matters concerning personal data, and this may result in new legislation which could increase the cost of compliance. For example, the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018 (CCPA) came into effect on January 1, 2020. The CCPA requires companies that process information of California residents to make new disclosures to consumers about their 28 data collection, use and sharing practices, allows consumers to access and request deletion of their data and opt out of certain data sharing with third parties and provides a new private right of action for data breaches. Violations of the CCPA are enforced by the California Attorney General with sizeable civil penalties, particularly for violations that impact large numbers of consumers. Further, in November 2020, California voters passed the California Privacy Rights and Enforcement Act of 2020 (CPRA), which significantly modifies the CCPA with additional data privacy compliance requirements, expands consumers' rights with respect to certain sensitive personal information and establishes a regulatory agency dedicated to enforcing the requirements of the CCPA and CPRA. It remains unclear how various provisions of the CCPA and CPRA will be interpreted and enforced. In addition to government regulation, privacy advocacy and industry groups may propose new and different self- regulatory standards that either legally or contractually apply to us or our clients. Some of our operations are subject to the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR), which took effect from May 25, 2018, including as it forms part of the United Kingdom's retained EU law (as defined in the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018). The GDPR introduces a number of new obligations for subject companies and we will need to continue dedicating financial resources and management time to GDPR compliance. The GDPR enhances the obligations placed on companies that control or process personal data including, for example, expanded disclosures about how personal data is to be used, new mechanisms for obtaining consent from data subjects, new controls for data subjects with respect to their personal data (including by enabling them to exercise rights to erasure and data portability), limitations on retention of personal data and mandatory data breach notifications. Additionally, the GDPR places companies under new obligations relating to data transfers and the security of the personal data they process. The GDPR provides that supervisory authorities in the European Union may impose administrative fines for certain infringements of the GDPR of up to EUR 20,000,000, or 4% of an undertaking’s total, worldwide, annual turnover of the preceding financial year, whichever is higher. Individuals who have suffered damage as a result of a subject company’s non-compliance with the GDPR also have the right to seek compensation from such company. Given the breadth of the GDPR, compliance with its requirements is likely to continue to require significant expenditure of resources on an ongoing basis, and there can be no assurance that the measures we have taken for the purposes of compliance will be successful in preventing violation of the GDPR. Given the potential fines, liabilities and damage to our reputation in the event of an actual or perceived violation of the GDPR, such a violation may have a material adverse effect on our business and operations. In light of the recent decision of the Court of Justice of the European Union in Data Protection Commissioner vs Facebook Ireland Limited and Maximillian Schrems (C-311/118), there is currently ongoing uncertainty with respect to the legality of certain transfers of personal data from the European Economic Area (EEA) and the United Kingdom to so-called "third countries" outside the EEA, including the U.S. and Canada. In addition to the increased legal risk in the event of any such transfers, additional costs might also need to be incurred in order to implement necessary safeguards to comply with GDPR. Outside of the U.S. and the European Union, many jurisdictions have adopted or are adopting new data privacy laws that may impose further onerous compliance requirements, such as data localization, which prohibits companies from storing and/or processing outside the jurisdiction data relating to resident individuals. The proliferation of such laws within the jurisdictions in which we operate may result in conflicting and contradictory requirements, particularly in relation to evolving technologies such as cloud computing. Any failure to successfully navigate the changing regulatory landscape could result in legal liability or impairment to our reputation in the marketplace, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Privacy-related claims or lawsuits initiated by governmental bodies, customers or other third parties, whether meritorious or not, could be time consuming, result in costly regulatory proceedings, litigation, penalties, fines, or other potential liabilities, or require us to change our business practices, sometimes in expensive ways. Unfavorable publicity regarding our privacy practices could damage our reputation, harm our ability to keep existing customers or attract new customers or otherwise adversely affect our business, assets, revenue and brands. Certain of our products may be perceived as, or determined by the courts to be, a violation of privacy rights and related laws. Any such perception or determination could adversely affect our revenues and results of operations. Because of the nature of certain of our products, including those relating to digital investigations, potential customers and purchasers of our products or the general public may perceive that the use of these products results in violations of individual privacy rights. In addition, certain courts or regulatory authorities could determine that the use of our software solutions or other products is a violation of privacy laws, particularly in jurisdictions outside of the United States. Any such determination or perception by potential customers and purchasers, the general public, government entities or the judicial system could harm our reputation and adversely affect our revenues and results of operations. 29 Risks Related to our Financial Condition We may not generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our unfunded pension obligations Through our acquisitions, we have assumed certain unfunded pension plan liabilities. We will be required to use the operating cash flow that we generate in the future to meet these obligations. As a result, our future net pension liability and cost may be materially affected by the discount rate used to measure these pension obligations and by the longevity and actuarial profile of the relevant workforce. A change in the discount rate may result in a significant increase or decrease in the valuation of these pension obligations, and these changes may affect the net periodic pension cost in the year the change is made and in subsequent years. We cannot assure that we will generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy these obligations. Any inability to satisfy these pension obligations may have a material adverse effect on the operational and financial health of our business. For more information on our pension obligations, see note 12 "Pension Plans and Other Post Retirement Benefits" to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could materially affect our financial results Our Consolidated Financial Statements are presented in U.S. dollars. In general, the functional currency of our subsidiaries is the local currency. For each subsidiary, assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into U.S dollars at the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet dates and revenues and expenses are translated at the average exchange rates prevailing during the month of the transaction. Therefore, increases or decreases in the value of the U.S. dollar against other major currencies affect our net operating revenues, operating income and the value of balance sheet items denominated in foreign currencies. In addition, unexpected and dramatic devaluations of currencies in developing, as well as developed, markets could negatively affect our revenues from, and the value of the assets located in, those markets. Transactional foreign currency gains (losses) included in the Consolidated Statements of Income under the line item “Other income (expense) net” for Fiscal 2021, Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019 were ($1.3) million, ($4.2) million, and ($4.3) million, respectively. While we use derivative financial instruments to attempt to reduce our net exposure to currency exchange rate fluctuations, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, particularly the strengthening of the U.S. dollar against major currencies or the currencies of large developing countries, could materially affect our financial results. These risks and their potential impacts may be exacerbated by the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, Brexit, as defined below, and any policy changes, including those resulting from trade and tariff disputes. See "The COVID-19 pandemic has and is expected to further negatively affect our business, operations and financial performance" and “The impact of Brexit could adversely affect us”. Our indebtedness could limit our operations and opportunities Our debt service obligations could have an adverse effect on our earnings and cash flows for as long as the indebtedness is outstanding, which could reduce the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes. As of June 30, 2021, our credit facilities consisted of a $1.0 billion term loan facility (Term Loan B) and a $750 million committed revolving credit facility (the Revolver). Borrowings under Term Loan B and the Revolver, if any, are or will be secured by a first charge over substantially all of our assets. Repayments made under Term Loan B are equal to 0.25% of the original principal amount in equal quarterly installments for the life of Term Loan B, with the remainder due at maturity. As of June 30, 2021, we had no outstanding balance under the Revolver. The terms of Term Loan B and the Revolver include customary restrictive covenants that impose operating and financial restrictions on us, including restrictions on our ability to take actions that could be in our best interests. These restrictive covenants include certain limitations on our ability to make investments, loans and acquisitions, incur additional debt, incur liens and encumbrances, consolidate, amalgamate or merge with any other person, dispose of assets, make certain restricted payments, including a limit on dividends on equity securities or payments to redeem, repurchase or retire equity securities or other indebtedness, engage in transactions with affiliates, materially alter the business we conduct, and enter into certain restrictive agreements. Term Loan B and the Revolver includes a financial covenant relating to a maximum consolidated net leverage ratio, which could restrict our operations, particularly our ability to respond to changes in our business or to take specified actions. Our failure to comply with any of the covenants that are included in Term Loan B and the Revolver could result in a default under the terms thereof, which could permit the lenders thereunder to declare all or part of any outstanding borrowings to be immediately due and payable. As of June 30, 2021, we also have $850 million in aggregate principal amount of our 5.875% senior unsecured notes due 2026 (Senior Notes 2026), $900 million in aggregate principal amount of 3.875% Senior Notes due 2028 (Senior Notes 2028) and $900 million in aggregate principal amount of 4.125% Senior Notes due 2030 (Senior Notes 2030 and together with the Senior Notes 2028 and Senior Notes 2026, the Senior Notes) outstanding, respectively issued in private placements to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act and to certain persons in offshore transactions pursuant to 30 Regulation S under the Securities Act. Our failure to comply with any of the covenants that are included in the indentures governing the Senior Notes could result in a default under the terms thereof, which could result in all or a portion of the Senior Notes to be immediately due and payable. Our Term Loan B and Revolver have variable rates of interest, some of which use London Inter-Bank Offered Rate (LIBOR) as a benchmark. All CHF, EUR, GBP, and JPY LIBOR settings and the one-week and two-month USD LIBOR setting will either cease to be provided by any administrator or no longer continue to be representative after December 31, 2021 and the remaining USD LIBOR settings will either cease to be provided by any administrator or no longer continue to be representative after June 30, 2023. As a result, any financial instruments or agreements using LIBOR as a benchmark interest rate may be adversely affected. This discontinuance of LIBOR may exacerbate the risk to us of increased interest rates, and our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. Although our Term Loan B and Revolver include mechanics to facilitate the adoption by us and our lenders of an alternative benchmark rate in place of LIBOR, no assurance can be made that such alternative rate will perform in a manner similar to LIBOR and may result in interest rates that are higher or lower than those that would have resulted had LIBOR remained in effect. The risks discussed above would be increased to the extent that we engage in acquisitions that involve the incurrence of material additional debt, or the acquisition of businesses with material debt, and such incurrences or acquisitions could potentially negatively impact the ratings or outlook of the rating agencies on our outstanding debt securities and the market price of our common shares. For more information on our indebtedness, see note 11 "Long-Term Debt" to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Risks Related to Ownership of our Common Stock Our revenues and operating results are likely to fluctuate, which could materially impact the market price of our Common Shares We experience significant fluctuations in revenues and operating results caused by many factors, including: • • • Impact of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and actual or potential resurgences on our business and on general economic and business conditions; Changes in the demand for our software products and services and for the products and services of our competitors; The introduction or enhancement of software products and services by us and by our competitors; • Market acceptance of our software products, enhancements and/or services; • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Delays in the introduction of software products, enhancements and/or services by us or by our competitors; Customer order deferrals in anticipation of upgrades and new software products; Changes in the lengths of sales cycles; Changes in our pricing policies or those of our competitors; Delays in software product implementation with customers; Change in the mix of distribution channels through which our software products are licensed; Change in the mix of software products and services sold; Change in the mix of international and North American revenues; Changes in foreign currency exchange rates, LIBOR and other applicable interest rates (including the expected replacement of LIBOR as a benchmark rate); Acquisitions and the integration of acquired businesses; Restructuring charges taken in connection with any completed acquisition or otherwise; Outcome and impact of tax audits and other contingencies; Investor perception of our Company; Changes in earnings estimates by securities analysts and our ability to meet those estimates; Changes in laws and regulations affecting our business, including data privacy and cybersecurity laws and regulations; Changes in general economic and business conditions, including the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and the resulting supply chain disruptions and global micro-chip shortages; and Changes in general political developments, such as the impact of Brexit, changes to international trade policies and policies taken to stimulate or to preserve national economies. 31 A general weakening of the global economy or a continued weakening of the economy in a particular region or economic or business uncertainty could result in the cancellation of or delay in customer purchases. A cancellation or deferral of even a small number of license sales or services or delays in the implementation of our software products could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. As a result of the timing of software product and service introductions and the rapid evolution of our business as well as of the markets we serve, we cannot predict whether patterns or trends experienced in the past will continue. For these reasons, you should not rely upon period-to-period comparisons of our financial results to forecast future performance. Our revenues and operating results may vary significantly, and this possible variance could materially reduce the market price of our Common Shares. Changes in the market price of our Common Shares and credit ratings of our outstanding debt securities could lead to losses for shareholders and debt holders The market price of our Common Shares and credit ratings of our outstanding debt securities are subject to fluctuations. Such fluctuations in market price or credit ratings may continue in response to: (i) quarterly and annual variations in operating results; (ii) announcements of technological innovations or new products or services that are relevant to our industry; (iii) changes in financial estimates by securities analysts; (iv) changes to the ratings or outlook of our outstanding debt securities by rating agencies; (v) impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic and related economic conditions or (vi) other events or factors. In addition, financial markets experience significant price and volume fluctuations that particularly affect the market prices of equity securities of many technology companies. These fluctuations have often resulted from the failure of such companies to meet market expectations in a particular quarter, and thus such fluctuations may or may not be related to the underlying operating performance of such companies. Broad market fluctuations or any failure of our operating results in a particular quarter to meet market expectations may adversely affect the market price of our Common Shares or the credit ratings of our outstanding debt securities. Additionally, short sales, hedging and other derivative transactions in our Common Shares and technical factors in the public trading market for our Common Shares may produce price movements that may or may not comport with macro, industry or company-specific fundamentals, including, without limitation, the sentiment of retail investors (including as may be expressed on financial trading and other social media sites), the amount and status of short interest in our Common Shares, access to margin debt, trading in options and other derivatives on our Common Shares and other technical trading factors. Occasionally, periods of volatility in the market price of a company's securities may lead to the institution of securities class action litigation against a company. If we are subject to such volatility in our market price, we may be the target of such securities litigation in the future. Such legal action could result in substantial costs to defend our interests and a diversion of management's attention and resources, each of which would have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results. General Risks Unexpected events may materially harm our ability to align when we incur expenses with when we recognize revenues We incur operating expenses based upon anticipated revenue trends. Since a high percentage of these expenses are relatively fixed, a delay in recognizing revenues from transactions related to these expenses (such a delay may be due to the factors described herein or it may be due to other factors) could cause significant variations in operating results from quarter to quarter and could materially reduce operating income. If these expenses are not subsequently matched by revenues, our business, financial condition, or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. We may fail to achieve our financial forecasts due to inaccurate sales forecasts or other factors Our revenues and particularly our new software license revenues are difficult to forecast, and, as a result, our quarterly operating results can fluctuate substantially. Sales forecasts may be particularly inaccurate or unpredictable given the extraordinary nature of the COVID-19 pandemic. We use a “pipeline” system, a common industry practice, to forecast sales and trends in our business. By reviewing the status of outstanding sales proposals to our customers and potential customers, we make an estimate as to when a customer will make a purchasing decision involving our software products. These estimates are aggregated periodically to make an estimate of our sales pipeline, which we use as a guide to plan our activities and make internal financial forecasts. Our sales pipeline is only an estimate and may be an unreliable predictor of actual sales activity, both in a particular quarter and over a longer period of time. Many factors may affect actual sales activity, such as weakened economic conditions, which may cause our customers and potential customers to delay, reduce or cancel information technology-related purchasing decisions and the tendency of some of our customers to wait until the end of a fiscal period in the hope of obtaining more favorable terms from us. If actual sales activity differs from our pipeline estimate, then we may have planned our activities and budgeted incorrectly, and this may adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition. In addition, for newly acquired companies, we have limited ability to immediately predict how their pipelines will convert into sales or revenues following the acquisition and their conversion rate post-acquisition may be quite different from their historical conversion rate. 32 Our international operations expose us to business, political and economic risks that could cause our operating results to suffer We intend to continue to make efforts to increase our international operations and anticipate that international sales will continue to account for a significant portion of our revenues. These international operations are subject to certain risks and costs, including the difficulty and expense of administering business and compliance abroad, differences in business practices, compliance with domestic and foreign laws (including without limitation domestic and international import and export laws and regulations and the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, including potential violations by acts of agents or other intermediaries), costs related to localizing products for foreign markets, costs related to translating and distributing software products in a timely manner, costs related to increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities, longer sales and collection cycles for accounts receivables, failure of laws or courts to protect our intellectual property rights adequately, local competition, and economic or political instability and uncertainties, including inflation, recession, interest rate fluctuations and actual or anticipated military or geopolitical conflicts. International operations also tend to be subject to a longer sales and collection cycle. In addition, regulatory limitations regarding the repatriation of earnings may adversely affect the transfer of cash earned from international operations. Significant international sales may also expose us to greater risk from political and economic instability, unexpected changes in Canadian, United States or other governmental policies concerning import and export of goods and technology, regulatory requirements, tariffs and other trade barriers. Additionally, international earnings may be subject to taxation by more than one jurisdiction, which may materially adversely affect our effective tax rate. Also, international expansion may be difficult, time consuming, and costly. These risks and their potential impacts may be exacerbated by the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and Brexit. See "The COVID-19 pandemic has and is expected to further negatively affect our business, operations and financial performance" and “The impact of Brexit could adversely affect us.” As a result, if revenues from international operations do not offset the expenses of establishing and maintaining international operations, our business, operating results and financial condition will suffer. The impact of Brexit could adversely affect us The June 2016 United Kingdom referendum on its membership in the EU resulted in a majority of United Kingdom voters voting to exit the EU (Brexit) and on January 31, 2020, the United Kingdom withdrew from the EU. On December 24, 2020, a new trade agreement was concluded between the EU and the United Kingdom (TCA), which took effect on May 1, 2021. The TCA is complex and a number of sectors are not comprehensively included within its scope. Furthermore, certain provisions within the TCA apply on a phased basis and anticipate further agreements between the United Kingdom and the EU. Accordingly, aspects of the UK-EU relationship may be subject to uncertainties and future disagreements between the United Kingdom and the EU. We have operations in the United Kingdom and the EU, and as a result, we face risks associated with the continued uncertainty and disruptions that have resulted from Brexit, including with respect to volatility in exchange rates and interest rates and potential material changes to the regulatory regime applicable to our operations in the United Kingdom. Brexit could adversely affect European or worldwide political, regulatory, economic or market conditions and could contribute to instability in global political institutions, regulatory agencies and financial markets. Disruptions and uncertainty caused by Brexit may also cause our customers to closely monitor their costs and reduce their spending budget on our products and services. Continued uncertainty as to the terms of Brexit may result in heightened near term economic volatility. While we have not experienced any material financial impact from Brexit on our business to date, we cannot predict its future implications. Any impact from Brexit on our business and operations over the long term will depend, in part, on the outcome of tariff, tax treaties, trade, regulatory, and other negotiations the United Kingdom conducts, and could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition. We may become involved in litigation that may materially adversely affect us From time to time in the ordinary course of our business, we may become involved in various legal proceedings, including commercial, product liability, employment, class action and other litigation and claims, as well as governmental and other regulatory investigations and proceedings. Such matters can be time-consuming, divert management's attention and resources and cause us to incur significant expenses. Furthermore, because litigation is inherently unpredictable, the results of any such actions may have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition. The declaration, payment and amount of dividends will be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on a number of factors We have adopted a policy to declare non-cumulative quarterly dividends on our Common Shares. The declaration, payment and amount of any dividends will be made pursuant to our dividend policy and is subject to final determination each quarter by our Board of Directors in its discretion based on a number of factors that it deems relevant, including our financial position, results of operations, available cash resources, cash requirements and alternative uses of cash that our Board of Directors may conclude would be in the best interest of our shareholders. Our dividend payments are subject to relevant 33 contractual limitations, including those in our existing credit agreements and to solvency conditions established by the Canada Business Corporations Act (CBCA), the statute under which we are incorporated. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that any future dividends will be equal or similar in amount to any dividends previously paid or that our Board of Directors will not decide to reduce, suspend or discontinue the payment of dividends at any time in the future. Our operating results could be adversely affected by any weakening of economic conditions Our overall performance depends in part on worldwide economic conditions. Certain economies have experienced periods of downturn as a result of a multitude of factors, including, but not limited to, turmoil in the credit and financial markets, concerns regarding the stability and viability of major financial institutions, declines in gross domestic product, increases in unemployment, volatility in commodity prices and worldwide stock markets, excessive government debt and disruptions to global trade or tariffs. The severity and length of time that a downturn in economic and financial market conditions may persist, as well as the timing, strength and sustainability of any recovery, are unknown and are beyond our control. Recently, COVID-19, Brexit and its impact on the United Kingdom and the EU, as well as any policy changes resulting from trade and tariff disputes, have raised additional concerns regarding economic uncertainties. Moreover, any instability in the global economy affects countries in different ways, at different times and with varying severity, which makes the impact to our business complex and unpredictable. During such downturns, many customers may delay or reduce technology purchases. Contract negotiations may become more protracted or conditions could result in reductions in the licensing of our software products and the sale of cloud and other services, longer sales cycles, pressure on our margins, difficulties in collection of accounts receivable or delayed payments, increased default risks associated with our accounts receivables, slower adoption of new technologies and increased price competition. In addition, deterioration of the global credit markets could adversely impact our ability to complete licensing transactions and services transactions, including maintenance and support renewals. Any of these events, as well as a general weakening of, or declining corporate confidence in, the global economy, or a curtailment in government or corporate spending, could delay or decrease our revenues and therefore have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. For more information regarding the impact of COVID-19 on our business and global economic conditions, see "The COVID-19 pandemic has and is expected to further negatively affect our business, operations and financial performance" and "The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic continues to create significant uncertainty in the global economy and for our business, operations and financial performance". Stress in the global financial system may adversely affect our finances and operations in ways that may be hard to predict or to defend against Financial developments seemingly unrelated to us or to our industry may adversely affect us over the course of time. For example, material increases in LIBOR or other applicable interest rate benchmarks may increase the debt payment costs for our credit facilities such as our Term Loan B and the Revolver that have variable rates of interest, some of which use LIBOR as a benchmark. All CHF, EUR, GBP, and JPY LIBOR settings and the one-week and two-month USD LIBOR settings will either cease to be provided by any administrator or no longer continue to be representative after December 31, 2021 and the remaining USD LIBOR settings will either cease to be provided by any administrator or no longer continue to be representative after June 30, 2023. As a result, any financial instruments or agreements using LIBOR as a benchmark interest rate may be adversely affected. Furthermore, we may need to amend our variable rate debt agreements to replace LIBOR with a new reference rate. The U.S. Federal Reserve, in conjunction with the Alternative Reference Rates Committee (ARRC), a steering committee comprised of large U.S. financial institutions has settled on the establishment of Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR), a new index calculated by short term repurchase agreements backed by Treasury securities, as its recommended alternative to U.S. dollar LIBOR. Although our Term Loan B and Revolver include mechanics to facilitate the adoption by us and our lenders of an alternative benchmark rate in place of LIBOR, no assurance can be made that such alternative rate will perform in a manner similar to LIBOR and may result in interest rates that are higher or lower than those that would have resulted had LIBOR remained in effect. Credit contraction in financial markets may hurt our ability to access credit in the event that we identify an acquisition opportunity or require significant access to credit for other reasons. Similarly, volatility in the market price of our Common Shares due to seemingly unrelated financial developments could hurt our ability to raise capital for the financing of acquisitions or other reasons. Potential price inflation caused by an excess of liquidity in countries where we conduct business may increase the cost we incur to provide our solutions and may reduce profit margins on agreements that govern the licensing of our software products and/or the sale of our services to customers over a multi-year period. A reduction in credit, combined with reduced economic activity, may adversely affect businesses and industries that collectively constitute a significant portion of our customer base such as the public sector. As a result, these customers may need to reduce their licensing of our software products or their purchases of our services, or we may experience greater difficulty in receiving payment for the licenses and services that these customers purchase from us. Any of these events, or any other events caused by turmoil in world financial markets, may have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. 34 Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments None. Item 2. Properties Our properties consist of owned and leased office facilities for sales, support, research and development, consulting and administrative personnel, totaling approximately 0.3 million square feet of owned facilities and approximately 2.4 million square feet of leased facilities. Owned Facilities Waterloo, Ontario, Canada Our headquarters is located in Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, and it consists of approximately 232,000 square feet. The land upon which the buildings stand is leased from the University of Waterloo for a period of 49 years beginning in December 2005, with an option to renew for an additional term of 49 years. The option to renew is exercisable by us upon providing written notice to the University of Waterloo not earlier than the 40th anniversary and not later than the 45th anniversary of the lease commencement date. Brook Park, Ohio, United States We also own a building, along with its land, located in Brook Park, Ohio, that consists of approximately 104,000 square feet. This building is used primarily as a data center. Leased Facilities The following table sets forth the location and approximate square footage of our leased facilities: Americas (1) EMEA (2) Asia Pacific (3) Total Square Footage 1,262,000 476,000 695,000 2,433,000 (1) Americas consists of countries in North, Central and South America. (2) EMEA consists of countries in Europe, the Middle East and Africa. (3) Asia Pacific primarily consists of Japan, Australia, China, Korea, Philippines, Singapore, India and New Zealand. Included in the total approximate square footage of leased facilities is approximately 2.0 million square feet of operational space and approximately 0.4 million square feet of vacated space which has either been sublet or is being actively marketed for sublease or disposition. Item 3. Legal Proceedings In the normal course of business, we are subject to various legal claims, as well as potential legal claims. While the results of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, we believe that the final outcome of these matters will not have a materially adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations or financial conditions. For more information regarding litigation and the status of certain regulatory and tax proceedings, please refer to Part I, Item 1A "Risk Factors" and to note 14 “Guarantees and Contingencies” to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures Not applicable. 35 Part II Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities Our Common Shares have traded on the NASDAQ stock market since 1996 under the symbol “OTEX” and our Common Shares have traded on the Toronto Stock Exchange (TSX) since 1998, first under the symbol "OTC", and since 2017, trades under the symbol “OTEX”. On June 30, 2021, the closing price of our Common Shares on the NASDAQ was $50.80 per share, and on the TSX was Canadian $62.95 per share. As at June 30, 2021, we had 350 shareholders of record holding our Common Shares of which 299 were U.S. shareholders. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities None. Dividend Policy We currently expect to continue paying cash dividends on a quarterly basis. However, future declarations of dividends are subject to the final determination of our Board of Directors, in its discretion, based on a number of factors that it deems relevant, including our financial position, results of operations, available cash resources, cash requirements and alternative uses of cash that our Board of Directors may conclude would be in the best interest of our shareholders. Our dividend payments are subject to relevant contractual limitations, including those in our existing credit agreements and to solvency conditions established under the CBCA, the statute under which we are incorporated. We have historically declared dividends in U.S. dollars, but registered shareholders can elect to receive dividends in U.S. dollars or Canadian dollars by contacting the Company's transfer agent. Share Repurchase Plan / Normal Course Issuer Bid On November 5, 2020, the Board authorized a share repurchase plan, pursuant to which we may purchase in open market transactions, from time to time over the 12 month period commencing November 12, 2020, up to an aggregate of $350 million of our Common Shares on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, the TSX and/or other exchanges and alternative trading systems in Canada and/or the United States, if eligible, subject to applicable law and stock exchange rules (the “Repurchase Plan”). The price that we will pay for Common Shares in open market transactions will be the market price at the time of purchase or such other price as may be permitted by applicable law or stock exchange rules. The Repurchase Plan will be effected in accordance with Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act. Purchases made under the Repurchase Plan will be subject to a limit of 13,618,774 shares (representing 5% of the Company’s issued and outstanding Common Shares as of November 4, 2020). All Common Shares purchased by us pursuant to the Repurchase Plan will be cancelled. During the year ended June 30, 2021, we repurchased and cancelled 2,500,000 Common Shares for $119.1 million under the Repurchase Plan. Normal Course Issuer Bid The Company established a Normal Course Issuer Bid (the NCIB) in order to provide it with a means to execute purchases over the TSX as part of the overall Repurchase Plan. The TSX approved the Company’s notice of intention to commence the NCIB pursuant to which the Company may purchase Common Shares over the TSX for the period commencing November 12, 2020 until November 11, 2021 in accordance with the TSX's normal course issuer bid rules, including that such purchases are to be made at prevailing market prices or as otherwise permitted. Under the rules of the TSX, the maximum number of Common Shares that may be purchased in this period is 13,618,774 (representing 5% of the Company’s issued and outstanding Common Shares as of November 4, 2020), and the maximum number of Common Shares that may be purchased on a single day is 143,424 Common Shares, which is 25% of 573,699 (the average daily trading volume for the Common Shares on the TSX for the six months ended October 31, 2020), subject to certain exceptions for block purchases, subject in any case to the volume and other limitations under Rule 10b-18. 36 Stock Purchases During the three months ended June 30, 2021, we made the following repurchases under the Repurchase Plan. Period 04/01/21 to 04/30/21 05/01/21 to 05/31/21 06/01/21 to 06/30/21 Total (a) Total Number of Shares (or Units) Purchased (b) Average Price Paid per Share (or Unit) (c) Total Number of Shares (or Units) Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs (d) Maximum Number of Shares (or Units) that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs — $ 522,040 $ 1,977,960 $ 2,500,000 $ — 46.48 47.95 47.64 — 522,040 1,977,960 2,500,000 — 13,096,734 11,118,774 11,118,774 Stock Performance Graph and Cumulative Total Return The following graph compares the five year period ending June 30, 2021, the yearly percentage change in the cumulative total shareholder return on our Common Shares with the cumulative total return on: • • • an index of companies in the software application industry (S&P North American Technology-Software Index); the NASDAQ Composite Index; and the S&P/TSX Composite Index. The graph illustrates the cumulative return on a $100 investment in our Common Shares made on June 30, 2016, as compared with the cumulative return on a $100 investment in the S&P North American Technology-Software Index, the NASDAQ Composite Index and the S&P/TSX Composite Index (the Indices) made on the same day. Dividends declared on securities comprising the respective Indices and declared on our Common Shares are assumed to be reinvested. The performance of our Common Shares as set out in the graph is based upon historical data and is not indicative of, nor intended to forecast, future performance of our Common Shares. The graph lines merely connect measurement dates and do not reflect fluctuations between those dates. 37 The chart below provides information with respect to the value of $100 invested on June 30, 2016 in our Common Shares as well as in the other Indices, assuming dividend reinvestment when applicable: June 30, 2016 June 30, 2017 June 30, 2018 June 30, 2019 June 30, 2020 June 30, 2021 Open Text Corporation S&P North American Technology-Software Index NASDAQ Composite $ 100.00 $ 108.22 $ 122.73 $ 146.10 $ 153.20 $ 186.36 $ 100.00 $ 130.74 $ 175.31 $ 211.48 $ 274.62 $ 376.51 $ 100.00 $ 128.30 $ 158.57 $ 170.91 $ 216.96 $ 315.10 S&P/TSX Composite $ 100.00 $ 110.94 $ 121.04 $ 126.20 $ 118.71 $ 174.39 To the extent that this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been or will be specifically incorporated by reference into any filing by us under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, the foregoing “Stock Performance Graph and Cumulative Total Return” shall not be deemed to be “soliciting materials” or to be so incorporated, unless specifically otherwise provided in any such filing. For information relating to our various stock compensation plans, see Item 12 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Canadian Tax Matters Dividends Since June 21, 2013 and unless stated otherwise, dividends paid by the Company to Canadian residents are eligible dividends as per the Income Tax Act (Canada). Non-residents of Canada Dividends paid or credited to non-residents of Canada are subject to a 25% withholding tax unless reduced by treaty. Under the Canada-United States Tax Convention (1980) (the Treaty), U.S. residents who are entitled to all the benefits of the Treaty are generally subject to a 15% withholding tax. Beginning in calendar year 2012, the Canada Revenue Agency has introduced new rules requiring residents of any country with which Canada has a tax treaty to certify that they reside in that country and are eligible to have Canadian non- resident tax withheld on the payment of dividends at the tax treaty rate. Registered shareholders should have completed the Declaration of Eligibility for Benefits (Reduced Tax) under a Tax Treaty for a Non-Resident Person and returned it to our transfer agent, ComputerShare Investor Services Inc. United States Tax Matters U.S. residents The following discussion summarizes certain U.S. federal income tax considerations relevant to an investment in the Common Shares by a U.S. holder. For purposes of this summary, a “U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of Common Shares that holds such shares as capital assets under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), and is a citizen or resident of the United States and not of Canada, a corporation organized under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof, or a person that is otherwise subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in respect of Common Shares. It does not address any aspect of U.S. federal gift or estate tax, or of state, local or non-U.S. tax laws and does not address aspects of U.S. federal income taxation applicable to U.S. holders holding options, warrants or other rights to acquire Common Shares. Further, this discussion does not address the U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. holders that are subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws, including, but not limited to U.S. holders owning directly, indirectly or by attribution 10% or more of the voting power or value of the Company's stock; broker-dealers; banks or insurance companies; financial institutions; regulated investment companies; taxpayers who have elected mark-to-market accounting; tax-exempt organizations; taxpayers who hold Common Shares as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” or “conversion transaction” with other investments; individual retirement or other tax-deferred accounts; taxpayers whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar; partnerships or the partners therein; S corporations; or U.S. expatriates. The discussion is based upon the provisions of the Code, the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, the Convention Between the United States and Canada with Respect to Taxes on Income and Capital, together with related Protocols and Competent Authority Agreements (the Convention), the administrative practices published by the IRS and U.S. judicial decisions, all of which are subject to change. This discussion does not consider the potential effects, both adverse and beneficial, of any recently proposed legislation which, if enacted, could be applied, possibly on a retroactive basis, at any time. 38 Distributions on the Common Shares Subject to the discussion below under “Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules,” U.S. holders generally will treat the gross amount of distributions paid by the Company equal to the U.S. dollar value of such dividends on the date the dividends are received or treated as received (based on the exchange rate on such date), without reduction for Canadian withholding tax (see “Canadian Tax Matters - Dividends - Non-residents of Canada”), as dividend income for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent of the Company’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Because the Company does not expect to maintain calculations of its earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles, it is expected that distributions paid to U.S. holders generally will be reported as dividends. Individual U.S. holders will generally be eligible to treat dividends as “qualified dividend income” taxable at preferential rates with certain exceptions for short-term and hedged positions, and provided that the Company is not during the taxable year in which the dividends are paid (and was not in the preceding taxable year) classified as a “passive foreign investment company” (PFIC) as described below under “Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules.” Dividends paid on the Common Shares generally will not be eligible for the “dividends received” deduction allowed to corporate U.S. holders in respect of dividends from U.S. corporations. If a U.S. holder receives foreign currency on a distribution that is not converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, the U.S. holder will have a tax basis in the foreign currency equal to its U.S. dollar value on the date the dividends are received or treated as received. Any gain or loss recognized upon a subsequent sale or other disposition of the foreign currency, including an exchange for U.S. dollars, will generally be U.S. source ordinary income or loss. Subject to limitations and conditions under the Code and applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations, a U.S. holder may be able to claim a foreign tax credit in respect of the amount of Canadian income tax withheld from dividends paid to such U.S. holder. Alternatively, the U.S. holder may deduct such Canadian income taxes from its U.S. federal taxable income, provided that the U.S. holder elects to deduct rather than credit all foreign income taxes for the relevant taxable year. For purposes of determining a U.S. holder’s U.S. foreign tax credit limitation, dividends paid by the Company generally will be treated as “passive category” income from sources outside the United States. However, if the Company were to be treated as a United States-owned foreign corporation for any year, the portion of the dividends paid in that year that is attributable to the Company’s United States-source earnings and profits may be re-characterized as United States-source income for foreign tax credit purposes. A United States-owned foreign corporation is any foreign corporation when 50% or more of the value or voting power of its stock is owned by United States persons (directly, indirectly or by attribution). The Company does not expect to calculate its earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles. Therefore, the effect of this rule may cause dividends paid by the Company to be treated as entirely from sources within the United States. This could limit a U.S. holder’s ability to claim a foreign tax credit for any Canadian taxes withheld from the dividends. A U.S. holder entitled to benefits under the Convention may, however, elect to treat dividends paid by the Company as foreign source income for foreign tax credit purposes, subject to certain requirements. The foreign tax credit rules are complex. U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the implications of those rules for their investments in the Common Shares. Sale, Exchange, Redemption or Other Disposition of Common Shares Subject to the discussion below under “Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules,” the sale of Common Shares generally will result in the recognition of gain or loss to a U.S. holder in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized and the U.S. holder’s adjusted basis in the Common Shares. A U.S. holder’s tax basis in a Common Share will generally equal the price it paid for the Common Share. Any capital gain or loss will be long-term if the Common Shares have been held for more than one year. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules Special U.S. federal income tax rules apply to U.S. persons owning shares of a PFIC. The Company will be classified as a PFIC in a particular taxable year if either: (i) 75 percent or more of the Company’s gross income for the taxable year is passive income, or (ii) the average percentage of the value of the Company’s assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income is at least 50 percent. If the Company is treated as a PFIC for any year, U.S. holders may be subject to adverse tax consequences upon a sale, exchange, or other disposition of the Common Shares, or upon the receipt of certain “excess distributions” in respect of the Common Shares. Dividends paid by a PFIC are not qualified dividends eligible for taxation at preferential rates. Based on audited consolidated financial statements, we believe that the Company was not treated as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes with respect to its 2020 or 2021 taxable years. In addition, based on a review of the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements and its current expectations regarding the value and nature of its assets and the sources and nature of its income, the Company does not anticipate being treated as a PFIC for the 2022 taxable year. 39 Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Except in the case of corporations or other exempt holders, dividends paid to a U.S. holder may be subject to U.S. information reporting requirements and may be subject to backup withholding unless the U.S. holder provides an accurate taxpayer identification number on a properly completed IRS Form W-9 and certifies that no loss of exemption from backup withholding has occurred. The amount of any backup withholding will be allowed as a credit against the U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle the U.S. holder to a refund, provided that certain required information is timely furnished to the IRS. Item 6. Selected Financial Data The following table summarizes our selected consolidated financial data for the periods indicated. The selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes and “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The selected consolidated statement of income and balance sheet data for each of the five fiscal years indicated below has been derived from our audited Consolidated Financial Statements. Over the last five fiscal years we have acquired a number of companies including, but not limited to Carbonite, Liaison, Guidance, ECD Business, and CCM Business. The results of these companies and all of our other acquired companies have been included herein and have contributed to the growth in our revenues, net income and net income per share and such acquisitions affect period-to-period comparability. 2021 2020 2019 2018 2017 Fiscal Year Ended June 30, (In thousands, except per share data) $ 1.14 $ 3,109,736 $ 234,225 $ 2,815,241 $ 242,224 $ 2,868,755 $ 285,501 $ 3,386,115 $ 310,672 $ Statement of Income Data: Revenues(1) $ Net income, attributable to OpenText(1)(2) $ Net income per share, basic, attributable to OpenText(1) Net income per share, diluted, attributable to OpenText(1) Weighted average number of Common Shares outstanding, basic Weighted average number of Common Shares outstanding, diluted 255,805 (1) Effective July 1, 2018, we adopted Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 606 "Revenue from Contracts with Customers" (Topic 606) using the cumulative effect approach. We applied the standard to contracts that were not completed as of the date of the initial adoption. Results for reporting periods commencing on July 1, 2018 are presented under the new revenue standard, while prior period results continue to be reported under the previous standard. (2) Fiscal 2017 included a significant one-time tax benefit of $876.1 million recorded in the first quarter of Fiscal 2017. 2,291,057 1,025,659 273,479 272,533 271,817 270,847 268,784 269,908 266,085 267,492 253,879 1.06 $ 0.91 $ 1.06 $ 0.86 $ 1.14 $ 0.91 $ 0.86 $ 4.04 4.01 $ 2021 2020 2019 2018 2017 As of June 30, Balance Sheet Data: Total Assets(1) Total Long-term liabilities $ $ 9,609,336 $ 10,234,822 $ 7,933,975 $ 7,765,029 $ 7,480,562 4,147,979 $ 4,323,880 $ 3,034,588 $ 3,053,172 $ 2,820,200 0.4770 Cash dividends per Common Share (1) Effective July 1, 2019, we adopted Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2016-02 “Leases (Topic 842)” (Topic 842) using the modified retrospective transition approach. In accordance with this adoption method, results for reporting periods as of July 1, 2019 are presented under the new standard, while prior period results continue to be reported under the previous standard. 0.7770 $ 0.5478 $ 0.6300 $ 0.6984 $ $ Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations This Annual Report on Form 10-K, including this Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (MD&A), contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, Section 21E of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), and Section 27A 40 of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), and is subject to the safe harbors created by those sections. All statements other than statements of historical facts are statements that could be deemed forward-looking statements. When used in this report, the words “anticipates”, “expects”, “intends”, “plans”, “believes”, “seeks”, “estimates”, “may”, “could”, “would”, "might", "will" and other similar language, as they relate to Open Text Corporation (OpenText or the Company), are intended to identify forward-looking statements under applicable securities laws. Specific forward-looking statements in this report include, but are not limited to, statements regarding: (i) our focus in the fiscal year beginning July 1, 2021 and ending June 30, 2022 (Fiscal 2022) and July 1, 2022 and ending June 30, 2023 (Fiscal 2023) on growth in earnings and cash flows; (ii) creating value through investments in broader Information Management capabilities; (iii) our future business plans and business planning process; (iv) business trends; (v) distribution; (vi) the Company’s presence in the cloud and in growth markets; (vii) product and solution developments, enhancements and releases and the timing thereof; (viii) the Company’s financial conditions, results of operations and earnings; (ix) the basis for any future growth and for our financial performance; (x) declaration of quarterly dividends; (xi) future tax rates; (xii) the changing regulatory environment; (xiii) annual recurring revenues; (xiv) research and development and related expenditures; (xv) our building, development and consolidation of our network infrastructure; (xvi) competition and changes in the competitive landscape; (xvii) our management and protection of intellectual property and other proprietary rights; (xviii) existing and foreign sales and exchange rate fluctuations; (xix) cyclical or seasonal aspects of our business; (xx) capital expenditures; (xxi) potential legal and/or regulatory proceedings; (xxii) acquisitions and their expected impact; (xxiii) tax audits, including expected payments in connection with the IRS Settlement (as defined below); and (xxiv) other matters. In addition, any statements or information that refer to expectations, beliefs, plans, projections, objectives, performance or other characterizations of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions, are forward-looking, and based on our current expectations, forecasts and projections about the operating environment, economies and markets in which we operate. Forward-looking statements reflect our current estimates, beliefs and assumptions, which are based on management’s perception of historic trends, current conditions and expected future developments, as well as other factors it believes are appropriate in the circumstances. The forward-looking statements contained in this report are based on certain assumptions including the following: (i) countries continuing to implement and enforce existing and additional customs and security regulations relating to the provision of electronic information for imports and exports; (ii) our continued operation of a secure and reliable business network; (iii) the stability of general economic and market conditions, currency exchange rates, and interest rates, including potential for inflation and rising interest rates; (iv) equity and debt markets continuing to provide us with access to capital; (v) our continued ability to identify, source and finance attractive and executable business combination opportunities; and (vi) our continued ability to avoid infringing third party intellectual property rights. Management’s estimates, beliefs and assumptions are inherently subject to significant business, economic, competitive and other uncertainties and contingencies regarding future events and, as such, are subject to change. We can give no assurance that such estimates, beliefs and assumptions will prove to be correct. Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to differ materially from the anticipated results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. The risks and uncertainties that may affect forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to: (i) actual and potential risks and uncertainties relating to the ultimate geographic spread of COVID-19, the severity of the disease and the duration of the COVID-19 pandemic and issues relating to its resurgence, including potential material adverse effects on our business, operations and financial performance; (ii) actions that may be taken by governmental authorities to contain the COVID-19 pandemic or to treat its impact on our business (or failure to implement additional stimulus programs) and the availability, effectiveness and use of treatments and vaccines; (iii) the actual and potential negative impacts of COVID-19 on the global economy and financial markets; and (iv) the actual and potential risk and uncertainties relating to the implementation of our COVID-19 Restructuring Plan (as defined herein), including the possibility that the actual cash or non-cash cost of restructuring might exceed the estimated amounts; (v) integration of acquisitions and related restructuring efforts, including the quantum of restructuring charges and the timing thereof; (vi) the potential for the incurrence of or assumption of debt in connection with acquisitions and the impact on the ratings or outlooks of rating agencies on our outstanding debt securities; (vii) the possibility that the Company may be unable to meet its future reporting requirements under the Exchange Act, and the rules promulgated thereunder, or applicable Canadian securities regulation; (viii) the risks associated with bringing new products and services to market; (ix) fluctuations in currency exchange rates (including as a result of the impact of Brexit and any policy changes resulting from trade and tariff disputes); (x) delays in the purchasing decisions of the Company’s customers; (xi) competition the Company faces in its industry and/or marketplace; (xii) the final determination of litigation, tax audits (including tax examinations in the United States, Canada or elsewhere) and other legal proceedings; (xii) potential exposure to greater than anticipated tax liabilities or expenses, including with respect to changes in Canadian, U.S. or international tax regimes; (xiv) the possibility of technical, logistical or planning issues in connection with the deployment of the Company’s products or services; (xv) the continuous commitment of the Company’s customers; (xvi) demand for the Company’s products and services; (xvii) increase in exposure to international business risks (including as a result of the impact of Brexit and any policy changes resulting from the transition from the North American 41 Free Trade Agreement to the United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement) as we continue to increase our international operations; (xviii) inability to raise capital at all or on not unfavorable terms in the future; (xix) downward pressure on our share price and dilutive effect of future sales or issuances of equity securities (including in connection with future acquisitions); and (xx) potential changes in ratings or outlooks of rating agencies on our outstanding debt securities. Other factors that may affect forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to: (i) the future performance, financial and otherwise, of the Company; (ii) the ability of the Company to bring new products and services to market and to increase sales; (iii) the strength of the Company’s product development pipeline; (iv) failure to secure and protect patents, trademarks and other proprietary rights; (v) infringement of third-party proprietary rights triggering indemnification obligations and resulting in significant expenses or restrictions on our ability to provide our products or services; (vi) failure to comply with privacy laws and regulations that are extensive, open to various interpretations and complex to implement including General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR), California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA), and Country by Country Reporting (including with respect to transferring personal data outside of the EEA, as a result of the recent ruling of the Court of Justice of the European Union that the EU-US Privacy Shield is an invalid data transfer mechanism and that Standard Contractual Clauses are a valid transfer mechanism unless the country to which personal data is exported restricts the ability to comply with such Clauses); (vii) the Company’s growth and other profitability prospects; (viii) the estimated size and growth prospects of the Information Management market; (ix) the Company’s competitive position in the Information Management market and its ability to take advantage of future opportunities in this market; (x) the benefits of the Company’s products and services to be realized by customers; (xi) the demand for the Company’s products and services and the extent of deployment of the Company’s products and services in the Information Management marketplace; (xii) the Company’s financial condition and capital requirements; (xiii) system or network failures or information security, cybersecurity or other data breaches in connection with the Company's offerings or the information technology systems used by the Company generally, the risk of which may be increased during times of natural disaster or pandemic (including COVID-19) due to remote working arrangements; and (xiv) failure to attract and retain key personnel to develop and effectively manage the Company's business. Readers should carefully review Part I, Item 1A "Risk Factors" and other documents we file from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and other securities regulators. A number of factors may materially affect our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects. These factors include but are not limited to those set forth in Part I, Item 1A "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Any one of these factors, and other factors that we are unaware of, or currently deem immaterial, may cause our actual results to differ materially from recent results or from our anticipated future results. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance upon any such forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date made. Unless otherwise required by applicable securities laws, the Company disclaims any intention or obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. The following MD&A is intended to help readers understand our results of operations and financial condition, and is provided as a supplement to, and should be read in conjunction with, our Consolidated Financial Statements and the accompanying Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements under Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. All dollar and percentage comparisons made herein refer to the year ended June 30, 2021 (Fiscal 2021) compared with the year ended June 30, 2020 (Fiscal 2020), unless otherwise noted. Please refer to Part II, Item 7 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for Fiscal 2020 for a comparative discussion of our Fiscal 2020 financial results as compared to Fiscal 2019. Where we say “we”, “us”, “our”, “OpenText” or “the Company”, we mean Open Text Corporation or Open Text Corporation and its subsidiaries, as applicable. EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW At OpenText, we believe information and knowledge make business and people better. We are an Information Management company that provides software and services that empower digital businesses of all sizes to become more intelligent, secure and connected. Our innovations maximize the strategic benefits of data and content for our customers, strengthening their productivity, growth and competitive advantage. Our comprehensive Information Management platform and services provide secure and scalable solutions for global companies, small and medium-sized businesses (SMB), governments and consumers around the world. We have a complete and integrated portfolio of Information Management solutions delivered at scale in the OpenText Cloud, helping organizations master modern work, power modern experiences and optimize their digital supply chains. To do this, we bring together our Content Cloud, Business Network Cloud, Experience Cloud, Security and Protection Cloud and Developer Cloud. We also accelerate information modernization with intelligent tools and services for moving off paper, automating classification and building clean data lakes for Artificial Intelligence (AI), analytics and automation. We are fundamentally integrated into the parts of our customers' businesses that matter, so they can securely manage the complexity of information flow end to end. Through automation and AI, we connect, synthesize and deliver information where 42 it is needed to drive new efficiencies, experiences and insights. We make information more valuable by connecting it to digital business processes, enriching it with capture and analytics, protecting and securing it throughout its entire lifecycle, and leveraging it to create engaging digital experiences. Our solutions also connect large digital supply chains in manufacturing, retail and financial services. Our solutions also enable organizations and consumers to secure their information so that they can collaborate with confidence, stay ahead of the regulatory technology curve, identify threats on any endpoint or across their networks, enable privacy, leverage eDiscovery and digital forensics to defensibly investigate and collect evidence, and ensure business continuity in the event of a security incident. Our initial public offering was on the NASDAQ in 1996 and we were subsequently listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange (TSX) in 1998. Our ticker symbol on both the NASDAQ and the TSX is "OTEX". As of June 30, 2021, we employed a total of approximately 14,300 individuals, of which 6,800 or 48% are in the Americas, 2,600 or 18% are in EMEA and 4,900 or 34% are in Asia Pacific. Currently, we have employees in 34 countries enabling strong access to multiple talent pools while ensuring reach and proximity to our customers. Please see "Results of Operations" below for our definitions of geographic regions. Fiscal 2021 Summary: • • • • • • • • • • • • • Total revenue was $3,386.1 million, up 8.9% compared to the prior fiscal year; up 6.3% after factoring in the favorable impact of $81.3 million of foreign exchange rate changes. Total annual recurring revenue, which we define as the sum of cloud services and subscriptions revenue and customer support revenue, was $2,741.5 million, up 12.7% compared to the prior fiscal year; up 10.4% after factoring in the favorable impact of $54.9 million of foreign exchange rate changes. Cloud services and subscriptions revenue was $1,407.4 million, up 21.6% compared to the prior fiscal year; up 20.0% after factoring in the favorable impact of $17.8 million of foreign exchange rate changes. GAAP-based gross margin was 69.4% compared to 67.7% in the prior fiscal year. Non-GAAP-based gross margin was 76.1% compared to 74.5% in the prior fiscal year. GAAP-based net income attributable to OpenText was $310.7 million compared to $234.2 million in the prior fiscal year. Non-GAAP-based net income attributable to OpenText was $927.2 million compared to $784.5 million in the prior fiscal year. GAAP-based earnings per share (EPS), diluted, was $1.14 compared to $0.86 in the prior fiscal year. Non-GAAP-based EPS, diluted, was $3.39 compared to $2.89 in the prior fiscal year. Adjusted EBITDA was $1,315.0 million compared to $1,148.1 million in the prior fiscal year. Operating cash flow was $876.1 million compared to $954.5 million in the prior fiscal year, down 8.2%. During Fiscal 2021, we made payments of $299.6 million relating to the IRS Settlement (as defined herein) and repaid the $600 million previously drawn under the Revolver (as defined herein) using cash on hand. Cash and cash equivalents were $1,607.3 million as of June 30, 2021, compared to $1,692.9 million as of June 30, 2020. See "Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures" below for definitions and reconciliations of GAAP-based measures to Non- GAAP-based measures. Acquisitions As a result of the continually changing marketplace in which we operate, we regularly evaluate acquisition opportunities within our market and at any time may be in various stages of discussions with respect to such opportunities. We believe our acquisitions support our long-term strategic direction, strengthen our competitive position, expand our customer base, provide greater scale to accelerate innovation, grow our earnings and provide superior shareholder value. We expect to continue to strategically acquire companies, products, services and technologies to augment our existing business. Our acquisitions, particularly significant ones, can affect the period-to-period comparability of our results. See note 19 "Acquisitions" to our Consolidated Financial Statements for more details. 43 Impacts of COVID-19 In March 2020, COVID-19 was characterized as a pandemic by the World Health Organization. The spread of COVID-19 has significantly impacted the global economy and has adversely impacted and may continue to adversely impact our operational and financial performance. The extent of the adverse impact of the pandemic on the global economy and markets will continue to depend, in part, on the length and severity of the measures taken to limit the spread of the virus, the availability, effectiveness and use of treatments and vaccines and, in part, on the size and effectiveness of the compensating measures taken by governments and on actual and potential resurgences. We are closely monitoring the potential effects and impact on our operations, businesses and financial performance, including liquidity and capital usage, though the extent is difficult to fully predict at this time due to the rapid evolution of this uncertain situation. We continue to conduct business with substantial modifications to employee travel and work locations and also virtualization of sales and marketing events, which we expect to remain in place throughout calendar year 2021, along with substantially modified interactions with customers and suppliers, among other modifications. We will continue to actively monitor the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on all aspects of our business and geographies, including customer purchasing decisions, and may take further actions that alter our business operations as may be required by governments, or that we determine are in the best interest of our employees, customers, partners, suppliers, and shareholders. It is uncertain and difficult to predict what the potential effects any such alterations or modifications may have on our business including the effects on our customers and prospects, or our financial results and our ability to successfully execute our business strategies and initiatives. As previously disclosed, in order to preemptively mitigate the operational impacts of COVID-19, our Compensation Committee and Board approved certain compensation adjustments, effective for the period May 15, 2020 through June 30, 2021, subject to review and modification as the situation warranted. As a precaution, we also temporarily and significantly reduced all hiring and discretionary spending, while taking note of some savings to be achieved through travel restrictions and the cancellation of certain events. These cost reduction measures were in addition to other previously disclosed facilities and workforce related actions as part of our COVID-19 Restructuring Plan. Please see note 18 "Special Charges (Recoveries)" to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information. After careful consideration and review, the Compensation Committee and Board approved the restoration, effective December 1, 2020 and ahead of the initially contemplated May 15, 2020 through June 30, 2021 duration described above, of all previously announced compensation adjustments. We continue to closely monitor discretionary spending, and remain active in our hiring across the organization. Additionally, despite the global impact of COVID-19, we were able to deliver strong financial results for Fiscal 2021, including our fourth fiscal quarter, as a result of the hard work and commitment of our dedicated employees. In recognition of their contributions, following the end of Fiscal 2021, the Compensation Committee approved a special one-time cash performance bonus to our broader employee base whose pay had been previously and temporarily reduced, prior to December 1, 2020, as a result of the COVID-19 compensation adjustments described above. These employees will receive an amount equal to the reductions in their Fiscal 2021 salary and annual incentive payout made pursuant to such compensation adjustments. Our Named Executive Officers, members of the executive leadership team and senior management are excluded from this special one-time bonus to our broader employee base. The special performance bonus of approximately $18 million, as it relates to Fiscal 2021 performance and contributions, has been accrued as at June 30, 2021 and will be paid to employees in September 2021. The ongoing and ultimate impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our operations and financial performance depends on many factors that are not within our control. For more information, please see Part I, Item 1A "Risk Factors" included elsewhere within this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Outlook for Fiscal 2022 As an organization, we are committed to "Total Growth", meaning we strive towards delivering value through organic initiatives, innovations and acquisitions, as well as financial performance. With an emphasis on increasing recurring revenues and expanding our margins, we believe our Total Growth strategy will ultimately drive overall cash flow generation, thus helping to fuel our disciplined capital allocation approach and further our ability to deepen our account coverage and identify and execute strategic acquisitions. With strategic acquisitions, we are better positioned to expand our product portfolio and improve our ability to innovate and grow organically, which helps us to meet our long-term growth targets. We believe this “Total Growth” strategy is a durable model that will create shareholder value over both the near and long-term. We are committed to continuous innovation. Our investments in research and development (R&D) push product innovation, increasing the value of our offerings to our installed customer base, which includes Global 10,000 companies (G10K), SMB and consumers. The G10K are the world's largest companies, typically those with greater than two billion in revenues, as well as the world's largest governments and organizations. More valuable products, coupled with our established global partner program, lead to greater distribution and cross-selling opportunities which further help us to achieve organic 44 growth. Over the last three fiscal years, we have invested a cumulative total of $1.1 billion in R&D or 11.9% of cumulative revenue for that three year period. We typically target to spend 12% to 14% of revenues for R&D each fiscal year. Looking ahead, the destination for innovation is indisputably the cloud. Businesses of all sizes rely on a combination of public and private clouds, managed services and off-cloud solutions. As a result, we are committed to continue to modernize technology infrastructure and leverage our existing investments in the OpenText Cloud. The combination of OpenText cloud- native applications and managed services, together with the scalability and performance of our partner public cloud providers, offer more secure, reliable and compliant solutions to customers wanting to deploy cloud-based Information Management applications. The OpenText Cloud is designed to build additional flexibility and scalability for our customers: becoming cloud- native, connecting anything, and extending capabilities quickly with multi-tenant SaaS applications and services. We will continue to closely monitor the global impacts of COVID-19. CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires us to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements. These estimates, judgments and assumptions are evaluated on an ongoing basis. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable at that time. Actual results may differ materially from those estimates. Note 2 "Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements" to the Consolidated Financial Statements contains a summary of the policies that involve assumptions, judgments and estimates and have the greatest impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements. The policies listed below are areas that may contain key components of our results of operations and are based on complex rules requiring us to make judgments and estimates and consequently, we consider these to be our critical accounting policies. Some of these accounting policies involve complex situations and require a higher degree of judgment, either in the application and interpretation of existing accounting literature or in the development of estimates that affect our financial statements. The critical accounting policies which we believe are the most important to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results include the following: (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) Revenue recognition, Goodwill, Acquired intangibles, and Income taxes. For a full discussion of all our accounting policies, please see note 2 "Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements" to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We will continue to monitor the potential impact of COVID-19 on our financial statements and related disclosures, including the need for additional estimates going forward, which could include costs related to items such as special charges, restructurings, asset impairments and other non-recurring costs. As of June 30, 2021, we have recorded certain estimates in our Consolidated Financial Statements resulting from the pandemic, particularly with respect to the COVID-19 Restructuring Plan and allowance for credit losses, based on management's estimates and assumptions utilizing the most currently available information. Such estimates may be subject to change particularly given the unprecedented nature of the COVID-19 pandemic. Please also see "Risk Factors" included within Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Revenue recognition In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 606 "Revenue from Contracts with Customers" (Topic 606), we account for a customer contract when we obtain written approval, the contract is committed, the rights of the parties, including the payment terms, are identified, the contract has commercial substance and consideration is probable of collection. Revenue is recognized when, or as, control of a promised product or service is transferred to our customers in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to be entitled to in exchange for our products and services (at its transaction price). Estimates of variable consideration and the determination of whether to include estimated amounts in the transaction price are based on readily available information, which may include historical, current and forecasted information, taking into consideration the type of customer, the type of transaction and specific facts and circumstances of each arrangement. We report revenue net of any revenue-based taxes assessed by governmental authorities that are imposed on and concurrent with specific revenue producing transactions. We have four revenue streams: cloud services and subscriptions, customer support, license, and professional service and other. 45 Cloud services and subscriptions revenue Cloud services and subscriptions revenue are from hosting arrangements where, in connection with the licensing of software, the end user does not take possession of the software, as well as from end-to-end fully outsourced B2B integration solutions to our customers (collectively referred to as cloud arrangements). The software application resides on our hardware or that of a third party, and the customer accesses and uses the software on an as-needed basis. Our cloud arrangements can be broadly categorized as "platform as a service" (PaaS), "software as a service" (SaaS), cloud subscriptions and managed services. PaaS/ SaaS/ Cloud Subscriptions (collectively referred to here as cloud-based solutions): We offer cloud-based solutions that provide customers the right to access our software through the internet. Our cloud-based solutions represent a series of distinct services that are substantially the same and have the same pattern of transfer to the customer. These services are made available to the customer continuously throughout the contractual period. However, the extent to which the customer uses the services may vary at the customer’s discretion. The payment for cloud-based solutions may be received either at inception of the arrangement, or over the term of the arrangement. These cloud-based solutions are considered to have a single performance obligation where the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefit, and as such we recognize revenue for these cloud-based solutions ratably over the term of the contractual agreement. For example, revenue related to cloud-based solutions that are provided on a usage basis, such as the number of users, is recognized based on a customer’s utilization of the services in a given period. Additionally, a software license is present in a cloud-based solutions arrangement if all of the following criteria are met: (i) (ii) The customer has the contractual right to take possession of the software at any time without significant penalty; and It is feasible for the customer to host the software independent of us. In these cases where a software license is present in a cloud-based solutions arrangement it is assessed to determine if it is distinct from the cloud-based solutions arrangement. The revenue allocated to the distinct software license would be recognized at the point in time the software license is transferred to the customer, whereas the revenue allocated to the hosting performance obligation would be recognized ratably on a monthly basis over the contractual term unless evidence suggests that revenue is earned, or obligations are fulfilled in a different pattern over the contractual term of the arrangement. Managed services: We provide comprehensive B2B process outsourcing services for all day-to-day operations of a customers’ B2B integration program. Customers using these managed services are not permitted to take possession of our software and the contract is for a defined period, where customers pay a monthly or quarterly fee. Our performance obligation is satisfied as we provide services of operating and managing a customer's electronic data interchange (EDI) environment. Revenue relating to these services is recognized using an output method based on the expected level of service we will provide over the term of the contract. In connection with cloud subscription and managed service contracts, we often agree to perform a variety of services before the customer goes live, such as, converting and migrating customer data, building interfaces and providing training. These services are considered an outsourced suite of professional services which can involve certain project-based activities. These services can be provided at the initiation of a contract, during the implementation or on an ongoing basis as part of the customer life cycle. These services can be charged separately on a fixed fee, a time and materials basis, or the costs associated may be recovered as part of the ongoing cloud subscription or managed services fee. These outsourced professional services are considered distinct from the ongoing hosting services and represent a separate performance obligation within our cloud subscription or managed services arrangements. The obligation to provide outsourced professional services is satisfied over time, with the customer simultaneously receiving and consuming the benefits as we satisfy our performance obligations. For outsourced professional services, we recognize revenue by measuring progress toward the satisfaction of our performance obligation. Progress for services that are contracted for a fixed price is generally measured based on hours incurred as a portion of total estimated hours. As a practical expedient, when we invoice a customer at an amount that corresponds directly with the value to the customer of our performance to date, we recognize revenue at that amount. Customer support revenue Customer support revenue is associated with perpetual, term license and off-cloud subscription arrangements. As customer support is not critical to the customers' ability to derive benefit from their right to use our software, customer support is considered a distinct performance obligation when sold together in a bundled arrangement along with the software. Customer support consists primarily of technical support and the provision of unspecified updates and upgrades on a when-and-if-available basis. Customer support for perpetual licenses is renewable, generally on an annual basis, at the option of the customer. Customer support for term and subscription licenses is renewable concurrently with such licenses for the same duration of time. Payments for customer support are generally made at the inception of the contract term or in installments over 46 the term of the maintenance period. Our customer support team is ready to provide these maintenance services, as needed, to the customer during the contract term. As the elements of customer support are delivered concurrently and have the same pattern of transfer, customer support is accounted for as a single performance obligation. The customer benefits evenly throughout the contract period from the guarantee that the customer support resources and personnel will be available to them, and that any unspecified upgrades or unspecified future products developed by us will be made available. Revenue for customer support is recognized ratably over the contract period based on the start and end dates of the maintenance term, in line with how we believe services are provided. License revenue Our license revenue can be broadly categorized as perpetual licenses, term licenses and subscription licenses, all of which are deployed on the customer’s premises (off-cloud). Perpetual licenses: We sell perpetual licenses which provide customers the right to use software for an indefinite period of time in exchange for a one-time license fee, which is generally paid at contract inception. Our perpetual licenses provide a right to use intellectual property (IP) that is functional in nature and have significant stand-alone functionality. Accordingly, for perpetual licenses of functional IP, revenue is recognized at the point-in-time when control has been transferred to the customer, which normally occurs once software activation keys have been made available for download. Term licenses and Subscription licenses: We sell both term and subscription licenses which provide customers the right to use software for a specified period in exchange for a fee, which may be paid at contract inception or paid in installments over the period of the contract. Like perpetual licenses, both our term licenses and subscription licenses are functional IP that have significant stand-alone functionality. Accordingly, for both term and subscription licenses, revenue is recognized at the point-in-time when the customer is able to use and benefit from the software, which is normally once software activation keys have been made available for download at the commencement of the term. Professional service and other revenue Our professional services, when offered along with software licenses, consist primarily of technical and training services. Technical services may include installation, customization, implementation or consulting services. Training services may include access to online modules or the delivery of a training package customized to the customer’s needs. At the customer’s discretion, we may offer one, all, or a mix of these services. Payment for professional services is generally a fixed fee or a fee based on time and materials. Professional services can be arranged in the same contract as the software license or in a separate contract. As our professional services do not significantly change the functionality of the license and our customers can benefit from our professional services on their own or together with other readily available resources, we consider professional services distinct within the context of the contract. Professional service revenue is recognized over time as long as: (i) the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits as we perform them, (ii) our performance creates or enhances an asset the customer controls as we perform, and (iii) our performance does not create an asset with an alternative use and we have the enforceable right to payment. If all the above criteria are met, we use an input-based measure of progress for recognizing professional service revenue. For example, we may consider total labor hours incurred compared to total expected labor hours. As a practical expedient, when we invoice a customer at an amount that corresponds directly with the value to the customer of our performance to date, we will recognize revenue at that amount. Material rights To the extent that we grant our customer an option to acquire additional products or services in one of our arrangements, we will account for the option as a distinct performance obligation in the contract only if the option provides a material right to the customer that the customer would not receive without entering into the contract. For example, if we give the customer an option to acquire additional goods or services in the future at a price that is significantly lower than the current price, this would be a material right as it allows the customer to, in effect, pay in advance for the option to purchase future products or services. If a material right exists in one of our contracts, then revenue allocated to the option is deferred and we would recognize that deferred revenue only when those future products or services are transferred or when the option expires. Based on history, our contracts do not typically contain material rights and when they do, the material right is not significant to our Consolidated Financial Statements. 47 Arrangements with multiple performance obligations Our contracts generally contain more than one of the products and services listed above. Determining whether goods and services are considered distinct performance obligations that should be accounted for separately or as a single performance obligation may require judgment, specifically when assessing whether both of the following two criteria are met: • • the customer can benefit from the product or service either on its own or together with other resources that are readily available to the customer; and our promise to transfer the product or service to the customer is separately identifiable from other promises in the contract. If these criteria are not met, we determine an appropriate measure of progress based on the nature of our overall promise for the single performance obligation. If these criteria are met, each product or service is separately accounted for as a distinct performance obligation and the total transaction price is allocated to each performance obligation on a relative standalone selling price (SSP) basis. Standalone selling price The SSP reflects the price we would charge for a specific product or service if it were sold separately in similar circumstances and to similar customers. In most cases we are able to establish the SSP based on observable data. We typically establish a narrow SSP range for our products and services and assess this range on a periodic basis or when material changes in facts and circumstances warrant a review. If the SSP is not directly observable, then we estimate the amount using either the expected cost plus a margin or residual approach. Estimating SSP requires judgment that could impact the amount and timing of revenue recognized. SSP is a formal process whereby management considers multiple factors including, but not limited to, geographic or region specific factors, competitive positioning, internal costs, profit objectives, and pricing practices. Transaction Price Allocation In bundled arrangements, where we have more than one distinct performance obligation, we must allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation based on its relative SSP. However, in certain bundled arrangements, the SSP may not always be directly observable. For instance, in bundled arrangements with license and customer support, we allocate the transaction price between the license and customer support performance obligations using the residual approach because we have determined that the SSP for licenses in these arrangements are highly variable. We use the residual approach only for our license arrangements. When the SSP is observable but contractual pricing does not fall within our established SSP range, then an adjustment is required and we will allocate the transaction price between license and customer support at a constant ratio reflecting the mid-point of the established SSP range. When two or more contracts are entered into at or near the same time with the same customer, we evaluate the facts and circumstances associated with the negotiation of those contracts. Where the contracts are negotiated as a package, we will account for them as a single arrangement and allocate the consideration for the combined contracts among the performance obligations accordingly. We believe there are significant assumptions, judgments and estimates involved in the accounting for revenue recognition as discussed above and these assumptions, judgment and estimates could impact the timing of when revenue is recognized and could have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements. Goodwill Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price in a business combination over the fair value of net tangible and intangible assets acquired. The carrying amount of goodwill is periodically reviewed for impairment (at a minimum annually) and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of this asset may not be recoverable. Our operations are analyzed by management and our chief operating decision maker (CODM) as being part of a single industry segment: the design, development, marketing and sales of Information Management software and solutions. Therefore, our goodwill impairment assessment is based on the allocation of goodwill to a single reporting unit. We perform a qualitative assessment to test our reporting unit's goodwill for impairment. Based on our qualitative assessment, if we determine that the fair value of our reporting unit is more likely than not (i.e. a likelihood of more than 50 percent) to be less than its carrying amount, the quantitative assessment of the impairment test is performed. In the quantitative assessment, we compare the fair value of our reporting unit to its carrying value. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, goodwill is not considered impaired and we are not required to perform further testing. If the carrying value 48 of the net assets of our reporting unit exceeds its fair value, then an impairment loss equal to the difference, but not exceeding the total carrying value of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit, would be recorded. Our annual impairment analysis of goodwill was performed as of April 1, 2021. Our qualitative assessment indicated that there were no indications of impairment and therefore there was no impairment of goodwill required to be recorded for Fiscal 2021 (no impairments were recorded for Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019, respectively). Acquired intangibles In accordance with business combinations accounting, we allocate the purchase price of acquired companies to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and the liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. Such valuations may require management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets. Acquired intangible assets typically consist of acquired technology and customer relationships. In valuing our acquired intangible assets, we may make assumptions and estimates based in part on information obtained from the management of the acquired company, which may make our assumptions and estimates inherently uncertain. Examples of critical estimates we may make in valuing certain of the intangible assets that we acquire include, but are not limited to: • • • • future expected cash flows of our individual revenue streams; historical and expected customer attrition rates and anticipated growth in revenue from acquired customers; the expected use of the acquired assets; and discount rates. As a result of the judgments that need to be made, we obtain the assistance of independent valuation firms. We complete these assessments as soon as practical after the closing dates. Any excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. Although we believe the assumptions and estimates of fair value we have made in the past have been reasonable and appropriate, they are based in part on historical experience and information obtained from the management of the acquired companies and are inherently uncertain and subject to refinement. Unanticipated events and circumstances may occur that may affect the accuracy or validity of such assumptions, estimates or actual results. As a result, during the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, we record adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed with the corresponding offset to goodwill, if the changes are related to conditions that existed at the time of the acquisition. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the values of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments, based on events that occurred subsequent to the acquisition date, are recorded in our Consolidated Statements of Income. Income taxes We account for income taxes in accordance with ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes” (Topic 740). We account for our uncertain tax provisions by using a two-step approach. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of the available evidence indicates it is more likely than not, based solely on the technical merits, that the position will be sustained on audit, including the resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the appropriate amount of the benefit to recognize. The amount of benefit to recognize is measured as the maximum amount which is more likely than not to be realized. The tax position is derecognized when it is no longer more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit. On subsequent recognition and measurement the maximum amount which is more likely than not to be recognized at each reporting date will represent the Company's best estimate, given the information available at the reporting date, although the outcome of the tax position is not absolute or final. We recognize both accrued interest and penalties related to liabilities for income taxes within the "Provision for (recovery of) income taxes" line of our Consolidated Statements of Income. Deferred tax assets and liabilities arise from temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the Consolidated Financial Statements that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in future years. These temporary differences are measured using enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce deferred tax assets to the extent that we consider it is more likely than not that a deferred tax asset will not be realized. In determining the valuation allowance, we consider factors such as the reversal of deferred income tax liabilities, projected taxable income, and the character of income tax assets and tax planning strategies. A change to these factors could impact the estimated valuation allowance and income tax expense. The Company’s tax positions are subject to audit by local taxing authorities across multiple global subsidiaries and the resolution of such audits may span multiple years. Since tax law is complex and often subject to varied interpretations, it is uncertain whether some of the Company’s tax positions will be sustained upon audit. Our assumptions, judgments and 49 estimates relative to the current provision for income taxes considers current tax laws, our interpretations of current tax laws and possible outcomes of current and future audits conducted by domestic and foreign tax authorities. While we believe the assumptions and estimates that we have made are reasonable, such assumptions and estimates could have a material impact to our Consolidated Financial Statements upon ultimate resolution of the tax positions. For additional details, please see note 15 "Income Taxes" to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. RESULTS OF OPERATIONS The following tables provide a detailed analysis of our results of operations and financial condition. For each of the periods indicated below, we present our revenues by product type, revenues by major geography, cost of revenues by product type, total gross margin, total operating margin, gross margin by product type, and their corresponding percentage of total revenue. In addition, we provide Non-GAAP measures for the periods discussed in order to provide additional information to investors that we believe will be useful as this presentation is in line with how our management assesses our Company's performance. See "Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures" below for a reconciliation of GAAP-based measures to Non- GAAP-based measures. 50 Summary of Results of Operations (In thousands) Total Revenues by Product Type: Cloud services and subscriptions Customer support License Professional service and other Total revenues Total Cost of Revenues Total GAAP-based Gross Profit Total GAAP-based Gross Margin % Total GAAP-based Operating Expenses Year Ended June 30, 2021 Change increase (decrease) 2020 Change increase (decrease) 2019 $ 1,407,445 $ 249,759 $ 1,157,686 $ 249,874 $ 907,812 1,334,062 384,711 259,897 3,386,115 1,034,466 2,351,649 69.4 % 58,476 1,275,586 27,671 1,247,915 (18,140) (13,716) 276,379 30,691 245,688 402,851 273,613 3,109,736 1,003,775 2,105,961 67.7 % (25,241) (11,323) 240,981 73,072 167,909 428,092 284,936 2,868,755 930,703 1,938,052 67.6 % 1,610,746 8,314 1,602,432 231,390 1,371,042 Total GAAP-based Income from Operations $ 740,903 $ 237,374 $ 503,529 $ (63,481) $ 567,010 % Revenues by Product Type: Cloud services and subscriptions Customer support License Professional service and other Total Cost of Revenues by Product Type: Cloud services and subscriptions Customer support License Professional service and other Amortization of acquired technology-based intangible assets 41.6 % 39.4 % 11.3 % 7.7 % 37.2 % 41.0 % 13.0 % 8.8 % 31.7 % 43.5 % 14.9 % 9.9 % $ 481,818 $ 31,878 $ 449,940 $ 65,947 $ 383,993 122,753 13,916 197,183 218,796 (1,141) 2,595 (15,720) 13,079 123,894 11,321 212,903 205,717 (449) (3,026) (11,732) 22,332 124,343 14,347 224,635 183,385 Total cost of revenues $ 1,034,466 $ 30,691 $ 1,003,775 $ 73,072 $ 930,703 % GAAP-based Gross Margin by Product Type: Cloud services and subscriptions Customer support License Professional service and other Total Revenues by Geography:(1) Americas (2) EMEA (3) Asia Pacific (4) Total revenues % Revenues by Geography: Americas (2) EMEA (3) Asia Pacific (4) Other Metrics: GAAP-based gross margin Non-GAAP-based gross margin (5) Net income, attributable to OpenText 65.8 % 90.8 % 96.4 % 24.1 % 61.1 % 90.3 % 97.2 % 22.2 % 57.7 % 90.0 % 96.6 % 21.2 % $ 2,069,083 $ 165,433 $ 1,903,650 $ 220,368 $ 1,683,282 1,031,607 285,425 89,326 21,620 942,281 263,805 21,859 (1,246) 920,422 265,051 $ 3,386,115 $ 276,379 $ 3,109,736 $ 240,981 $ 2,868,755 61.1 % 30.5 % 8.4 % 69.4 % 76.1 % 61.2 % 30.3 % 8.5 % 67.7 % 74.5 % 58.7 % 32.1 % 9.2 % 67.6 % 74.1 % $ 310,672 $ 234,225 $ 285,501 $ 1.14 GAAP-based EPS, diluted Non-GAAP-based EPS, diluted (5) Adjusted EBITDA (5) (1) Total revenues by geography are determined based on the location of our end customer. (2) Americas consists of countries in North, Central and South America. (3) EMEA primarily consists of countries in Europe, the Middle East and Africa. (4) Asia Pacific primarily consists of Japan, Australia, China, Korea, Philippines, Singapore, India and New Zealand. (5) See "Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures" (discussed later in this MD&A) for definitions and reconciliations of GAAP-based measures to Non-GAAP- based measures. $ 3.39 $ 1,315,033 $ 2.89 $ 1,148,080 $ 2.76 $ 1,100,291 1.06 0.86 $ $ 51 Revenues, Cost of Revenues and Gross Margin by Product Type 1) Cloud Services and Subscriptions: Cloud services and subscriptions revenues are from hosting arrangements where in connection with the licensing of software, the end user does not take possession of the software, as well as from end-to-end fully outsourced B2B integration solutions to our customers (collectively referred to as cloud arrangements). The software application resides on our hardware or that of a third party, and the customer accesses and uses the software on an as-needed basis via an identified line. Our cloud arrangements can be broadly categorized as PaaS, SaaS, cloud subscriptions and managed services. For the year ended June 30, 2021, our cloud renewal rate, excluding the impact of Carbonite Inc. (Carbonite), was approximately 93%, compared to approximately 96% for the year ended June 30, 2020. Cost of Cloud services and subscriptions revenues is comprised primarily of third party network usage fees, maintenance of in-house data hardware centers, technical support personnel-related costs, and some third party royalty costs. (In thousands) Cloud Services and Subscriptions: Americas EMEA Asia Pacific Total Cloud Services and Subscriptions Revenues Cost of Cloud Services and Subscriptions Revenues Year Ended June 30, 2021 Change increase (decrease) 2020 Change increase (decrease) 2019 $ 1,048,444 $ 209,001 $ 839,443 $ 222,667 $ 616,776 256,199 102,802 1,407,445 481,818 23,343 17,415 232,856 85,387 249,759 1,157,686 31,878 449,940 26,629 578 249,874 65,947 206,227 84,809 907,812 383,993 GAAP-based Cloud Services and Subscriptions Gross Profit $ 925,627 $ 217,881 $ 707,746 $ 183,927 $ 523,819 GAAP-based Cloud Services and Subscriptions Gross Margin % 65.8 % % Cloud Services and Subscriptions Revenues by Geography: Americas EMEA Asia Pacific 74.5 % 18.2 % 7.3 % 61.1 % 72.5 % 20.1 % 7.4 % 57.7 % 67.9 % 22.7 % 9.4 % Cloud services and subscriptions revenues increased by $249.8 million or 21.6% during the year ended June 30, 2021 as compared to the prior fiscal year; up 20.0% after factoring in the favorable impact of $17.8 million of foreign exchange rates. The increase was primarily driven by incremental Cloud services and subscriptions revenues from acquisitions in the comparative period. Geographically, the overall change was attributable to an increase in Americas of $209.0 million, an increase in EMEA of $23.3 million and an increase in Asia Pacific of $17.4 million. There were 64 cloud services contracts greater than $1.0 million that closed during Fiscal 2021, compared to 44 contracts during Fiscal 2020. Cost of Cloud services and subscriptions revenues increased by $31.9 million during the year ended June 30, 2021 as compared to the prior fiscal year. This was due to an increase in labour-related costs of $16.8 million and an increase in third party network fees of $14.9 million, both primarily the result of recent acquisitions. Overall, the gross margin percentage on Cloud services and subscriptions revenues increased to 66% from 61%. 2) Customer Support: Customer support revenues consist of revenues from our customer support and maintenance agreements. These agreements allow our customers to receive technical support, enhancements and upgrades to new versions of our software products when available. Customer support revenues are generated from support and maintenance relating to current year sales of software products and from the renewal of existing maintenance agreements for software licenses sold in prior periods. Therefore, changes in Customer support revenues do not always correlate directly to the changes in license revenues from period to period. The terms of support and maintenance agreements are typically twelve months, and are renewable, generally on an annual basis, at the option of the customer. Our management reviews our Customer support renewal rates on a quarterly basis, and we use these rates as a method of monitoring our customer service performance. For the year ended June 30, 2021, our Customer support renewal rate was approximately 94%, consistent with the year ended June 30, 2020. Cost of Customer support revenues is comprised primarily of technical support personnel and related costs, as well as third party royalty costs. 52 (In thousands) Customer Support Revenues: Americas EMEA Asia Pacific Total Customer Support Revenues Cost of Customer Support Revenues Year Ended June 30, 2021 Change increase (decrease) 2020 Change increase (decrease) 2019 $ 743,724 $ 9,146 $ 734,578 $ 16,369 $ 718,209 481,558 108,780 1,334,062 122,753 43,111 438,447 10,735 427,712 6,219 102,561 567 101,994 58,476 1,275,586 27,671 1,247,915 (1,141) 123,894 (449) 124,343 GAAP-based Customer Support Gross Profit $ 1,211,309 $ 59,617 $ 1,151,692 $ 28,120 $ 1,123,572 GAAP-based Customer Support Gross Margin % 90.8 % 90.3 % 90.0 % % Customer Support Revenues by Geography: Americas EMEA Asia Pacific 55.7 % 36.1 % 8.2 % 57.6 % 34.4 % 8.0 % 57.6 % 34.3 % 8.1 % Customer support revenues increased by $58.5 million or 4.6% during the year ended June 30, 2021 as compared to the prior fiscal year; up 1.7% after factoring in the favorable impact of $37.1 million of foreign exchange rate changes. Geographically, the overall change was attributable to an increase in EMEA of $43.1 million, an increase in Americas of $9.1 million and an increase in Asia Pacific of $6.2 million. Cost of Customer support revenues decreased by $1.1 million during the year ended June 30, 2021 as compared to the prior fiscal year. This was due to a decrease in third party costs of $0.7 million and a decrease in labour-related costs of $0.6 million, partially offset by an increase in other miscellaneous costs of $0.2 million. Overall, the gross margin percentage on Customer support revenues increased to 91% from 90%. 3) License: Our License revenue can be broadly categorized as perpetual licenses, term licenses and subscription licenses. Our License revenues are impacted by the strength of general economic and industry conditions, the competitive strength of our software products, and our acquisitions. Cost of License revenues consists primarily of royalties payable to third parties. (In thousands) License Revenues: Americas EMEA Asia Pacific Total License Revenues Cost of License Revenues GAAP-based License Gross Profit GAAP-based License Gross Margin % % License Revenues by Geography: Americas EMEA Asia Pacific Year Ended June 30, 2021 Change increase (decrease) 2020 Change increase (decrease) 2019 $ 159,530 $ (40,116) $ 199,646 $ (16,225) $ 215,871 178,503 46,678 384,711 13,916 23,296 (1,320) (18,140) 2,595 155,207 47,998 402,851 11,321 (8,415) (601) (25,241) (3,026) 163,622 48,599 428,092 14,347 $ 370,795 $ (20,735) $ 391,530 $ (22,215) $ 413,745 96.4 % 41.5 % 46.4 % 12.1 % 97.2 % 49.6 % 38.5 % 11.9 % 96.6 % 50.4 % 38.2 % 11.4 % License revenues decreased by $18.1 million or 4.5% during the year ended June 30, 2021 as compared to the prior fiscal year; down 8.6% after factoring in the favorable impact of $16.6 million of foreign exchange rate changes. Geographically, the overall change was attributable to a decrease in Americas of $40.1 million and a decrease in Asia Pacific of $1.3 million, partially offset by an increase in EMEA of $23.3 million. During Fiscal 2021, we closed 122 license contracts greater than $0.5 million, of which 45 deals were greater than $1.0 million, contributing $131.6 million of License revenues. This was compared to 120 license contracts greater than $0.5 million during Fiscal 2020, of which 48 deals were greater than $1.0 million, contributing $137.8 million of License revenues. 53 Cost of License revenues increased by $2.6 million during the year ended June 30, 2021 as compared to the prior fiscal year as a result of higher third party technology costs. Overall, the gross margin percentage on License revenues decreased to 96% from 97%. 4) Professional Service and Other: Professional service and other revenues consist of revenues from consulting contracts and contracts to provide implementation, training and integration services (professional services). Other revenues consist of hardware revenues, which are included within the “Professional service and other” category because they are relatively immaterial to our service revenues. Professional services are typically performed after the purchase of new software licenses. Professional service and other revenues can vary from period to period based on the type of engagements as well as those implementations that are assumed by our partner network. Cost of Professional service and other revenues consists primarily of the costs of providing integration, configuration and training with respect to our various software products. The most significant components of these costs are personnel-related expenses, travel costs and third party subcontracting. (In thousands) Professional Service and Other Revenues: Americas EMEA Asia Pacific Total Professional Service and Other Revenues Cost of Professional Service and Other Revenues Year Ended June 30, 2021 Change increase (decrease) 2020 Change increase (decrease) 2019 $ 117,385 $ (12,598) $ 129,983 $ (2,443) $ 132,426 115,347 27,165 259,897 197,183 (424) (694) (13,716) (15,720) 115,771 27,859 273,613 212,903 (7,090) (1,790) (11,323) (11,732) 122,861 29,649 284,936 224,635 GAAP-based Professional Service and Other Gross Profit $ 62,714 $ 2,004 $ 60,710 $ 409 $ 60,301 GAAP-based Professional Service and Other Gross Margin % 24.1 % % Professional Service and Other Revenues by Geography: Americas EMEA Asia Pacific 45.2 % 44.4 % 10.4 % 22.2 % 47.5 % 42.3 % 10.2 % 21.2 % 46.5 % 43.1 % 10.4 % Professional service and other revenues decreased by $13.7 million or 5.0% during the year ended June 30, 2021 as compared to the prior fiscal year; down 8.6% after factoring in the favorable impact of $9.9 million of foreign exchange rate changes. Geographically, the overall change was attributable to a decrease in the Americas of $12.6 million, a decrease in Asia Pacific of $0.7 million and a decrease in EMEA of $0.4 million. Cost of Professional service and other revenues decreased by $15.7 million during the year ended June 30, 2021 as compared to the prior fiscal year. This was due to a decrease in labour and travel-related expenses of $15.8 million resulting from the travel limitations triggered by the COVID-19 pandemic. Overall, the gross margin percentage on Professional service and other revenues increased to 24% from 22%. Amortization of Acquired Technology-based Intangible Assets (In thousands) Amortization of acquired technology-based intangible assets Year Ended June 30, 2021 Change increase (decrease) 2020 Change increase (decrease) 2019 $ 218,796 $ 13,079 $ 205,717 $ 22,332 $ 183,385 Amortization of acquired technology-based intangible assets increased by $13.1 million during the year ended June 30, 2021 as compared to the prior fiscal year. This was primarily due to an increase of $45.5 million relating to amortization of newly acquired technology-based intangible assets from recent acquisitions, partially offset by a reduction of $32.4 million relating to intangible assets from certain previous acquisitions becoming fully amortized. 54 Operating Expenses (In thousands) Research and development Sales and marketing General and administrative Depreciation Amortization of acquired customer-based intangible assets Special charges (recoveries) Total operating expenses % of Total Revenues: Research and development Sales and marketing General and administrative Depreciation Amortization of acquired customer-based intangible assets Special charges (recoveries) Year Ended June 30, 2021 Change increase (decrease) 2020 Change increase (decrease) 2019 $ 421,447 $ 51,036 $ 370,411 $ 48,575 $ 321,836 622,221 263,521 85,265 216,544 1,748 37,177 25,989 (4,193) (3,015) (98,680) 585,044 237,532 89,458 219,559 100,428 67,009 29,623 (8,258) 29,732 64,709 518,035 207,909 97,716 189,827 35,719 $ 1,610,746 $ 8,314 $ 1,602,432 $ 231,390 $ 1,371,042 12.4 % 18.4 % 7.8 % 2.5 % 6.4 % 0.1 % 11.9 % 18.8 % 7.6 % 2.9 % 7.1 % 3.2 % 11.2 % 18.1 % 7.2 % 3.4 % 6.6 % 1.2 % Research and development expenses consist primarily of payroll and payroll-related benefits expenses, contracted research and development expenses, and facility costs. Research and development enables organic growth and improves product stability and functionality, and accordingly, we dedicate extensive efforts to update and upgrade our product offerings. The primary drivers are typically software upgrades and development. (In thousands) Payroll and payroll-related benefits Contract labour and consulting Share-based compensation Travel and communication Facilities Other miscellaneous Total change in research and development expenses Change between Fiscal Years increase (decrease) 2021 and 2020 2020 and 2019 $ $ 40,794 $ (838) 4,550 (1,454) 8,327 (343) 51,036 $ 37,612 2,305 35 72 8,684 (133) 48,575 Research and development expenses increased by $51.0 million during the year ended June 30, 2021 as compared to the prior fiscal year as a result of recent acquisitions, partially offset by the impact of the COVID-19 travel and spending reduction discussed under "Outlook for Fiscal 2022" above. Payroll and payroll-related benefits, which includes salaries, benefits and variable short-term incentives, increased by $40.8 million, and facility-related expenses increased by $8.3 million. Additionally, share-based compensation expense increased by $4.6 million. These increases were partially offset by reductions in travel and communication expenses of $1.5 million and contract labour and consulting expenses of $0.8 million. Overall, our research and development expenses, as a percentage of total revenues, remained stable compared to the prior fiscal year at 12%. Our research and development labour resources increased by 104 employees, from 4,072 employees at June 30, 2020 to 4,176 employees at June 30, 2021. 55 Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel expenses and costs associated with advertising, marketing events and trade shows. (In thousands) Payroll and payroll-related benefits Commissions Contract labour and consulting Share-based compensation Travel and communication Marketing expenses Facilities Credit loss expense Other miscellaneous Total change in sales and marketing expenses Change between Fiscal Years increase (decrease) 2021 and 2020 2020 and 2019 $ $ 28,343 $ 11,530 135 8,977 (14,641) 11,522 (4,151) (4,329) (209) 37,177 $ 40,637 4,306 773 856 (2,541) 15,926 7,228 (2,000) 1,824 67,009 Sales and marketing expenses increased by $37.2 million during the year ended June 30, 2021 as compared to the prior fiscal year as a result of recent acquisitions, partially offset by the impact of the COVID-19 travel and spending reduction discussed under "Outlook for Fiscal 2022" above. Payroll and payroll-related benefits, which includes salaries, benefits and variable short-term incentives, increased by $28.3 million, commissions increased by $11.5 million, marketing expenses increased by $11.5 million and share-based compensation expense increased by $9.0 million. These increases were partially offset by reductions in travel and communications of $14.6 million resulting from travel limitations triggered by the COVID-19 pandemic, reductions in credit loss expense of $4.3 million and reductions in facility related expenses of $4.2 million. Overall, our sales and marketing expenses, as a percentage of total revenues, decreased to 18% from 19% in the prior fiscal year. Our sales and marketing labour resources decreased by 3 employees, from 2,457 employees at June 30, 2020 to 2,454 employees at June 30, 2021. General and administrative expenses consist primarily of payroll and payroll related benefits expenses, related overhead, audit fees, other professional fees, contract labour and consulting expenses and public company costs. (In thousands) Payroll and payroll-related benefits Contract labour and consulting Share-based compensation Travel and communication Facilities Other miscellaneous Total change in general and administrative expenses Change between Fiscal Years increase (decrease) 2021 and 2020 2020 and 2019 11,580 $ 464 5,159 (3,922) (3,838) 16,546 25,989 $ 20,264 232 1,766 (480) 4,127 3,714 29,623 $ $ General and administrative expenses increased by $26.0 million during the year ended June 30, 2021 as compared to the prior fiscal year as a result of recent acquisitions. Other miscellaneous costs, which include professional fees such as legal, audit and tax related expenses, increased by $16.5 million, payroll and payroll-related benefits, which includes salaries, benefits and variable short-term incentives increased by $11.6 million, and share-based compensation expense increased by $5.2 million. These increases were partially offset by reductions in travel and communication of $3.9 million and facility related expenses of $3.8 million, due to the impact of the COVID-19 spending reduction discussed under "Outlook for Fiscal 2022" above. Overall, general and administrative expenses, as a percentage of total revenues, remained stable compared to the prior fiscal year at 8%. Our general and administrative labour resources decreased by 48 employees, from 1,914 employees at June 30, 2020 to 1,866 employees at June 30, 2021. Depreciation expenses: (In thousands) Depreciation Year Ended June 30, 2021 Change increase (decrease) 2020 Change increase (decrease) 2019 $ 85,265 $ (4,193) $ 89,458 $ (8,258) $ 97,716 56 Depreciation expenses decreased by $4.2 million during the year ended June 30, 2021 as compared to the prior fiscal year. Depreciation expenses, as a percentage of total revenue, remained stable at 3% for the year ended June 30, 2021 as compared to the prior fiscal year. Amortization of acquired customer-based intangible assets: (In thousands) Year Ended June 30, 2021 Change increase (decrease) 2020 Change increase (decrease) 2019 Amortization of acquired customer-based intangible assets $ 216,544 $ (3,015) $ 219,559 $ 29,732 $ 189,827 Amortization of acquired customer-based intangible assets decreased by $3.0 million during year ended June 30, 2021 as compared to the prior fiscal year. This was due to a reduction of $59.0 million relating to intangible assets from certain previous acquisitions becoming fully amortized, partially offset by an increase of $56.0 million relating to amortization of newly acquired customer-based intangible assets from recent acquisitions. Special charges (recoveries): Special charges (recoveries) typically relate to amounts that we expect to pay in connection with restructuring plans, acquisition-related costs and other similar charges and recoveries. Generally, we implement such plans in the context of integrating acquired entities with existing OpenText operations and most recently in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. Actions related to such restructuring plans are typically completed within a period of one year. In certain limited situations, if the planned activity does not need to be implemented, or an expense lower than anticipated is paid out, we record a recovery of the originally recorded expense to Special charges (recoveries). (In thousands) Special charges (recoveries) Year Ended June 30, 2021 Change increase (decrease) 2020 Change increase (decrease) 2019 $ 1,748 $ (98,680) $ 100,428 $ 64,709 $ 35,719 Special charges (recoveries) decreased by $98.7 million during the year ended June 30, 2021 as compared to the prior fiscal year. This was due to a decrease in restructuring activities of $87.0 million, primarily related to the COVID-19 and Fiscal 2020 restructuring plans which were initiated during the second half of Fiscal 2020. Included in the special charges for Fiscal 2021 were net recoveries of $29.5 million associated with the reversal of lease liabilities from facilities abandoned in the prior fiscal year, which have since been assigned or early terminated as well as the release of other facility charges accrued for under the plans. Additionally, acquisition-related costs decreased by $7.8 million and other miscellaneous charges decreased by $3.9 million. For more details on Special charges (recoveries), see note 18 "Special Charges (Recoveries)" to our Consolidated Financial Statements. Other Income (Expense), Net The components of other income (expense), net were as follows: (In thousands) Foreign exchange gains (losses) OpenText share in net income (loss) of equity investees (1) Loss debt extinguishment (2) Other miscellaneous income (expense) Total other income (expense), net Year Ended June 30, 2021 Change increase (decrease) 2020 Change increase (decrease) $ (1,273) $ 2,911 $ (4,184) $ 146 $ 62,897 — (190) 54,197 17,854 (1,582) 8,700 (17,854) 1,392 (4,968) (17,854) 574 2019 (4,330) 13,668 — 818 $ 61,434 $ 73,380 $ (11,946) $ (22,102) $ 10,156 (1) OpenText’s share in net income of equity investees relates to our share of net income, which is based on changes in approximate fair value, at our interest in certain investment funds in which we are a limited partner. Our interests in each of these investees range from 4% to below 20% and these investments are accounted for using the equity method (see note 9 "Prepaid Expenses and Other Assets" for more details). (2) On March 5, 2020, we redeemed in full $800 million aggregate principal amount of our 5.625% Senior Notes due 2023 (Senior Notes 2023), which resulted in a loss on debt extinguishment of $17.9 million. Of this, $6.7 million related to unamortized debt issuance costs and the remaining $11.2 million related to the early termination call premium. 57 Interest and Other Related Expense, Net Interest and other related expense, net is primarily comprised of interest paid and accrued on our debt facilities, offset by interest income earned on our cash and cash equivalents. (In thousands) Interest expense related to total outstanding debt (1) Interest income Other miscellaneous expense Year Ended June 30, 2021 Change increase (decrease) 2020 Change increase (decrease) 2019 $ 145,646 $ (3,558) $ 149,204 $ 11,717 $ 137,487 (3,856) 9,777 7,912 835 (11,768) 8,942 (3,754) 1,823 (8,014) 7,119 Total interest and other related expense, net $ 151,567 $ 5,189 $ 146,378 $ 9,786 $ 136,592 (1) For more details see note 11 "Long-Term Debt" to our Consolidated Financial Statements. Provision for (Recovery of) Income Taxes We operate in several tax jurisdictions and are exposed to various foreign tax rates. (In thousands) Year Ended June 30, 2021 Change increase (decrease) 2020 Change increase (decrease) 2019 Provision for (recovery of) income taxes $ 339,906 $ 229,069 $ 110,837 $ (44,100) $ 154,937 The effective tax rate increased to a provision of 52.2% for the year ended June 30, 2021, compared to a provision of 32.1% for the year ended June 30, 2020. Tax expense increased by $229.1 million from $110.8 million during the year ended June 30, 2020 to $339.9 million during the year ended June 30, 2021. This was primarily due to (i) an increase of $300.5 million relating to the IRS Settlement (as defined herein), (ii) an increase of $76.4 million relating to higher net income including the impact of foreign rates and (iii) an increase of $7.0 million related to the one-time benefit from the US CARES Act in Fiscal 2020 that did not recur in Fiscal 2021. These were partially offset by (i) a decrease of $66.9 million for changes in unrecognized tax benefits, (ii) a decrease of $34.1 million related to tax benefits of internal reorganizations that occurred in Fiscal 2021 (iii) a decrease of $33.2 million related to the US Base Erosion Anti-Abuse Tax (US BEAT), (iv) a decrease of $5.7 million for net changes in valuation allowance, (v) a decrease of $3.1 million related to permanent differences and (vi) a decrease of $3.1 million related to differences in tax filings being higher than estimates. The remainder of the difference was due to normal course movements and non-material items. For information on the IRS Settlement and certain other potential tax contingencies, including the CRA matter, see note 14 "Guarantees and Contingencies" and note 15 "Income Taxes" to our Consolidated Financial Statements. Please also see Part I, Item 1A "Risk Factors" within this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 58 Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures In addition to reporting financial results in accordance with U.S. GAAP, the Company provides certain financial measures that are not in accordance with U.S. GAAP (Non-GAAP). These Non-GAAP financial measures have certain limitations in that they do not have a standardized meaning and thus the Company's definition may be different from similar Non-GAAP financial measures used by other companies and/or analysts and may differ from period to period. Thus it may be more difficult to compare the Company's financial performance to that of other companies. However, the Company's management compensates for these limitations by providing the relevant disclosure of the items excluded in the calculation of these Non-GAAP financial measures both in its reconciliation to the U.S. GAAP financial measures and its Consolidated Financial Statements, all of which should be considered when evaluating the Company's results. The Company uses these Non-GAAP financial measures to supplement the information provided in its Consolidated Financial Statements, which are presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The presentation of Non-GAAP financial measures is not meant to be a substitute for financial measures presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, but rather should be evaluated in conjunction with and as a supplement to such U.S. GAAP measures. OpenText strongly encourages investors to review its financial information in its entirety and not to rely on a single financial measure. The Company therefore believes that despite these limitations, it is appropriate to supplement the disclosure of the U.S. GAAP measures with certain Non-GAAP measures defined below. Non-GAAP-based net income and Non-GAAP-based EPS, attributable to OpenText, are consistently calculated as GAAP-based net income or earnings per share, attributable to OpenText, on a diluted basis, excluding the effects of the amortization of acquired intangible assets, other income (expense), share-based compensation, and special charges (recoveries), all net of tax and any tax benefits/expense items unrelated to current period income, as further described in the tables below. Non-GAAP-based gross profit is the arithmetical sum of GAAP-based gross profit and the amortization of acquired technology- based intangible assets and share-based compensation within cost of sales. Non-GAAP-based gross margin is calculated as Non-GAAP-based gross profit expressed as a percentage of total revenue. Non-GAAP-based income from operations is calculated as GAAP-based income from operations, excluding the amortization of acquired intangible assets, special charges (recoveries), and share-based compensation expense. Adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (Adjusted EBITDA) is consistently calculated as GAAP-based net income, attributable to OpenText, excluding interest income (expense), provision for income taxes, depreciation and amortization of acquired intangible assets, other income (expense), share-based compensation and special charges (recoveries). The Company's management believes that the presentation of the above defined Non-GAAP financial measures provides useful information to investors because they portray the financial results of the Company before the impact of certain non- operational charges. The use of the term “non-operational charge” is defined for this purpose as an expense that does not impact the ongoing operating decisions taken by the Company's management. These items are excluded based upon the way the Company's management evaluates the performance of the Company's business for use in the Company's internal reports and are not excluded in the sense that they may be used under U.S. GAAP. The Company does not acquire businesses on a predictable cycle, and therefore believes that the presentation of Non- GAAP measures, which in certain cases adjust for the impact of amortization of intangible assets and the related tax effects that are primarily related to acquisitions, will provide readers of financial statements with a more consistent basis for comparison across accounting periods and be more useful in helping readers understand the Company’s operating results and underlying operational trends. Additionally, the Company has engaged in various restructuring activities over the past several years, primarily due to acquisitions and most recently in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, that have resulted in costs associated with reductions in headcount, consolidation of leased facilities and related costs, all which are recorded under the Company’s “Special charges (recoveries)” caption on the Consolidated Statements of Income. Each restructuring activity is a discrete event based on a unique set of business objectives or circumstances, and each differs in terms of its operational implementation, business impact and scope, and the size of each restructuring plan can vary significantly from period to period. Therefore, the Company believes that the exclusion of these special charges (recoveries) will also better aid readers of financial statements in the understanding and comparability of the Company's operating results and underlying operational trends. In summary, the Company believes the provision of supplemental Non-GAAP measures allow investors to evaluate the operational and financial performance of the Company's core business using the same evaluation measures that management uses, and is therefore a useful indication of OpenText's performance or expected performance of future operations and facilitates period-to-period comparison of operating performance (although prior performance is not necessarily indicative of future performance). As a result, the Company considers it appropriate and reasonable to provide, in addition to U.S. GAAP measures, supplementary Non-GAAP financial measures that exclude certain items from the presentation of its financial results. The following charts provide unaudited reconciliations of U.S. GAAP-based financial measures to Non-GAAP-based financial measures for the following periods presented. 59 Reconciliation of selected GAAP-based measures to Non-GAAP-based measures for the year ended June 30, 2021 (In thousands, except for per share data) Cost of revenues Cloud services and subscriptions Customer support Professional service and other Amortization of acquired technology-based intangible assets GAAP-based gross profit and gross margin (%) / Non-GAAP-based gross profit and gross margin (%) Operating expenses Research and development Sales and marketing General and administrative Amortization of acquired customer-based intangible assets Special charges (recoveries) GAAP-based income from operations / Non-GAAP-based income from operations Other income (expense), net Provision for (recovery of) income taxes GAAP-based net income / Non-GAAP-based net income, attributable to OpenText GAAP-based earnings per share / Non-GAAP-based earnings per share- diluted, attributable to OpenText Year Ended June 30, 2021 GAAP- based Measures % of Total Revenue GAAP-based Measures Non-GAAP- based Measures Non-GAAP- based Measures % of Total Revenue Adjustments Note $ 481,818 $ (3,419) (1) $ 478,399 122,753 197,183 218,796 (1,910) (1) (2,565) (1) (218,796) (2) 120,843 194,618 — 2,351,649 69.4% 226,690 (3) 2,578,339 76.1% 421,447 622,221 263,521 216,544 1,748 740,903 61,434 339,906 310,672 (9,859) (1) (18,312) (1) (15,904) (1) (216,544) (2) (1,748) (4) 411,588 603,909 247,617 — — 489,057 (5) 1,229,960 (61,434) (6) — (188,931) (7) 150,975 616,554 (8) 927,226 $ 1.14 $ 2.25 (8) $ 3.39 (1) Adjustment relates to the exclusion of share-based compensation expense from our Non-GAAP-based operating expenses as this expense is excluded from our internal analysis of operating results. (2) Adjustment relates to the exclusion of amortization expense from our Non-GAAP-based operating expenses as the timing and frequency of amortization expense is dependent on our acquisitions and is hence excluded from our internal analysis of operating results. (3) GAAP-based and Non-GAAP-based gross profit stated in dollars and gross margin stated as a percentage of total revenue. (4) Adjustment relates to the exclusion of special charges (recoveries) from our Non-GAAP-based operating expenses as special charges (recoveries) are generally incurred in the periods relevant to an acquisition and include certain charges or recoveries that are not indicative or related to continuing operations, and are therefore excluded from our internal analysis of operating results. See note 18 "Special charges (recoveries)" to our Consolidated Financial Statements for more details. (5) GAAP-based and Non-GAAP-based income from operations stated in dollars. (6) Adjustment relates to the exclusion of other income (expense) from our Non-GAAP-based operating expenses as other income (expense) generally relates to the transactional impact of foreign exchange and is generally not indicative or related to continuing operations and is therefore excluded from our internal analysis of operating results. Other income (expense) also includes our share of income (losses) from our holdings in investments as a limited partner. We do not actively trade equity securities in these privately held companies nor do we plan our ongoing operations based around any anticipated fundings or distributions from these investments. We exclude gains and losses on these investments as we do not believe they are reflective of our ongoing business and operating results. (7) Adjustment relates to differences between the GAAP-based tax provision rate of approximately 52% and a Non-GAAP-based tax rate of approximately 14%; these rate differences are due to the income tax effects of items that are excluded for the purpose of calculating Non-GAAP- based adjusted net income. Such excluded items include amortization, share-based compensation, special charges (recoveries) and other income (expense), net. Also excluded are tax benefits/expense items unrelated to current period income such as changes in reserves for tax uncertainties and valuation allowance reserves, and “book to return” adjustments for tax return filings and tax assessments. Included is the amount of net tax benefits arising from the internal reorganization that occurred in Fiscal 2017 assumed to be allocable to the current period based on the forecasted utilization period. In arriving at our Non-GAAP-based tax rate of approximately 14%, we analyzed the individual adjusted expenses and took into consideration the impact of statutory tax rates from local jurisdictions incurring the expense. The GAAP-based tax provision rate for the year ended June 30, 2021 includes the income tax provision charge from the IRS Settlement partially offset by a tax benefit from the release of unrecognized tax benefits due to the conclusion of relevant tax audits that was recognized during the second quarter of Fiscal 2021. 60 (8) Reconciliation of GAAP-based net income to Non-GAAP-based net income: Year Ended June 30, 2021 Per share diluted GAAP-based net income, attributable to OpenText $ 310,672 $ Add: Amortization Share-based compensation Special charges (recoveries) Other (income) expense, net GAAP-based provision for (recovery of) income taxes Non-GAAP-based provision for income taxes Non-GAAP-based net income, attributable to OpenText Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA GAAP-based net income, attributable to OpenText Add: Provision for (recovery of) income taxes Interest and other related expense, net Amortization of acquired technology-based intangible assets Amortization of acquired customer-based intangible assets Depreciation Share-based compensation Special charges (recoveries) Other (income) expense, net Adjusted EBITDA 1.14 1.59 0.19 0.01 (0.22) 1.23 (0.55) 3.39 435,340 51,969 1,748 (61,434) 339,906 (150,975) $ 927,226 $ Year Ended June 30, 2021 $ $ 310,672 339,906 151,567 218,796 216,544 85,265 51,969 1,748 (61,434) 1,315,033 61 Reconciliation of selected GAAP-based measures to Non-GAAP-based measures for the year ended June 30, 2020 (In thousands, except for per share data) Cost of revenues Cloud services and subscriptions Customer support Professional service and other Amortization of acquired technology-based intangible assets GAAP-based gross profit and gross margin (%) / Non-GAAP-based gross profit and gross margin (%) Operating expenses Research and development Sales and marketing General and administrative Amortization of acquired customer-based intangible assets Special charges (recoveries) GAAP-based income from operations / Non-GAAP-based income from operations Other income (expense), net Provision for (recovery of) income taxes GAAP-based net income / Non-GAAP-based net income, attributable to OpenText GAAP-based earnings per share / Non-GAAP-based earnings per share- diluted, attributable to OpenText Year Ended June 30, 2020 GAAP-based Measures GAAP-based Measures % of Total Revenue Adjustments Note Non-GAAP- based Measures Non-GAAP- based Measures % of Total Revenue $ 449,940 $ (1,642) (1) $ 448,298 123,894 212,903 205,717 (1,207) (1) (1,294) (1) (205,717) (2) 122,687 211,609 — 2,105,961 67.7% 209,860 (3) 2,315,821 74.5% 370,411 585,044 237,532 219,559 100,428 503,529 (11,946) 110,837 234,225 (5,309) (1) (9,335) (1) (10,745) (1) (219,559) (2) (100,428) (4) 365,102 575,709 226,787 — — 555,236 11,946 16,897 (5) (6) (7) 1,058,765 — 127,734 550,285 (8) 784,510 $ 0.86 $ 2.03 (8) $ 2.89 (1) Adjustment relates to the exclusion of share-based compensation expense from our Non-GAAP-based operating expenses as this expense is excluded from our internal analysis of operating results. (2) Adjustment relates to the exclusion of amortization expense from our Non-GAAP-based operating expenses as the timing and frequency of amortization expense is dependent on our acquisitions and is hence excluded from our internal analysis of operating results. (3) GAAP-based and Non-GAAP-based gross profit stated in dollars and gross margin stated as a percentage of total revenue. (4) Adjustment relates to the exclusion of special charges (recoveries) from our Non-GAAP-based operating expenses as special charges (recoveries) are generally incurred in the periods relevant to an acquisition and include certain charges or recoveries that are not indicative or related to continuing operations, and are therefore excluded from our internal analysis of operating results. See note 18 "Special charges (recoveries)" to our Consolidated Financial Statements for more details. (5) GAAP-based and Non-GAAP-based income from operations stated in dollars. (6) Adjustment relates to the exclusion of other income (expense) from our Non-GAAP-based operating expenses as other income (expense) generally relates to the transactional impact of foreign exchange and is generally not indicative or related to continuing operations and is therefore excluded from our internal analysis of operating results. Other income (expense) also includes our share of income (losses) from our holdings in investments as a limited partner. We do not actively trade equity securities in these privately held companies nor do we plan our ongoing operations based around any anticipated fundings or distributions from these investments. We exclude gains and losses on these investments as we do not believe they are reflective of our ongoing business and operating results. (7) Adjustment relates to differences between the GAAP-based tax provision rate of approximately 32% and a Non-GAAP-based tax rate of approximately 14%; these rate differences are due to the income tax effects of items that are excluded for the purpose of calculating Non-GAAP- based adjusted net income. Such excluded items include amortization, share-based compensation, special charges (recoveries) and other income (expense), net. Also excluded are tax benefits/expense items unrelated to current period income such as changes in reserves for tax uncertainties and valuation allowance reserves, and “book to return” adjustments for tax return filings and tax assessments. Included is the amount of net tax benefits arising from the internal reorganization that occurred in Fiscal 2017 assumed to be allocable to the current period based on the forecasted utilization period. In arriving at our Non-GAAP-based tax rate of approximately 14%, we analyzed the individual adjusted expenses and took into consideration the impact of statutory tax rates from local jurisdictions incurring the expense. 62 (8) Reconciliation of GAAP-based net income to Non-GAAP-based net income: Year Ended June 30, 2020 Per share diluted GAAP-based net income, attributable to OpenText $ 234,225 $ 425,276 29,532 100,428 11,946 110,837 (127,734) 784,510 $ Year Ended June 30, 2020 0.86 1.56 0.11 0.37 0.04 0.41 (0.46) 2.89 234,225 110,837 146,378 205,717 219,559 89,458 29,532 100,428 11,946 1,148,080 Add: Amortization Share-based compensation Special charges (recoveries) Other (income) expense, net GAAP-based provision for (recovery of) income taxes Non-GAAP-based provision for income taxes Non-GAAP-based net income, attributable to OpenText Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA GAAP-based net income, attributable to OpenText Add: Provision for (recovery of) income taxes Interest and other related expense, net Amortization of acquired technology-based intangible assets Amortization of acquired customer-based intangible assets Depreciation Share-based compensation Special charges (recoveries) Other (income) expense, net Adjusted EBITDA $ $ $ 63 Reconciliation of selected GAAP-based measures to Non-GAAP-based measures for the year ended June 30, 2019 (In thousands, except for per share data) Cost of revenues Cloud services and subscriptions Customer support Professional service and other Amortization of acquired technology-based intangible assets GAAP-based gross profit and gross margin (%) / Non-GAAP-based gross profit and gross margin (%) Operating expenses Research and development Sales and marketing General and administrative Amortization of acquired customer-based intangible assets Special charges (recoveries) GAAP-based income from operations / Non-GAAP-based income from operations Other income (expense), net Provision for (recovery of) income taxes GAAP-based net income / Non-GAAP-based net income, attributable to OpenText GAAP-based earnings per share / Non-GAAP-based earnings per share- diluted, attributable to OpenText Year Ended June 30, 2019 GAAP-based Measures GAAP-based Measures % of Total Revenue Adjustments Note Non-GAAP- based Measures Non-GAAP- based Measures % of Total Revenue $ 383,993 $ (948) (1) $ 383,045 124,343 224,635 183,385 (1,242) (1) (1,764) (1) (183,385) (2) 123,101 222,871 — 1,938,052 67.6% 187,339 (3) 2,125,391 74.1% 321,836 518,035 207,909 189,827 35,719 567,010 10,156 154,937 285,501 (4,991) (1) (7,880) (1) (9,945) (1) (189,827) (2) (35,719) (4) 316,845 510,155 197,964 — — 435,701 (5) 1,002,711 (10,156) (6) — (33,680) (7) 121,257 459,225 (8) 744,726 $ 1.06 $ 1.70 (8) $ 2.76 (1) Adjustment relates to the exclusion of share-based compensation expense from our Non-GAAP-based operating expenses as this expense is excluded from our internal analysis of operating results. (2) Adjustment relates to the exclusion of amortization expense from our Non-GAAP-based operating expenses as the timing and frequency of amortization expense is dependent on our acquisitions and is hence excluded from our internal analysis of operating results. (3) GAAP-based and Non-GAAP-based gross profit stated in dollars and gross margin stated as a percentage of total revenue. (4) Adjustment relates to the exclusion of special charges (recoveries) from our Non-GAAP-based operating expenses as special charges (recoveries) are generally incurred in the periods relevant to an acquisition and include certain charges or recoveries that are not indicative or related to continuing operations, and are therefore excluded from our internal analysis of operating results. See note 18 "Special charges (recoveries)" to our Consolidated Financial Statements for more details. (5) GAAP-based and Non-GAAP-based income from operations stated in dollars. (6) Adjustment relates to the exclusion of other income (expense) from our Non-GAAP-based operating expenses as other income (expense) generally relates to the transactional impact of foreign exchange and is generally not indicative or related to continuing operations and is therefore excluded from our internal analysis of operating results. Other income (expense) also includes our share of income (losses) from our holdings in investments as a limited partner. We do not actively trade equity securities in these privately held companies nor do we plan our ongoing operations based around any anticipated fundings or distributions from these investments. We exclude gains and losses on these investments as we do not believe they are reflective of our ongoing business and operating results. (7) Adjustment relates to differences between the GAAP-based tax provision rate of approximately 35% and a Non-GAAP-based tax rate of approximately 14%; these rate differences are due to the income tax effects of items that are excluded for the purpose of calculating Non-GAAP- based adjusted net income. Such excluded items include amortization, share-based compensation, special charges (recoveries) and other income (expense), net. Also excluded are tax benefits/expense items unrelated to current period income such as changes in reserves for tax uncertainties and valuation allowance reserves, and “book to return” adjustments for tax return filings and tax assessments. Included is the amount of net tax benefits arising from the internal reorganization that occurred in Fiscal 2017 assumed to be allocable to the current period based on the forecasted utilization period. In arriving at our Non-GAAP-based tax rate of approximately 14%, we analyzed the individual adjusted expenses and took into consideration the impact of statutory tax rates from local jurisdictions incurring the expense. 64 (8) Reconciliation of GAAP-based net income to Non-GAAP-based net income: Year Ended June 30, 2019 Per share diluted GAAP-based net income, attributable to OpenText $ 285,501 $ Add: Amortization Share-based compensation Special charges (recoveries) Other (income) expense, net GAAP-based provision for (recovery of) income taxes Non-GAAP-based provision for income taxes Non-GAAP-based net income, attributable to OpenText Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA GAAP-based net income, attributable to OpenText Add: Provision for (recovery of) income taxes Interest and other related expense, net Amortization of acquired technology-based intangible assets Amortization of acquired customer-based intangible assets Depreciation Share-based compensation Special charges (recoveries) Other (income) expense, net Adjusted EBITDA 1.06 1.38 0.10 0.13 (0.04) 0.57 (0.44) 2.76 373,212 26,770 35,719 (10,156) 154,937 (121,257) $ 744,726 $ Year Ended June 30, 2019 $ $ 285,501 154,937 136,592 183,385 189,827 97,716 26,770 35,719 (10,156) 1,100,291 65 LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES The following tables set forth changes in cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for the periods indicated: (In thousands) Cash and cash equivalents Restricted cash (1) Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash As of June 30, 2021 $ 1,607,306 $ 2,494 $ 1,609,800 $ Change increase (decrease) As of June 30, 2020 Change increase (decrease) (85,544) $ 1,692,850 $ (1,919) (87,463) $ 1,697,263 $ 4,413 751,841 $ 1,879 753,720 $ As of June 30, 2019 941,009 2,534 943,543 (1) Restricted cash is classified under the Prepaid expenses and other current assets and Other assets line items on the Consolidated Balance Sheets (note 9). Year Ended June 30, (In thousands) Cash provided by operating activities Cash used in investing activities Cash provided by (used in) financing activities $ $ $ Cash and cash equivalents Change 2021 78,258 $ 876,120 $ (68,770) $ 1,400,647 $ (1,469,417) $ (1,004,891) $ (924,547) $ (2,193,326) $ 1,268,779 $ 1,417,143 $ 2020 954,536 $ (78,416) $ Change 2019 876,278 (464,526) (148,364) Cash and cash equivalents primarily consist of balances with banks as well as deposits with original maturities of 90 days or less. We continue to anticipate that our cash and cash equivalents, as well as available credit facilities, will be sufficient to fund our anticipated cash requirements for working capital, contractual commitments, capital expenditures, dividends and operating needs for the next twelve months. Any further material or acquisition-related activities may require additional sources of financing and would be subject to the financial covenants established under our credit facilities. For more details, see "Long- term Debt and Credit Facilities" below. During the year ended June 30, 2021, we made payments for U.S. federal taxes and interest of $288.6 million and state taxes and interest of $11.0 million as a result of the IRS Settlement. As of June 30, 2021, the outstanding settlement amount of approximately $0.9 million is recorded within "Income taxes payable" in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of June 30, 2021, we have recognized a provision of $27.5 million (June 30, 2020—$24.8 million) in respect of both additional foreign taxes or deferred income tax liabilities for temporary differences related to the undistributed earnings of certain non-United States subsidiaries and planned periodic repatriations from certain German subsidiaries, that will be subject to withholding taxes upon distribution. We have deferred a total of approximately $99 million of tax payments under the CARES Act and other COVID-19 related tax relief programs in EMEA. During the year ended June 30, 2021, we made repayments of approximately $60 million related to amounts previously deferred. As of June 30, 2021, we have remaining deferrals of $39 million which will become payable throughout Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2023. Cash flows provided by operating activities Cash flows from operating activities decreased by $78.4 million, due to a decrease in changes from working capital of $89.7 million, partially offset by an increase in net income before the impact of non-cash items of $11.3 million. The decrease in operating cash flow from changes in working capital was primarily due to the net impact of the following decreases: (i) $105.7 million relating to income taxes payable, net of receivables; (ii) $26.4 million relating to net operating lease assets and liabilities; (iii) $23.5 million relating to accounts receivable; and (iv) $4.5 million relating to accounts payable and accrued liabilities. These decreases in operating cash flows were partially offset by the following increases: (i) $44.6 million relating to prepaid expenses and other current assets; (ii) $14.0 million relating to deferred revenues; (iii) $10.8 million relating to other assets; and (iv) $1.0 million relating to contract assets. 66 During the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2021 our days sales outstanding (DSO) was 44 days, compared to a DSO of 51 days during the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2020, largely as a result of strong improvement in collections efficiency. The per day impact of our DSO in the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2021 and Fiscal 2020 on our cash flows was $9.9 million and $9.2 million, respectively. In arriving at DSO, we exclude contract assets as these assets do not provide an unconditional right to the related consideration from the customer. Cash flows used in investing activities Our cash flows used in investing activities is primarily on account of acquisitions and additions of property and equipment. Cash flows used in investing activities decreased by $1.4 billion, primarily due to consideration paid for acquisitions during Fiscal 2020, which included the acquisitions of Carbonite for $1.3 billion and XMedius for $73.3 million. Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities Our cash flows from financing activities generally consist of long-term debt financing and amounts received from stock options exercised by our employees. These inflows are typically offset by scheduled and non-scheduled repayments of our long-term debt financing and, when applicable, the payment of dividends and/or repurchases of our Common Shares. Cash flows used in financing activities increased by $2.2 billion, primarily due to the net impact of the following long- term debt financing activities that occurred in Fiscal 2020 and did not reoccur in Fiscal 2021: (i) $1.8 billion relating to proceeds from the issuance of Senior Notes 2028 and Senior Notes 2030 (both defined below), of which a portion of the proceeds were used to redeem $800 million of our Senior Notes 2023; (ii) $750 million in proceeds for amounts drawn and subsequently repaid under the Revolver (defined below); (iii) $153.6 million repayment of convertible notes, inherited through our acquisition of Carbonite, that were surrendered and converted offset by; (iv) $600 million in proceeds for amounts drawn on the Revolver in the third quarter of Fiscal 2020, subsequently repaid during the second quarter of Fiscal 2021. Additionally, cash flows used in financing increased due to the following activities that occurred during Fiscal 2021: (i) $119.1 million relating to the repurchase and cancellation of 2,500,000 Common Shares under the Repurchase Plan (defined herein); (ii) $52.4 million relating to the repurchase Common Shares on the open market for potential reissuance under our stock compensation plans; and (iii) $22.0 million relating to cash dividends paid to shareholders. Cash Dividends During the year ended June 30, 2021, we declared and paid cash dividends of $0.7770 per Common Share in the aggregate amount of $210.7 million (year ended June 30, 2020 and 2019—$0.6984 and $0.6300 per Common Share, respectively, in the aggregate amount of $188.7 million and $168.9 million, respectively). Future declarations of dividends and the establishment of future record and payment dates are subject to final determination and discretion of the Board. See Item 5 "Dividend Policy" in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information. Long-term Debt and Credit Facilities Senior Unsecured Fixed Rate Notes Senior Notes 2030 On February 18, 2020 Open Text Holdings, Inc. (OTHI), a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of the Company, issued $900 million in aggregate principal amount of 4.125% Senior Notes due 2030 guaranteed by the Company (Senior Notes 2030) in an unregistered offering to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (Securities Act), and to certain persons in offshore transactions pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act. Senior Notes 2030 bear interest at a rate of 4.125% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15, commencing on August 15, 2020. Senior Notes 2030 will mature on February 15, 2030, unless earlier redeemed, in accordance with their terms, or repurchased. 67 We may redeem all or a portion of the Senior Notes 2030 at any time prior to February 15, 2025 at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Senior Notes 2030 plus an applicable premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. We may also redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes 2030, on one or more occasions, prior to February 15, 2025, using the net proceeds from certain qualified equity offerings at a redemption price of 104.125% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date, subject to compliance with certain conditions. We may, on one or more occasions, redeem the Senior Notes 2030, in whole or in part, at any time on and after February 15, 2025 at the applicable redemption prices set forth in the indenture governing the Senior Notes 2030, dated as of February 18, 2020, among OTHI, the Company, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, The Bank of New York Mellon, as U.S. trustee, and BNY Trust Company of Canada, as Canadian trustee (the 2030 Indenture), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. If we experience one of the kinds of change of control triggering events specified in the 2030 Indenture, we will be required to make an offer to repurchase the Senior Notes 2030 at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Senior Notes 2030, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase. The 2030 Indenture contains covenants that limit the Company, OTHI and certain of the Company's subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things: (i) create certain liens and enter into sale and lease-back transactions; (ii) create, assume, incur or guarantee additional indebtedness of the Company, OTHI or certain of the Company's subsidiaries without such subsidiary becoming a subsidiary guarantor of Senior Notes 2030; and (iii) consolidate, amalgamate or merge with, or convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its property and assets substantially as an entirety to, another person. These covenants are subject to a number of important limitations and exceptions as set forth in the 2030 Indenture. The 2030 Indenture also provides for events of default, which, if any of them occurs, may permit or, in certain circumstances, require the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then-outstanding Senior Notes 2030 to be due and payable immediately. Senior Notes 2030 are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by the Company and the Company's existing and future wholly-owned subsidiaries (other than OTHI) that borrow or guarantee the obligations under our existing senior credit facilities. Senior Notes 2030 and the guarantees rank equally in right of payment with all of the Company, OTHI and the guarantors’ existing and future senior unsubordinated debt and will rank senior in right of payment to all of the Company, OTHI and the guarantors’ future subordinated debt. Senior Notes 2030 and the guarantees will be effectively subordinated to all of the Company, OTHI and the guarantors’ existing and future secured debt, including the obligations under the senior credit facilities, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such secured debt. The foregoing description of the 2030 Indenture does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the 2030 Indenture, which is filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 18, 2020. Senior Notes 2028 On February 18, 2020 we issued $900 million in aggregate principal amount of 3.875% Senior Notes due 2028 (Senior Notes 2028) in an unregistered offering to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act and to certain persons in offshore transactions pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act. Senior Notes 2028 bear interest at a rate of 3.875% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15, commencing on August 15, 2020. Senior Notes 2028 will mature on February 15, 2028, unless earlier redeemed, in accordance with their terms, or repurchased. We may redeem all or a portion of the Senior Notes 2028 at any time prior to February 15, 2023 at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Senior Notes 2028 plus an applicable premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. We may also redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes 2028, on one or more occasions, prior to February 15, 2023, using the net proceeds from certain qualified equity offerings at a redemption price of 103.875% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date, subject to compliance with certain conditions. We may, on one or more occasions, redeem the Senior Notes 2028, in whole or in part, at any time on and after February 15, 2023 at the applicable redemption prices set forth in the indenture governing the Senior Notes 2028, dated as of February 18, 2020, among the Company, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, The Bank of New York Mellon, as U.S. trustee, and BNY Trust Company of Canada, as Canadian trustee (the 2028 Indenture), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. If we experience one of the kinds of change of control triggering events specified in the 2028 Indenture, we will be required to make an offer to repurchase the Senior Notes 2028 at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Senior Notes 2028, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase. The 2028 Indenture contains covenants that limit our and certain of our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things: (i) create certain liens and enter into sale and lease-back transactions; (ii) create, assume, incur or guarantee additional indebtedness of the Company or the guarantors without such subsidiary becoming a subsidiary guarantor of Senior Notes 2028; and (iii) consolidate, amalgamate or merge with, or convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its property and assets 68 substantially as an entirety to, another person. These covenants are subject to a number of important limitations and exceptions as set forth in the 2028 Indenture. The 2028 Indenture also provides for events of default, which, if any of them occurs, may permit or, in certain circumstances, require the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then-outstanding Senior Notes 2028 to be due and payable immediately. Senior Notes 2028 are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by our existing and future wholly-owned subsidiaries that borrow or guarantee the obligations under our existing senior credit facilities. Senior Notes 2028 and the guarantees rank equally in right of payment with all of our and our guarantors’ existing and future senior unsubordinated debt and will rank senior in right of payment to all of our and our guarantors’ future subordinated debt. Senior Notes 2028 and the guarantees will be effectively subordinated to all of our and our guarantors’ existing and future secured debt, including the obligations under the senior credit facilities, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such secured debt. The foregoing description of the 2028 Indenture does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the 2028 Indenture, which is filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 18, 2020. Senior Notes 2026 On May 31, 2016 we issued $600 million in aggregate principal amount of 5.875% Senior Notes due 2026 (Senior Notes 2026) in an unregistered offering to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, and to certain persons in offshore transactions pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act. Senior Notes 2026 bear interest at a rate of 5.875% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1, commencing on December 1, 2016. Senior Notes 2026 will mature on June 1, 2026, unless earlier redeemed, in accordance with their terms, or repurchased. On December 20, 2016, we issued an additional $250 million in aggregate principal amount by reopening our Senior Notes 2026 at an issue price of 102.75%. The additional notes have identical terms, are fungible with and are a part of a single series with the previously issued $600 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes 2026. The outstanding aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes 2026, after taking into consideration the additional issuance, is $850 million. We may redeem all or a portion of the Senior Notes 2026 at any time prior to June 1, 2021 at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Senior Notes 2026 plus an applicable premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. We may also, on one or more occasions, redeem Senior Notes 2026, in whole or in part, at any time on and after June 1, 2021 at the applicable redemption prices set forth in the indenture governing the Senior Notes 2026, dated as of May 31, 2016, among the Company, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, The Bank of New York Mellon, as U.S. trustee, and BNY Trust Company of Canada, as Canadian trustee (the 2026 Indenture), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. If we experience one of the kinds of changes of control triggering events specified in the 2026 Indenture, we will be required to make an offer to repurchase Senior Notes 2026 at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount of Senior Notes 2026, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase. The 2026 Indenture contains covenants that limit our and certain of our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things: (i) create certain liens and enter into sale and lease-back transactions; (ii) create, assume, incur or guarantee additional indebtedness of the Company or the guarantors without such subsidiary becoming a subsidiary guarantor of the notes; and (iii) consolidate, amalgamate or merge with, or convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its property and assets substantially as an entirety to, another person. These covenants are subject to a number of important limitations and exceptions as set forth in the 2026 Indenture. The 2026 Indenture also provides for events of default, which, if any of them occurs, may permit or, in certain circumstances, require the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then- outstanding notes to be due and payable immediately. Senior Notes 2026 are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by our existing and future wholly-owned subsidiaries that borrow or guarantee the obligations under our existing senior credit facilities. Senior Notes 2026 and the guarantees rank equally in right of payment with all of our and our guarantors’ existing and future senior unsubordinated debt and will rank senior in right of payment to all of our and our guarantors’ future subordinated debt. Senior Notes 2026 and the guarantees will be effectively subordinated to all of our and our guarantors’ existing and future secured debt, including the obligations under the senior credit facilities, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such secured debt. The foregoing description of the 2026 Indenture does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the 2026 Indenture, which is filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 31, 2016. 69 Term Loan B On May 30, 2018, we entered into a credit facility, which provides for a $1 billion term loan facility with certain lenders named therein, Barclays Bank PLC (Barclays), as sole administrative agent and collateral agent, and as lead arranger and joint bookrunner (Term Loan B) and borrowed the full amount on May 30, 2018 to, among other things, repay in full the loans under our prior $800 million term loan credit facility originally entered into on January 16, 2014. Repayments made under Term Loan B are equal to 0.25% of the principal amount in equal quarterly installments for the life of Term Loan B, with the remainder due at maturity. Borrowings under Term Loan B are secured by a first charge over substantially all of our assets on a pari passu basis with the Revolver. Term Loan B has a seven year term, maturing in May 2025. Borrowings under Term Loan B bear interest at a rate per annum equal to an applicable margin plus, at the borrower’s option, either (1) the Eurodollar rate for the interest period relevant to such borrowing or (2) an ABR rate. The applicable margin for borrowings under Term Loan B is 1.75%, with respect to LIBOR advances and 0.75%, with respect to ABR advances. The interest on the current outstanding balance for Term Loan B is equal to 1.75% plus LIBOR (subject to a 0.00% floor). As of June 30, 2021, the outstanding balance on the Term Loan B bears an interest rate of 1.84%. For more information regarding the impact of LIBOR, see "Stress in the global financial system may adversely affect our finances and operations in ways that may be hard to predict or to defend against" included within Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Term Loan B has incremental facility capacity of (i) $250 million plus (ii) additional amounts, subject to meeting a “consolidated senior secured net leverage” ratio not exceeding 2.75:1.00, in each case subject to certain conditions. Consolidated senior secured net leverage ratio is defined for this purpose as the proportion of our total debt reduced by unrestricted cash, including guarantees and letters of credit, that is secured by our or any of our subsidiaries’ assets, over our trailing twelve months net income before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, restructuring, share-based compensation and other miscellaneous charges. Under Term Loan B, we must maintain a “consolidated net leverage” ratio of no more than 4:1 at the end of each financial quarter. Consolidated net leverage ratio is defined for this purpose as the proportion of our total debt reduced by unrestricted cash, including guarantees and letters of credit, over our trailing twelve months net income before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, restructuring, share-based compensation and other miscellaneous charges. As of June 30, 2021, our consolidated net leverage ratio was 1.5:1. Revolver On October 31, 2019, we amended our committed revolving credit facility (the Revolver) to increase the total commitments under the Revolver from $450 million to $750 million as well as to extend the maturity from May 5, 2022 to October 31, 2024. Borrowings under the Revolver are secured by a first charge over substantially all of our assets, on a pari passu basis with Term Loan B. The Revolver has no fixed repayment date prior to the end of the term. Borrowings under the Revolver bear interest per annum at a floating rate of LIBOR plus a fixed margin dependent on our consolidated net leverage ratio ranging from 1.25% to 1.75%. For more information regarding the impact of LIBOR, see "Stress in the global financial system may adversely affect our finances and operations in ways that may be hard to predict or to defend against" included within Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Under the Revolver, we must maintain a "consolidated net leverage" ratio of no more than 4:1 at the end of each financial quarter. Consolidated net leverage ratio is defined for this purpose as the proportion of our total debt reduced by unrestricted cash, including guarantees and letters of credit, over our trailing twelve months net income before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, restructuring, share-based compensation and other miscellaneous charges. During the second quarter of Fiscal 2020, we drew down $750 million from the Revolver to partially fund the acquisition of Carbonite. In February 2020, we repaid $750 million drawn under the Revolver with a portion of the proceeds from the Senior Notes 2030 and Senior Notes 2028. In March 2020, we drew down $600 million from the Revolver as a preemptive measure in order to increase our cash position and preserve financial flexibility in light of uncertainty in the global markets resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic. As of June 30, 2020, the proceeds from the $600 million draw down remained outstanding and were presented within "Cash and cash equivalents" and "Current portion of long-term debt" on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. During the second quarter of Fiscal 2021, we repaid $600 million previously drawn on the Revolver using cash on hand. As of June 30, 2021, we had no outstanding balance under the Revolver. For further details relating to our debt, please see note 11 "Long-Term Debt" to our Consolidated Financial Statements. 70 Shelf Registration Statement On November 29, 2019, we filed a universal shelf registration statement on Form S-3 with the SEC, which became effective automatically (the Shelf Registration Statement). The Shelf Registration Statement allows for primary and secondary offerings from time to time of equity, debt and other securities, including Common Shares, Preference Shares, debt securities, depositary shares, warrants, purchase contracts, units and subscription receipts. A base shelf short-form prospectus qualifying the distribution of such securities was concurrently filed with Canadian securities regulators on November 29, 2019. The type of securities and the specific terms thereof will be determined at the time of any offering and will be described in the applicable prospectus supplement to be filed separately with the SEC and Canadian securities regulators. Share Repurchase Plan / Normal Course Issuer Bid On November 5, 2020, the Board authorized a share repurchase plan, pursuant to which we may purchase in open market transactions, from time to time over the 12 month period commencing November 12, 2020, up to an aggregate of $350 million of our Common Shares on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, the TSX and/or other exchanges and alternative trading systems in Canada and/or the United States, if eligible, subject to applicable law and stock exchange rules (the “Repurchase Plan”). The price that we will pay for Common Shares in open market transactions will be the market price at the time of purchase or such other price as may be permitted by applicable law or stock exchange rules. The Repurchase Plan will be effected in accordance with Rule 10b-18 under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Purchases made under the Repurchase Plan will be subject to a limit of 13,618,774 shares (representing 5% of the Company’s issued and outstanding Common Shares as of November 4, 2020). All Common Shares purchased by us pursuant to the Repurchase Plan will be cancelled. During the year ended June 30, 2021, we repurchased and cancelled 2,500,000 Common Shares for $119.1 million under the Repurchase Plan. Normal Course Issuer Bid The Company established a Normal Course Issuer Bid (the NCIB) in order to provide it with a means to execute purchases over the TSX as part of the overall Repurchase Plan. The TSX approved the Company’s notice of intention to commence the NCIB pursuant to which the Company may purchase Common Shares over the TSX for the period commencing November 12, 2020 until November 11, 2021 in accordance with the TSX's normal course issuer bid rules, including that such purchases are to be made at prevailing market prices or as otherwise permitted. Under the rules of the TSX, the maximum number of Common Shares that may be purchased in this period is 13,618,774 (representing 5% of the Company’s issued and outstanding Common Shares as of November 4, 2020), and the maximum number of Common Shares that may be purchased on a single day is 143,424 Common Shares, which is 25% of 573,699 (the average daily trading volume for the Common Shares on the TSX for the six months ended October 31, 2020), subject to certain exceptions for block purchases, subject in any case to the volume and other limitations under Rule 10b-18. Pensions As of June 30, 2021, our total unfunded pension plan obligations were $77.3 million, of which $2.8 million is payable within the next twelve months. We expect to be able to make the long-term and short-term payments related to these obligations in the normal course of operations. 71 Our anticipated payments under our most significant plans, Open Text Document Technologies GmbH (CDT), GXS GmbH (GXS GER), GXS Philippines, Inc. (GXS PHP), for the fiscal years indicated below are as follows: 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 to 2031 Total Fiscal years ending June 30, CDT GXS GER GXS PHP $ 880 $ 960 1,039 1,086 1,123 6,501 1,058 $ 1,046 1,047 1,071 1,059 5,142 $ 11,589 $ 10,423 $ 42 356 140 192 202 2,516 3,448 For a detailed discussion on pensions, see note 12 "Pension Plans and Other Post Retirement Benefits" to our Consolidated Financial Statements. Commitments and Contractual Obligations As of June 30, 2021, we have entered into the following contractual obligations with minimum payments for the indicated fiscal periods as follows: Long-term debt obligations (1) Operating lease obligations (2) Purchase obligations for contracts not accounted for as lease obligations Payments due between $ Total 4,514,954 $ 308,349 July 1, 2021 - June 30, 2022 July 1, 2022 - June 30, 2024 July 1, 2024 - June 30, 2026 July 1, 2026 and beyond 149,942 $ 65,260 299,371 $ 103,510 2,047,391 $ 62,033 2,018,250 77,546 70,646 42,887 27,759 — — $ 4,893,949 $ 258,089 $ 430,640 $ 2,109,424 $ 2,095,796 (1) Includes interest up to maturity and principal payments. Please see note 11 "Long-Term Debt" to our Consolidated Financial Statements for more details. (2) Represents the undiscounted future minimum lease payments under our operating leases liabilities and excludes sublease income expected to be received under our various sublease agreements with third parties. Please see note 6 "Leases" to our Consolidated Financial Statements for more details. Guarantees and Indemnifications We have entered into customer agreements which may include provisions to indemnify our customers against third party claims that our software products or services infringe certain third party intellectual property rights and for liabilities related to a breach of our confidentiality obligations. We have not made any material payments in relation to such indemnification provisions and have not accrued any liabilities related to these indemnification provisions in our Consolidated Financial Statements. Occasionally, we enter into financial guarantees with third parties in the ordinary course of our business, including, among others, guarantees relating to taxes and letters of credit on behalf of parties with whom we conduct business. Such agreements have not had a material effect on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows. Litigation We are currently involved in various claims and legal proceedings. Quarterly, we review the status of each significant legal matter and evaluate such matters to determine how they should be treated for accounting and disclosure purposes in accordance with the requirements of ASC Topic 450-20 "Loss Contingencies" (Topic 450-20). Specifically, this evaluation process includes the centralized tracking and itemization of the status of all our disputes and litigation items, discussing the nature of any litigation and claim, including any dispute or claim that is reasonably likely to result in litigation, with relevant internal and external counsel, and assessing the progress of each matter in light of its merits and our experience with similar proceedings under similar circumstances. If the potential loss from any claim or legal proceeding is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated, we accrue a liability for the estimated loss in accordance with Topic 450-20. As of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the aggregate of such accrued liabilities was not material to our consolidated financial position or results of 72 operations and we do not believe as of the date of this filing that it is reasonably possible that a loss exceeding the amounts already recognized will be incurred that would be material to our consolidated financial position or results of operations. As more fully described below, we are unable at this time to estimate a possible loss or range of losses in respect of certain disclosed matters. Contingencies IRS Matter As we have previously disclosed, the United States Internal Revenue Service (IRS) has been examining certain of our tax returns for our fiscal year ended June 30, 2010 (Fiscal 2010) through our fiscal year ended June 30, 2012 (Fiscal 2012), and in connection with those examinations has been reviewing our internal reorganization in Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal 2012 to consolidate certain intellectual property ownership in Luxembourg and Canada and our integration of certain acquisitions into the resulting structure. We also previously disclosed that the examinations may lead to proposed adjustments to our taxes that may be material, individually or in the aggregate, and that we had not recorded any material accruals for any such potential adjustments in our Consolidated Financial Statements. We previously disclosed that, as part of these examinations, on July 17, 2015 we received from the IRS an initial Notice of Proposed Adjustment (NOPA) in draft form, for Fiscal 2010 (the 2010 NOPA), and on July 11, 2018, we also received, consistent with previously disclosed expectations, a draft NOPA for Fiscal 2012 (the 2012 NOPA). On January 7, 2019, we received from the IRS official notification of proposed adjustments to our taxable income for Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal 2012, together with the 2010 NOPA and 2012 NOPA in final form. As of December 31, 2020, our estimated potential aggregate liability, as originally proposed by the IRS under the 2010 NOPA and the 2012 NOPA, including additional state income taxes plus penalties and continually accruing interest that may be due, would have been approximately $830 million, comprised of approximately $430 million in U.S. federal and state taxes, approximately $130 million of penalties, and approximately $270 million of interest. As previously disclosed, we disagree with the IRS’ positions and have been vigorously contesting the proposed adjustments to our taxable income, along with the proposed penalties and interest. On December 21, 2020, we entered into a closing agreement with the IRS resolving all of the proposed adjustments to our taxable income for Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal 2012 (the IRS Settlement). The IRS Settlement resulted in charges of $300.5 million during the year ended June 30, 2021 to "Provision for (recovery of) income taxes". In connection with the IRS Settlement, during the year ended June 30, 2021, we made aggregate payments to the IRS of $288.6 million in U.S. federal taxes and interest and $11.0 million of certain associated state tax and interest payments. As of June 30, 2021, the outstanding settlement amount of approximately $0.9 million is recorded within "Income taxes payable" in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Interest at the applicable statutory rates will continue to accrue until the time of payment. The IRS Settlement also eliminates approximately $90 million in future withholding taxes that we had expected to incur over the next 10 years. We believe the IRS Settlement to be in the best interest of all stakeholders, as it closes all past, present and future items related to this matter. The IRS Settlement provides finality to this longstanding matter. For additional information regarding the history of this IRS matter, please see note 14 "Guarantees and Contingencies" in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for Fiscal 2020. CRA Matter As part of its ongoing audit of our Canadian tax returns, the Canada Revenue Agency (CRA) has disputed our transfer pricing methodology used for certain intercompany transactions with our international subsidiaries and has issued notices of reassessment for Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2016. Assuming the utilization of available tax attributes (further described below), we estimate our potential aggregate liability, as of June 30, 2021, in connection with the CRA's reassessments for Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2016, to be limited to penalties, interest and provincial taxes that may be due of approximately $74 million. As of June 30, 2021, we have provisionally paid approximately $28 million in order to fully preserve our rights to object to the CRA's audit positions, being the minimum payment required under Canadian legislation while the matter is in dispute. This amount is recorded within "Long-term income taxes recoverable" on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2021. The notices of reassessment for Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2016 would, as drafted, increase our taxable income by approximately $90 million to $100 million for each of those years, as well as impose a 10% penalty on the proposed adjustment to income. Audits by the CRA of our tax returns for fiscal years prior to Fiscal 2012 have been completed with no reassessment of our income tax liability. 73 We strongly disagree with the CRA's positions and believe the reassessments of Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2016 (including any penalties) are without merit. We have filed notices of objection for Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2016. We are currently seeking competent authority consideration under applicable international treaties in respect of these reassessments. Even if we are unsuccessful in challenging the CRA's reassessments to increase our taxable income for Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2016, we have elective deductions available for those years (including carry-backs from later years) that would offset such increased amounts so that no additional cash tax would be payable, exclusive of any assessed penalties and interest, as described above. The CRA is also currently auditing Fiscal 2017 on a basis that we strongly disagree with and will vigorously contest. The focus of the CRA audit has been the valuation of certain intellectual property and goodwill when one of our subsidiaries continued into Canada from Luxembourg in July 2016. In accordance with applicable rules, these assets were recognized for tax purposes at fair market value as of that time, which value was supported by an expert valuation prepared by an independent leading accounting and advisory firm. In conjunction with the Fiscal 2017 audit, the CRA issued a proposal letter dated April 7, 2021 (Proposal Letter) indicating to us that it proposes to reassess our Fiscal 2017 tax year to reduce the depreciable basis of these assets. We are currently engaged in dialogue with the CRA regarding the 2017 audit and expect to be making extensive submissions in support of our position shortly. CRA’s currently-proposed position for Fiscal 2017 relies in significant part on the application of its positions regarding our transfer pricing methodology that are the basis for its reassessment of our fiscal years 2012 to 2016 described above, and that we believe are without merit. Other aspects of CRA’s currently-proposed position for Fiscal 2017 conflict with the expert valuation prepared by the independent leading accounting and advisory firm that was used to support our original filing position. If the CRA determines to issue a notice of reassessment in respect of Fiscal 2017 on the basis of its position set forth in the Proposal Letter and we are ultimately unsuccessful in defending our position, the estimated impact of the proposed adjustment could result in us recording an income tax expense, with no immediate cash payment, to reduce the stated value of our deferred tax assets of up to approximately $470 million. Any such income tax expense could also have a corresponding cash tax impact that would primarily occur over a period of several future years based upon annual income realization in Canada. We strongly disagree with the CRA’s position for Fiscal 2017 and intend to vigorously defend our original filing position. We will continue to vigorously contest the proposed adjustments to our taxable income and any penalty and interest assessments, as well as any proposed reduction to the basis of our depreciable property. We are confident that our original tax filing positions were appropriate. Accordingly, as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we have not recorded any accruals in respect of these reassessments or proposed reassessment in our Consolidated Financial Statements. The CRA has also advised us that they are currently in preliminary stages of auditing Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2019. Carbonite Class Action Complaint On August 1, 2019, prior to our acquisition of Carbonite, a purported stockholder of Carbonite filed a putative class action complaint against Carbonite, its former Chief Executive Officer, Mohamad S. Ali, and its former Chief Financial Officer, Anthony Folger, in the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts captioned Ruben A. Luna, Individually and on Behalf of All Others Similarly Situated v. Carbonite, Inc., Mohamad S. Ali, and Anthony Folger (No. 1:19-cv-11662- LTS). The complaint alleges violations of the federal securities laws under Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder. The complaint generally alleges that the defendants made materially false and misleading statements in connection with Carbonite’s Server Backup VM Edition, and seeks, among other things, the designation of the action as a class action, an award of unspecified compensatory damages, costs and expenses, including counsel fees and expert fees, and other relief as the court deems appropriate. On August 23, 2019, a nearly identical complaint was filed in the same court captioned William Feng, Individually and on Behalf of All Others Similarly Situated v. Carbonite, Inc., Mohamad S. Ali, and Anthony Folger (No. 1:19- cv-11808-LTS) (together with the Luna Complaint, the “Securities Actions”). On November 21, 2019, the court consolidated the Securities Actions, appointed a lead plaintiff, and designated a lead counsel. On January 15, 2020, the lead plaintiff filed a consolidated amended complaint generally making the same allegations and seeking the same relief as the complaint filed on August 1, 2019. The defendants moved to dismiss the Securities Actions on March 10, 2020. The motion was fully briefed in June 2020 and a hearing on the motion to dismiss the Securities Actions was held on October 15, 2020. Following the hearing, on October 22, 2020, the court granted with prejudice the defendants’ motion to dismiss the Securities Actions. On November 20, 2020, the lead plaintiff filed a notice of appeal to the Court of Appeals for the First Circuit. The appeal has been fully briefed and oral arguments before the Court of Appeals for the First Circuit were held on July 29, 2021. The court’s decision on the appeal is expected in the coming months and the defendants remain confident in the District Court’s dismissal with prejudice of the Securities Actions. 74 Carbonite vs Realtime Data On February 27, 2017, prior to our acquisition of Carbonite, a non-practicing entity named Realtime Data LLC (Realtime Data) filed a lawsuit against Carbonite in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas "Realtime Data LLC v. Carbonite, Inc. et al (No 6:17-cv-00121-RWS-JDL)", alleging that certain of Carbonite’s cloud storage services infringe upon certain patents held by Realtime Data. Realtime Data’s complaint against Carbonite sought damages in an unspecified amount and injunctive relief. On December 19, 2017, the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas transferred the case to the U.S District Court for the District of Massachusetts (No. 1:17-cv-12499). Realtime Data has also filed numerous other patent suits on the asserted patents against other companies around the country. In one of those suits, filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware, the Delaware Court on July 29, 2019 dismissed the lawsuit after declaring invalid three of the four patents asserted by Realtime Data against Carbonite; that decision was appealed to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit. By way of Order dated August 19, 2019, the U.S. District Court for the District of Massachusetts stayed the action against Carbonite pending the aforementioned appeal of the dismissal in the Delaware lawsuit. On October 23, 2020, the Appeals Court vacated and remanded the Delaware Court’s decision. Following the Appeals Court's decision, the Massachusetts District Court lifted the stay on the action against Carbonite. On January 21, 2021, the Court held a hearing to construe the claims of the asserted patents. As to the fourth patent asserted against Carbonite, the U.S. Patent & Trademark Office Patent Trial and Appeal Board on September 24, 2019 invalidated certain claims of that patent, including certain claims that had been asserted against Carbonite, and the parties jointly stipulated to dismiss the patent from the action. No trial date has been set in the action against Carbonite. We are vigorously defending the matter. We have not accrued a loss contingency related to this matter because litigation related to a non-practicing entity is inherently unpredictable. Although a loss is reasonably possible, an unfavorable outcome is not considered by management to be probable at this time and we remain unable to reasonably estimate a possible loss or range of loss associated with this litigation. Please also see Part I, Item 1A "Risk Factors" in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements We do not enter into off-balance sheet financing as a matter of practice, except for guarantees relating to taxes and letters of credit on behalf of parties with whom we conduct business. Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk We are primarily exposed to market risks associated with fluctuations in interest rates on our term loans, revolving loans and foreign currency exchange rates. Interest rate risk Our exposure to interest rate fluctuations relate primarily to our Term Loan B and the Revolver. As of June 30, 2021, we had an outstanding balance of $967.5 million on Term Loan B. Term Loan B bears a floating interest rate of 1.75% plus LIBOR. As of June 30, 2021, an adverse change of one percent on the interest rate would have the effect of increasing our annual interest payment on Term Loan B by approximately $9.7 million, assuming that the loan balance as of June 30, 2021 is outstanding for the entire period (June 30, 2020—$9.8 million). As of June 30, 2021, we had no outstanding balance under the Revolver. Borrowings under the Revolver bear interest per annum at a floating rate of LIBOR plus a fixed rate that is dependent on our consolidated net leverage ratio ranging from 1.25% to 1.75%. As of June 30, 2021, with no outstanding balance on the Revolver, an adverse change of one percent on the interest rate would have no effect on our annual interest payment (June 30, 2020—$6.0 million). For more information regarding the impact of LIBOR, see "Stress in the global financial system may adversely affect our finances and operations in ways that may be hard to predict or to defend against" included within Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Foreign currency risk Foreign currency transaction risk We transact business in various foreign currencies. Our foreign currency exposures typically arise from intercompany fees, intercompany loans and other intercompany transactions that are expected to be cash settled in the near term and are transacted in non-functional currency. We expect that we will continue to realize gains or losses with respect to our foreign currency exposures. Our ultimate realized gain or loss with respect to foreign currency exposures will generally depend on the 75 size and type of cross-currency transactions that we enter into, the currency exchange rates associated with these exposures and changes in those rates. Additionally, we have hedged certain of our Canadian dollar foreign currency exposures relating to our payroll expenses in Canada. Based on the foreign exchange forward contracts outstanding as of June 30, 2021, a one cent change in the Canadian dollar to U.S. dollar exchange rate would have caused a change of $0.7 million in the mark to market on our existing foreign exchange forward contracts (June 30, 2020—$0.6 million). Foreign currency translation risk Our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar. Fluctuations in foreign currencies impact the amount of total assets and liabilities that we report for our foreign subsidiaries upon the translation of these amounts into U.S. dollars. In particular, the amount of cash and cash equivalents that we report in U.S. dollars for a significant portion of the cash held by these subsidiaries is subject to translation variance caused by changes in foreign currency exchange rates as of the end of each respective reporting period (the offset to which is recorded to accumulated other comprehensive income on our Consolidated Balance Sheets). The following table shows our cash and cash equivalents denominated in certain major foreign currencies as of June 30, 2021 (equivalent in U.S. dollar): (In thousands) Euro British Pound Canadian Dollar Swiss Franc Other foreign currencies Total cash and cash equivalents denominated in foreign currencies U.S. Dollar Total cash and cash equivalents U.S. Dollar Equivalent at June 30, 2021 U.S. Dollar Equivalent at June 30, 2020 $ 331,974 $ 229,579 78,140 26,632 44,900 128,879 610,525 996,781 $ 1,607,306 $ 64,865 20,311 43,365 93,292 451,412 1,241,438 1,692,850 If overall foreign currency exchange rates in comparison to the U.S. dollar uniformly weakened by 10%, the amount of cash and cash equivalents we would report in equivalent U.S. dollars would decrease by $61.1 million (June 30, 2020—$45.1 million), assuming we have not entered into any derivatives discussed above under "Foreign Currency Transaction Risk". Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data The response to this Item 8 is submitted as a separate section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. See Part IV, Item 15. Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure None. Item 9A. Controls and Procedures (A) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures As of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, our management, with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, performed an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act. Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that as of June 30, 2021, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act were recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms, and that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports we file under the Exchange Act (according to Rule 13(a)-15(e)) is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. 76 (B) Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (ICFR), as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). ICFR is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer and effected by our Board of Directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of our financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. ICFR includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of assets; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with the authorizations of our management and our directors; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements. Our management assessed our ICFR as of June 30, 2021, the end of our most recent fiscal year. In making our assessment, our management used the criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on the results of our evaluation, our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, concluded that our ICFR was effective as of June 30, 2021. The results of our management’s assessment were reviewed with our Audit Committee and the conclusion that our ICFR was effective as of June 30, 2021 has been audited by KPMG LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included in Part IV, Item 15 of this Annual Report. Our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, do not expect that our disclosure controls or our ICFR will prevent or detect all error or all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system's objectives will be met. The design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Further, because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error. Controls can also be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls is based in part on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Any evaluation of prospective control effectiveness, with respect to future periods, is subject to risks. Over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with policies or procedures. (C) Attestation Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm KPMG LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has issued a report under Public Company Accounting Oversight Board Auditing Standards AS 2201 on the effectiveness of our ICFR. See Part IV, Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. (D) Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting (ICFR) Based on the evaluation completed by our management, in which our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer participated, our management has concluded that there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2021 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. As a result of COVID-19, we continue to operate under a work from home model. Although our pre-existing controls were not specifically designed to operate in this current environment, we continue to believe that our established internal control over financial reporting addresses all identified risk areas. We continue to monitor for any effects that the COVID-19 pandemic may have on the design or operating effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Item 9B. Other Information None. 77 Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance Part III The following table sets forth certain information as to our directors and executive officers as of July 30, 2021. Name Mark J. Barrenechea Madhu Ranganathan Lou Blatt Gordon A. Davies Prentiss Donohue Paul Duggan Simon Harrison Kristina Lengyel Muhi Majzoub James McGourlay Renee McKenzie Douglas M. Parker Howard Rosen Brian Sweeney P. Thomas Jenkins Randy Fowlie (2)(3) Major General David Fraser (3) Gail E. Hamilton (1) Robert Hau (2) Ann M. Powell Stephen J. Sadler Harmit Singh (2) Michael Slaunwhite (1)(3) Katharine B. Stevenson (2) Deborah Weinstein (1)(3) Senior Vice President, Chief Marketing Officer Senior Vice President, Chief Information Officer Senior Vice President, Corporate Development Senior Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer Age Office and Position Currently Held With Company 56 Vice Chair, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Technology Officer, Director 57 Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer 59 59 Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Development 51 Executive Vice President, SMB/C Sales 46 Executive Vice President, Worldwide Renewals 51 Executive Vice President, Enterprise Sales 53 Executive Vice President, Customer Solutions 61 Executive Vice President, Chief Product Officer 52 Executive Vice President, International Sales 46 50 57 57 Executive Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer 61 Chairman of the Board 61 Director 64 Director 71 Director 55 Director 55 Director 70 Director 58 Director 60 Director 59 Director 61 Director (1) Member of the Compensation Committee. (2) Member of the Audit Committee. (3) Member of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee. Mark J. Barrenechea Mr. Barrenechea joined OpenText in January 2012 as the President and Chief Executive Officer. In January 2016, Mr. Barrenechea took on the role of Chief Technology Officer, while remaining the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. In September 2017, Mr. Barrenechea was appointed Vice Chair, in addition to remaining the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Technology Officer. Before joining OpenText, Mr. Barrenechea was President and Chief Executive Officer of Silicon Graphics International Corporation (SGI), where he also served as a member of the Board. During Mr. Barrenechea's tenure at SGI, he led strategy and execution, which included transformative acquisition of assets, as well as penetrating diverse new markets and geographic regions. Mr. Barrenechea also served as a director of SGI from 2006 to 2012. Prior to SGI, Mr. Barrenechea served as Executive Vice President and CTO for CA, Inc. (CA), (formerly Computer Associates International, Inc.) from 2003 to 2006 and was a member of the executive management team. Before going to CA, Mr. Barrenechea was the Senior Vice President of Applications Development at Oracle Corporation from 1997 to 2003, managing a multi-thousand person global team while serving as a member of the executive management team. From 1994 to 1997, Mr. Barrenechea served as Vice President of Development at Scopus, a software applications company. Prior to Scopus, Mr. Barrenechea was the Vice President of Development at Tesseract, where he was responsible for reshaping the company's line of CRM and human capital management software. Mr. Barrenechea serves as a member of the Board and Audit Committee of Dick's Sporting Goods and also serves as a board member of Avery Dennison Corporation. In the past five years, Mr. Barrenechea also served as a director of Hamilton Insurance Group. Mr. Barrenechea holds a Bachelor of Science degree in computer science from Saint Michael's College. He 78 has been the recipient of many awards, including the 2011 Best Large Company CEO from the San Francisco Business Times and 2015 Results-Oriented CEO of the year by CEO World Awards. Mr. Barrenechea has authored several books including The Intelligent and Connected Enterprise, The Golden Age of Innovation, Digital Manufacturing, Digital Financial Services, On Digital, Digital: Disrupt or Die, eGovernment or Out of Government, Enterprise Information Management: The Next Generation of Enterprise Software. He has also written a number of whitepapers, such as The Resilient Organization: COVID-19 and New Ways to Work, The Cloud: Destination for Innovation and Security: Creating Trust in a Zero Trust World. Madhu Ranganathan Ms. Ranganathan joined OpenText as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer in April 2018. With more than 25 years of financial leadership experience, Ms. Ranganathan most recently served as the Chief Financial Officer for [24]7.ai from June 2008 to March 2018. Ms. Ranganathan also held senior financial roles at Rackable Systems from December 2005 to May 2008, Redback Networks from August 2002 to November 2005, and Backweb Technologies from December 1996 to January 2000. She also has public accounting experience with PriceWaterhouseCoopers LLC. Ms. Ranganathan currently serves as a Board Member for the Bank of Montreal and Akamai Technologies. In past years she served as a Board Member of ServiceSource and Watermark, a Bay Area organization focused on professional development for women. Ms. Ranganathan holds an MBA in Finance from the University of Massachusetts, is a member of the AICPA and a Chartered Accountant (India). Lou Blatt Mr. Blatt has served as OpenText’s Senior Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer since April 2020. Prior to joining OpenText, Mr. Blatt served as the Senior Vice President, Strategy and Operations at Genesys from June 2015 to July 2019. While at Genesys, Mr. Blatt led strategic efforts, including the company’s transition to the cloud. From April 2011 to June 2015 Mr. Blatt served as Senior Vice President at Pega (PEGA) leading its transformation from a business process management company to a customer relationship management company. Mr. Blatt was also the Chief Product Officer at ACI Worldwide (ACIW) from March 2008 to March 2011 where he was responsible for defining and communicating the company’s product vision, strategy and the development life cycle. Mr. Blatt holds a Ph.D. and MA from Boston University and graduated from the Advanced Management Program at Harvard Business School. Mr. Blatt currently serves as Advisory Board Member for Earth PBC, a software company focused on sustainability and fair labor practices in some of the most remote parts of the world. Gordon A. Davies Mr. Davies joined OpenText as Chief Legal Officer in September 2009. Mr. Davies also has responsibility for Corporate Development, the Office of the Chief Compliance Officer and the Corporate Secretary Group. Prior to joining OpenText, Mr. Davies was the Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary of Nortel Networks Corporation. During his sixteen years at Nortel, Mr. Davies acted as Deputy General Counsel and Corporate Secretary during 2008, and as interim Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary in 2005 and again in 2007. He led the Corporate Securities legal team as General Counsel-Corporate from 2003, with responsibility for providing legal support on all corporate and securities law matters, and spent five years in Europe supporting all aspects of the Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA) business, ultimately as General Counsel, EMEA. Prior to joining Nortel, Mr. Davies practiced securities law at a major Toronto law firm. Mr. Davies holds an LL.B and an MBA from the University of Ottawa, and a B.A. from the University of British Columbia. He is a member of the Law Society of Upper Canada, the Canadian Bar Association, the Association of Canadian General Counsel and the Society of Corporate Secretaries and Governance Professionals. Prentiss Donohue Mr. Donohue has served as Executive Vice President of Small and Medium-sized Business and Consumer (SMB/C) Sales since December 2020. Prior to this role, Mr. Donohue served as Senior Vice President, Portfolio Group from January 2019 to December 2020 and as Senior Vice President of Professional Services from April 2016 to January 2019. He brings over 20 years of experience in support and services management. Prior to joining OpenText, Mr. Donohue served as Group Vice President and General Manager of Advanced Customer Services for Oracle Corporation from January 2010 to March 2016, where he was responsible for driving Oracle’s innovative software, systems and cloud services. From April 1998 to December 2010, Mr. Donohue worked at Sun Microsystems in various leadership roles, including in Managed Services Management and Corporate Marketing. Mr. Donohue served on the board of directors of Summit Charter School until May 2016. Mr. Donohue holds a BA from the University of Colorado and has completed executive leadership programs at the University of Michigan’s Ross School of Business and the University of Hong Kong. 79 Paul Duggan Mr. Duggan has served as Executive Vice President, Worldwide Renewals since July 2021. Prior to this role, Mr. Duggan served as Senior Vice President, Revenue Operations from January 2017 to July 2021. He is responsible for operations across sales, professional services, business networks, and customer support. Prior to joining OpenText, Mr. Duggan held various roles at Oracle Corporation, including Group Vice President of Support Renewal Sales, North America from December 1999 to January 2017. Previously, Mr. Duggan served on the advisory board for the Technology Services Industry Association from 2016 to 2017. He has completed executive leadership programs at the University of Michigan Ross School of Business and IESE Business School in Barcelona, Spain. Simon Harrison Mr. Harrison has served as the Company’s Executive Vice President of Enterprise Sales since March 2021. Prior to this, Mr. Harrison, who joined the Company through its acquisition of IXOS AG, has held a number of senior leadership roles, including serving as its Executive Vice President, Worldwide Sales from October 2017 to March 2021, Senior Vice President of Enterprise Sales from 2015 to 2017, Senior Vice President of Fast Growth Markets from 2014 to 2015 and as the Company’s Senior Vice President of Sales for the EMEA region from 2012 to 2014. Mr. Harrison holds an honors degree in Computer Science from Leeds University. Kristina Lengyel Ms. Lengyel has served as the Company's Executive Vice President, Customer Solutions since March 2021. Prior to joining OpenText, Ms. Lengyel served as Vice President of Global Solutions at Salesforce from July 2019 to March 2021, heading their global analytics (Tableau) services practice. Ms. Lengyel held key executive roles at Kronos (now Ultimate Kronos Group), overseeing global customer solutions and engineering, from 2010 to 2019. Ms. Lengyel also served as a member of the executive leadership team at Open Solutions (acquired by Fiserv) from 2006 to 2009, and at Concerto (now Aspect) Software from 2001 to 2003. Ms. Lengyel holds a Master's Degree in Business Administration from Northeastern University and a Bachelor's Degree in computer engineering from Sault College of Applied Arts and Technology. Muhi Majzoub Mr. Majzoub has served as Executive Vice President, Chief Product Officer since September 2019. Prior to this role, Mr. Majzoub served as Executive Vice President, Engineering from January 2016 to September 2019 and as Senior Vice President, Engineering from June 2012 to January 2016. Mr. Majzoub is responsible for managing product development cycles, global development organization and driving internal operations and development processes. Mr. Majzoub is a seasoned enterprise software technology executive having recently served as Head of Products for NorthgateArinso, a private company that provides global Human Resources software and services. Prior to this, Mr. Majzoub was Senior Vice President of Product Development for CA, Technologies from June 2004 to July 2010. Mr. Majzoub also worked for several years as Vice President for Product Development at Oracle Corporation from January 1989 to June 2004. Mr. Majzoub attended San Francisco State University. James McGourlay Mr. McGourlay has served as Executive Vice President, International Sales since July 2021. Prior to this, Mr. McGourlay was the Company's Executive Vice President, Customer Operations from October 2017 to July 2021, Senior Vice President of Global Technical Services from May 2015 to October 2017 and Senior Vice President of Worldwide Customer Service from February 2012 to May 2015. Mr. McGourlay joined OpenText in 1997 and held progressive positions in information technology, technical support, product support and special projects, including, Director, Customer Service and Vice President, Customer Service. Renee McKenzie Ms. McKenzie was appointed Senior Vice President, Chief Information Officer for OpenText in April 2021. Ms. McKenzie joined the Company in 2004 and has held a number of positions within the Company, including Vice President, Enterprise Business Systems from 2015 to 2021. Ms. McKenzie holds a Master's Degree in Business Administration and a Bachelor's Degree in Biology & Psychology from Dalhousie University in Halifax, Nova Scotia, Canada. Douglas M. Parker Mr. Parker has served as the Company’s Senior Vice President, Corporate Development since October 2019. From January 2018 to October 2019, Mr. Parker served as President & Chief Executive Officer of Quarterhill Inc., focused on the acquisition, management and growth of companies in dedicated technology areas. Mr. Parker previously served as Senior Vice 80 President, Corporate Development of OpenText from 2015 to 2017. Prior to this role, Mr. Parker held the position of Vice President, General Counsel & Assistant Secretary from 2009 to 2015, where he was responsible for a variety of corporate legal, litigation management, and governance activities. Mr. Parker also served as Executive Sponsor to OpenText Brazil operations in 2014. Prior to joining OpenText, Mr. Parker worked for Nortel Networks Corporation in a variety of senior legal roles, including Managing Attorney, where he was responsible for the company’s global M&A legal function from 2006 to 2009. Mr. Parker holds an Executive Masters of Business Administration from the Richard Ivey School of Business, the University of Western Ontario, a Bachelor of Laws degree from Queen’s University, and a Bachelor of Arts (Honors) degree from Trinity College, the University of Toronto. Howard Rosen Mr. Rosen joined OpenText as Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer in April 2020. Prior to joining OpenText, Mr. Rosen served as Vice President, Global Controller and Principal Accounting Officer at Wesco Aircraft from September 2018 to March 2020. Mr. Rosen also served as Vice President and Corporate Controller at Safe-Guard Products International from June 2017 to September 2018, as Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer at RioCan from 2011 to 2016, as Chief Accounting Officer, Global Controller at Husky Injection Moldings System from 2010 to 2011 and as Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer at MDS Inc. from 2007 to 2010. Mr. Rosen is a CPA and holds a BSBA, Accounting from Georgetown University. Brian Sweeney Mr. Sweeney joined OpenText as Chief Human Resources Officer in October 2018. He has over 25 years of experience as a Human Resource (HR) leader in high growth, global technology businesses, and professional services consulting. He has led organizational growth and transformation initiatives, including international expansion, M&A, global talent management, compensation and benefits, employee engagement, communication and cultural transformation. Prior to joining OpenText, Mr. Sweeney worked at Amgen Inc. from 2003 to 2018, where he served in various HR leadership roles, including Global VP of HR, Head of HR for Global R&D, and VP of International Human Resources. Prior to this, Mr. Sweeney worked at Dell, where he served as Director of Worldwide Compensation and Benefits from 1993 to 1997 and HR Director from 1997 to 2001. From 1989 to 1992, Mr. Sweeney was a Human Resource consultant at AON Hewitt Associates, working across multiple client industry sectors in the practice areas of employee benefits and executive compensation. Earlier in his professional career, Mr. Sweeney worked in corporate sales and sales management for Steelcase, Inc. Mr. Sweeney holds an MBA from the University of Michigan and a Bachelor's degree in Sociology from Vanderbilt University. P. Thomas Jenkins Mr. Jenkins is Chair of the Board of OpenText. From 1994 to 2005, Mr. Jenkins was President, then Chief Executive Officer and then from 2005 to 2013, Chief Strategy Officer of OpenText. Mr. Jenkins has served as a Director of OpenText since 1994 and as its Chairman since 1998. In addition to his OpenText responsibilities, Mr. Jenkins is Chair of the World Wide Web Foundation, a Commissioner of the Tri-Lateral Commission. Mr. Jenkins has also served as a board member of Manulife Financial Corporation, Thomson Reuters Inc. and TransAlta Corporation. He was also past Chair of the Ontario Global 100 (OG100) and past Canadian Co-Chair of the Atlantik Bruecke. He was the tenth Chancellor of the University of Waterloo and was the Chair of the National Research Council of Canada (NRC). Mr. Jenkins received an M.B.A. from Schulich School of Business at York University, an M.A.Sc. from the University of Toronto and a B.Eng. & Mgt. from McMaster University. Mr. Jenkins received honorary doctorates from six universities. He is a member of the Waterloo Region Entrepreneur Hall of Fame, a Companion of the Canadian Business Hall of Fame and recipient of the Ontario Entrepreneur of the Year award, the McMaster Engineering L.W. Shemilt Distinguished Alumni Award and the Schulich School of Business Outstanding Executive Leadership award. He is a Fellow of the Canadian Academy of Engineering (FCAE). Mr. Jenkins was awarded the Canadian Forces Decoration (CD) and the Queen's Diamond Jubilee Medal (QJDM). Mr. Jenkins is an Officer of the Order of Canada (OC). Randy Fowlie Mr. Fowlie has served as a director of OpenText since March 1998. From December 2010 to April 2017, Mr. Fowlie was the President and CEO of RDM Corporation, a leading provider of specialized hardware and software solutions in the electronic payment industry. Mr. Fowlie operated a consulting practice from July 2006 to December 2010. From January 2005 until July 2006, Mr. Fowlie held the position of Vice President and General Manager, Digital Media, of Harris Corporation, formerly Leitch Technology Corporation (Leitch), a company that was engaged in the manufacturing of audio and video infrastructure products for the professional broadcast and video industry. From June 1999 to January 2005, Mr. Fowlie held the position of Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Inscriber Technology Corporation (Inscriber), a software company providing products to the broadcast and video industry. From February 1998 to June 1999, Mr. Fowlie was the Chief Financial 81 Officer of Inscriber. Inscriber was acquired by Leitch in January 2005. Prior to working at Inscriber Mr. Fowlie was a partner with KPMG LLP, Chartered Accountants, where he worked from 1984 to February 1998. Mr. Fowlie received a B.B.A. (Honours) from Wilfrid Laurier University and is a Chartered Professional Accountant. Mr. Fowlie is also a director of Dye & Durham Limited (TSX: DND) a leading provider of cloud–based software and technology solutions for legal and business professionals, as well as InvestorCom Inc. and Sapphire Digital Health Solutions Inc., both privately held companies. In the last five years, Mr. Fowlie also served as a director of RDM Corporation. Major General David Fraser Major-General (Ret.) David Fraser has served as a director of OpenText since September 2018. Mr. Fraser is the President of Aegis Six Corporation of Toronto. Mr. Fraser was commissioned as an Infantry Officer following graduation from Carleton University with a Bachelor of Arts in 1980. He served in various command and staff positions in the Princess Patricia’s Canadian Light Infantry from platoon to Division throughout his 30 year career. Most notable, he commanded the NATO coalition in southern Afghanistan in 2006. He is a graduate of the Canadian Forces Command and Staff College in Toronto, holds a Master’s of Management and Policy and is a graduate of the United States Capstone Program (Executive School for generals). His honors and awards including the Commander of Military Merit, the Canadian Meritorious Service Cross, the Meritorious Service Medal, the United States Legion of Honor and Bronze Star (for service in Afghanistan), and leadership recognition awards from the Netherlands, Poland, and NATO. He is the recipient of the Vimy award for contributions to leadership and international affairs and the Atlantic Council Award for international leadership. Upon his departure from the military, Mr. Fraser joined the private sector and, along with his partners, created Blue Goose Pure Foods. Mr. Fraser joined INKAS® Armored Vehicle Manufacturing as their Chief Operating Officer in 2015 until 2017. In 2016, he founded Aegis Six Corporation, which aims at addressing the needs of capacity building abroad and for the private sector within Canada. Mr. Fraser currently works with the Bank of Montreal on their Canadian Defence Community Banking Program, serves as a director of Route1, Inc, Antoxa Corp. and the Canadian Forces College Foundation and is a member of The Prince’s Charities Advisory Council. In the last five years, Mr. Fraser was also a member of the Conference of Defence Association board. Mr. Fraser is also a mentor at the Ivey Business School and is the co-author of Operation Medusa, The Furious Battle that Saved Afghanistan from the Taliban. Gail E. Hamilton Ms. Hamilton has served as a director of OpenText since December 2006. For the five years prior thereto, Ms. Hamilton led a team of over 2,000 employees worldwide as Executive Vice President at Symantec Corp (Symantec), an infrastructure software company, and most recently had “P&L” responsibility for their global services and support business. While leading Symantec's $2B enterprise and consumer business, Ms. Hamilton helped steer the company through an aggressive acquisition strategy. In 2003, Information Security magazine recognized Ms. Hamilton as one of the “20 Women Luminaries” shaping the security industry. Ms. Hamilton has over 20 years of experience growing leading technology and services businesses in the enterprise market. She has extensive management experience at Compaq and Hewlett Packard, as well as Microtec Research. Ms. Hamilton received both a BSEE from the University of Colorado and an MSEE from Stanford University. Currently, Ms. Hamilton is also a director of Arrow Electronics. In the past five years Ms. Hamilton also served as a director of Ixia and Westmoreland Coal Company. She was recently named as one of WomenInc.'s 2018 Most Influential Corporate Board Directors. Robert Hau Mr. Hau has served as a director of OpenText since September 2020. He is the Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer at Fiserv, Inc., and provides oversight for all financial functions of the company. Mr. Hau has nearly 30 years of experience in business and financial leadership roles. Prior to joining Fiserv, he was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of TE Connectivity Ltd. from 2012 to 2016, where he was responsible for developing and implementing financial strategy, as well as creating the financial infrastructure necessary to drive the company’s financial direction, vision and compliance initiatives. Previously, Mr. Hau served as Chief Financial Officer for Lennox International Inc. Mr. Hau also spent 22 years at Honeywell International Inc. in a variety of progressive financial and operations leadership roles, including serving as Chief Financial Officer of its Aerospace Business Group, Specialty Materials Business Group and Aerospace Electronic Systems Unit. Mr. Hau holds a Master’s degree in business administration from the USC Marshall School of Business and a Bachelor’s degree in business administration from Marquette University. Ann M. Powell Ms. Powell has served as a director of OpenText since June 2021. She is the EVP, Global Chief Human Resource Officer for Bristol Myers Squibb (BMS) whose mission is to discover, develop and deliver innovative medicines that help patients prevail over serious diseases. With a focus on business performance, Ms. Powell leads efforts to drive the corporation’s global 82 people strategy, empowering the company’s current and future workforce and building a healthy culture focused on serving patients and communities. Ms. Powell works across the enterprise to support BMS’s commitment to creating an energizing work experience and a culture that is powerfully diverse and globally inclusive. Ms. Powell’s industry experience and expertise lie in executive compensation, global leadership development, change management, global diversity and inclusion, training design and delivery, recruitment and placement, labor relations, mergers and acquisitions, divestitures and green field start-ups. With a career spanning both international and domestic assignments, Ms. Powell has held leadership roles of increasing responsibility within the gas, chemical and pharmaceutical industries, including Dow Chemical and Wyeth Pharmaceuticals. Prior to joining BMS in 2013, Ms. Powell was the Chief Human Resources Officer for Shire Pharmaceuticals. Ms. Powell holds a B.S. degree from Iowa State University, a Master’s degree in Industrial Relations, University of Minnesota, and is certified as a Senior Professional in Human Resources (SPHR®). Stephen J. Sadler Mr. Sadler has served as a director of OpenText since September 1997. From April 2000 to present, Mr. Sadler has served as the Chairman and CEO of Enghouse Systems Limited, a publicly traded software company that provides enterprise software solutions focusing on remote work, contact centers, visual computing and communications for next generation software defined networks. Mr. Sadler was previously Chief Financial Officer, President and Chief Executive Officer of GEAC Computer Corporation Ltd. (GEAC). Prior to Mr. Sadler's involvement with GEAC, he held executive positions with Phillips Electronics Limited and Loblaws Companies Limited, and was Chairman of Helix Investments (Canada) Inc. Currently, Mr. Sadler is a director of Enghouse Systems Limited. Mr. Sadler has a Business and Security Valuation certificate from Canadian Association of Business Valuators, holds a B.A. Sc. (Honours) in Industrial Engineering and an M.B.A. (Dean's List) from York University. He is also a Chartered Professional Accountant. Harmit Singh Mr. Singh has served as a director of OpenText since September 2018. He is the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Levi Strauss & Co., where he is responsible for managing the company’s finance, information technology, strategic sourcing and global business services functions globally. This includes: financial planning and analysis; strategic planning and corporate development; accounting and controls; tax; enterprise risk management; treasury; internal audit; and investor relations. Mr. Singh is a seasoned financial executive with almost 30 years of experience in driving growth for global consumer brands. Prior to joining Levi Strauss & Co. in January 2013, Mr. Singh has served as Chief Financial Officer of Hyatt Hotels Corporation, where he played an instrumental role in successfully establishing a global financial structure, taking the company public, building a strong balance sheet, and driving growth by supporting capital deployment for acquisition and investments. Before Hyatt Hotels Corporation, Mr. Singh held various global leadership roles at Yum! Brands Inc., one of the world’s largest restaurant companies, (including acting as Chief Financial Officer of Pizza Hut and Chief Financial Officer of Yum International). Early in his career, Mr. Singh also worked at American Express India and PriceWaterhouse in India. Mr. Singh holds a Bachelor of Commerce from Shri Ram College of Commerce, Delhi University, and is a Chartered Accountant from India. He is also a member of the CNBC Global CFO Council and Wall Street Journal CFO Network. In October 2016, Mr. Singh was named to the board of directors of Buffalo Wild Wings Inc., the owner, operator and franchisor of Buffalo Wings® restaurants, where he served as a director and Chair of the Audit Committee until February 2018. Michael Slaunwhite Mr. Slaunwhite has served as a director of OpenText since March 1998. Mr. Slaunwhite also previously served on the board of Vector Talent Holdings, L.P., the parent holding company of Saba Software from 2017 to December 2020. Previously, Mr. Slaunwhite also served as Chairman of the Board of Saba Software. Prior to his appointment at Vector Talent Holdings, Mr. Slaunwhite served as CEO and Chairman of Halogen Software Inc. from 2000 to August 2006, as President and Chairman from 1995 to 2000, and as a Director and Chairman from 1995 up to its acquisition by Vector Talent Holdings in 2017. From 1994 to 1995, Mr. Slaunwhite was an independent consultant to a number of companies, assisting them with strategic and financing plans. Mr. Slaunwhite was the Chief Financial Officer of Corel Corporation from 1988 to 1993. Mr. Slaunwhite holds a B.A. Commerce (Honours) from Carleton University. Katharine B. Stevenson Ms. Stevenson has served as a director of OpenText since December 2008. She has extensive corporate governance experience, having served on numerous public company and not-for-profit boards in Canada and the US over the past two decades, where she has consistently assumed leadership roles. Ms. Stevenson is the Chair of the Board of the Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce (CIBC). Ms. Stevenson is also a director of CIBC Bancorp USA Inc. and CIBC USA, and serves on the board of Capital Power Corporation (Audit Committee Chair). In the last five years, Ms. Stevenson also served as a director of CAE Inc. She also serves on the St. Michael's Hospital Foundation Board and its Executive Committee. She was previously a 83 financial executive in the telecommunications and banking sectors. Ms. Stevenson holds a B.A. (Magna Cum Laude) from Harvard University. She is certified with the professional designation ICD.D. granted by the Institute of Corporate Directors (ICD). Ms. Stevenson was named one of the 2018 Top 100 Most Powerful Women. Deborah Weinstein Ms. Weinstein has served as a director of OpenText since December 2009. Ms. Weinstein is a co-founder and partner of LaBarge Weinstein LLP, a business law firm based in Ottawa, Ontario, since 1997. Ms. Weinstein's legal practice specializes in corporate finance, securities law, mergers and acquisitions and business law representation of public and private companies, primarily in knowledge-based growth industries. Prior to founding LaBarge Weinstein LLP, Ms. Weinstein was a partner of the law firm Blake, Cassels & Graydon LLP, where she practiced from 1990 to 1997 in Ottawa, and in Toronto from 1985 to 1987. Ms. Weinstein also serves on a number of not-for-profit boards. Ms. Weinstein has been recognized by Martindale-Hubbell (U.S.) with the highest possible rating in both Legal Ability and Ethical Standards. As well LaBarge Weinstein has been recognized by Canadian Lawyer as one of the Top 10 Corporate Boutiques. Ms. Weinstein holds an LL.B. from Osgoode Hall Law School of York University. Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings Mr. Sadler was a director of Frontline Technologies Inc. (formerly Belzberg Technologies Inc.) from October 1997 to April 2012. Subsequent to Mr. Sadler's resignation, Frontline Technologies Inc. filed an assignment into bankruptcy under applicable bankruptcy and insolvency laws of Canada. Audit Committee The Audit Committee currently consists of four directors, Mr. Fowlie (Chair), Mr. Hau, Mr. Singh and Ms. Stevenson, all of whom have been determined by the Board of Directors to be independent as that term is defined in NASDAQ Rule 5605(a)(2) and in Rule 10A-3 promulgated by the SEC under the Exchange Act, and within the meaning of our director independence standards and those of any exchange, quotation system or market upon which our securities are traded. The responsibilities, mandate and operation of the Audit Committee are set out in the Audit Committee Charter, a copy of which is available on the Company's website, investors.opentext.com under the Corporate Governance section. The Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Fowlie qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is defined in SEC Regulation S-K, Item 407(d)(5)(ii). Code of Business Conduct and Ethics We have a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the Ethics Code) that applies to all of our directors, officers and employees. The Ethics Code incorporates our guidelines designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships, and compliance with all applicable laws and regulations. The Ethics Code also incorporates our expectations of our employees that enable us to provide full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in our filings with the SEC and other public communications. The full text of the Ethics Code is published on our web site at investors.opentext.com under the Corporate Governance section. If we make any substantive amendments to the Ethics Code or grant any waiver, including any implicit waiver, from a provision of the Ethics Code to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or Chief Accounting Officer, we will disclose the nature of the amendment or waiver on our website at investors.opentext.com or on a Current Report on Form 8-K. Board Diversity and Term Limits The Company, including the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, views diversity in a broad context and considers a variety of factors when assessing nominees for the Board. The Company has established a Board Diversity Policy recognizing that a Board made up of highly qualified directors from diverse backgrounds, including diversity of gender, age, race, sexual orientation, religion, ethnicity and geographic representation, is important. In reference to the new disclosure requirements under the CBCA, the Company has not adopted a written policy that specifically relates to the identification and nomination of women, aboriginal peoples in Canada, persons with disabilities and members of visible minorities (the “Designated Groups”) for election as directors. As discussed above, the Board Diversity Policy of the Company includes consideration of broader categories of diversity beyond those of the Designated Groups but which encompass the Designated Groups and which the Board of Directors considers to be better aligned to achieve the range of perspectives, experience and expertise required by the Company. As of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, for 84 each of the four Designated Groups, the Company has not established a specific target number or percentage, nor a specific target date by which to achieve a specific target number or percentage of members of each Designated Groups on the Board, as we consider a multitude of factors, including skills, experience, expertise, character and the Company’s objective and challenges at the time in determining the best nominee at such time. As of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, there are currently four women on the Board which represents approximately 33% of the current Board and of the director nominees, and 40% of the current independent Board members. One director self-identified to the Company as a person with disabilities. The Company has not set term limits for independent directors because it values the cumulative experience and comprehensive knowledge of the Company that long serving directors possess. The Company does not have a director retirement policy. However the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee considers the results of its director assessment process in determining the nominees to be put forward. In conducting director evaluations and nominations, the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee considers the composition of the Board and whether there is a need to include nominees with different skills, experiences and perspectives on the Board. This flexible approach allows the Company to consider each director individually as well as the Board composition generally to determine if the appropriate balance is being achieved. Diversity in Executive Officer Positions The Company is committed to a diverse and inclusive workplace, including advancing women to executive officer positions. The Company has not adopted specific objectives or targets regarding Designated Groups at the executive officer level, as we consider a multitude of factors, including skills, experience, expertise, character and the Company’s objectives and challenges at the time in determining the best appointment at such time; however, the Company has adopted a formal written Global Employment Equity and Diversity Policy which expresses its commitment to fostering a diverse and inclusive workplace for all employees, regardless of culture, national origin, race, color, gender, gender identification, sexual orientation, family status, age, veteran status, disability, or religion, or other basis. The Company currently has one woman as a Named Executive Officer (20%) and three women as executive officers part of the executive leadership team (ELT) (23%), while approximately 25% of existing positions on the senior leadership team (SLT), exclusive of our ELT, are held by women. In addition, two members of the ELT and SLT have self-identified to the Company as a visible minority. A principal objective of our Global Employment Equity and Diversity Policy is to support and monitor the identification, development and retention of diverse employees, including gender diversity at executive and leadership positions. We will continue to develop a sustainable culture of equity, diversity and inclusion that provides all employees an opportunity to excel, and strive to present diverse slates of candidates for all our roles and mandate it for our senior leader positions. Item 11. Executive Compensation COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT Our Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed with our management the following Compensation Discussion and Analysis (CD&A). Based on this review and discussion, our Compensation Committee has recommended to the Board that the following CD&A be included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for Fiscal 2021. This report is provided by the following independent directors, who comprise our Compensation Committee: Michael Slaunwhite (Chair), Gail E. Hamilton, Deborah Weinstein. To the extent that this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been or will be specifically incorporated by reference into any filing by us under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act), this “Compensation Committee Report” shall not be deemed “soliciting materials”, unless specifically otherwise provided in any such filing. COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS The following discussion and analysis of compensation arrangements of the following individuals for the fiscal year which ended on June 30, 2021 (Fiscal 2021), should be read together with the compensation tables and related disclosures set forth below: (i) our principal executive officer, (ii) our principal financial officer, and (iii) our three most highly compensated executive officers, other than our principal executive officer and principal financial officer (collectively, the Named Executive Officers). This discussion contains forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and projections regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt in the future may differ materially from the various planned programs summarized in this discussion. 85 Payments in Canadian dollars included herein, unless otherwise specified, are converted to U.S. dollars using an average annual exchange rate of 0.773416. Overview of Compensation Program Determining the compensation of our Named Executive Officers is the responsibility of the Compensation Committee of OpenText's board of directors (the Compensation Committee or the Committee), either alone or in certain circumstances, in consultation with the Board. The Compensation Committee ensures compensation decisions are in line with our goal to provide total compensation to our Named Executive Officers that (i) is fair, reasonable and consistent with our compensation philosophy to achieve our short-term and long-term business goals, and (ii) provides market competitive compensation. The Named Executive Officers who are the subject of this CD&A are: • Mark J. Barrenechea - Vice Chair, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Technology Officer (CEO) • Madhu Ranganathan - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (CFO) • Simon Harrison - Executive Vice President, Enterprise Sales • Muhi Majzoub - Executive Vice President, Chief Product Officer • Gordon A. Davies - Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Development Compensation Oversight Process Role of Compensation Committee The Compensation Committee has responsibility for the oversight of executive compensation within the terms and conditions of our various compensation plans. The Compensation Committee approves the compensation of our executive officers, with the exception of our CEO. In making compensation decisions relating to, among other things, performance targets, base salary, bonuses, executive benefits, short-term incentives and long-term incentives, the Compensation Committee considers the input of the CEO. With respect to the compensation of our CEO, the Compensation Committee makes recommendations to the Board (excluding the CEO) for approval. The Compensation Committee reviews and approves all equity awards related to executive compensation prior to final approval and granting by the Board. The Board, the Compensation Committee, and our management have instituted a set of detailed policies and procedures to evaluate the performance of each of our Named Executive Officers which help determine the amount of the short-term incentives and long-term incentives to award to each Named Executive Officer. The Compensation Committee considers previous compensation awards, competitive market practice, the impact of tax, accounting treatments and applicable regulatory requirements when approving compensation programs. During Fiscal 2021, the Committee’s work included the following: • • • Executive Compensation Review - The Compensation Committee continually reviews compensation practices and policies with respect to our senior management team against similar-sized global technology companies, in order to allow us to place our compensation practices for these positions in a market context. This benchmarking may include a review of base salary, short-term incentives and long-term incentives. Long-Term Incentive Plan - The Compensation Committee reviewed semi-annual analysis provided by Mercer Canada Limited (Mercer) related to performance under all outstanding Performance Share Unit Programs (for details on the programs, refer to the section titled “Long Term Incentives”). COVID-19 Compensation Review - As previously disclosed, in order to mitigate the operational impacts of COVID-19, our Compensation Committee and Board approved certain compensation adjustments, relating to our Named Executive Officers and directors, effective for the period May 15, 2020 through June 30, 2021, subject to review and modification as the situation warranted. After careful consideration and review of performance during the COVID-19 pandemic, which was above the level expected at the start of the fiscal year, the Compensation Committee and Board approved the restoration of all previously announced compensation adjustments for all Named Executive Officers and directors, including the CEO, which became effective December 1, 2020. Cash compensation forbearance remained in place from July 1, 2020 through November 30, 2020, as detailed in the table under "Competitive Compensation" below. Please also see "Outlook for Fiscal 2022" in Part II, Item 7, elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K. 86 Although the Compensation Committee has responsibility for decisions on executive compensation, it may consider input from management, analysis provided from the compensation consultant, as well as other factors that the Committee considers appropriate. Please also see "Other Long-Term Equity Grants" and "Long-Term Equity Grants to CEO" below. Compensation Consultant NASDAQ standards require compensation committees to have certain responsibilities and authority regarding the retention, oversight and funding of committees' advisors and perform an evaluation of each advisor's independence, taking into consideration all factors relevant to that person's independence from management. NASDAQ standards also require that such rights and responsibilities be enumerated in the compensation committee's charter. While, as a foreign private issuer under the U.S. federal securities laws, we are exempt from these rules, nonetheless, our Compensation Committee has the sole authority to retain and terminate outside consultants. From time to time, the Compensation Committee seeks the advice of an outside compensation consultant to provide assistance and guidance on compensation issues. The compensation consultant may provide the Compensation Committee with relevant information pertaining to market compensation levels, alternative compensation plan designs, market trends and best practices and may assist the Compensation Committee with respect to determining the appropriate benchmarks for each Named Executive Officer's compensation. In Fiscal 2021, the Compensation Committee retained Hugessen Consulting Inc. (Hugessen), an independent consulting firm specializing in executive compensation consulting. During Fiscal 2021 representatives of Hugessen were consulted from time to time by members of the Compensation Committee. Hugessen reviewed relevant information and industry benchmarks and independently advised members of the Compensation Committee on matters relating to CEO and executive officer compensation. Hugessen did not provide any other services to the Company during Fiscal 2021, outside of its capacity as compensation consultants. In Fiscal 2021, Compensation Committee also had various discussions with Frederic W. Cook & Co., Inc. (FW Cook), an independent consulting firm specializing in executive compensation consulting. During Fiscal 2021, the Chairman and members of the Compensation Committee held discussions from time to time with representatives of FW Cook in connection with compensation market practices in light of COVID-19, and potential impacts on Company's financial performance. FW Cook reviewed relevant information and industry benchmarks on matters relating to CEO and executive officer compensation, including compensation market practices adopted in light of COVID-19. The Compensation Committee met four times during Fiscal 2021. Management assisted in the coordination and preparation of the meeting agenda and materials for each meeting. The agenda is reviewed and approved by the Chairman of the Compensation Committee. The meeting materials are generally posted and made available to the other Committee members and invitees, if any, for review approximately one week in advance of each meeting. Compensation Philosophy and Objectives We believe that compensation plays an important role in achieving short and long-term business objectives that ultimately drives business success in alignment with long-term shareholder value creation. 87 Our compensation philosophy is based on three fundamental principles: l Strong link to business strategy - Our short and long- term goals are reflected in our overall compensation program. l Pay for performance - We aim to reward sustained company performance by aligning a significant portion of total compensation to our financial results and strategic objectives. We believe compensation should fluctuate with financial performance and accordingly, we structure total compensation to be at or above our peer group median when our financial performance exceeds our target performance and likewise, we structure total compensation to be below our peer group median if our financial performance falls below our targets. l Market relevant - Our compensation program provides market competitive pay in terms of value and structure in order to retain talent who are performing according to their objectives and to attract new talent of the highest caliber. We aim to position our executive officers’ compensation targets at the median in relation to our peer group, however, actual pay depends on performance of the executive officers and the Company. The objectives of our compensation program are to: l Attract and retain highly qualified executive officers who have a history of proven success. l Align the interests of executive officers with our shareholders' interests and with the execution of our business strategy by evaluating executive performance on the basis of key financial metrics which we believe closely correlate to long-term shareholder value. l Motivate and reward our high caliber executive team through competitive pay practices and an appropriate mix of short and long-term incentives. l Tie compensation awards directly to key financial metrics with evaluations based on achieving and overachieving predetermined objectives. Our reward package is based primarily on results achieved by the Company as a whole. The Compensation Committee has the flexibility to exercise discretion to ensure total compensation appropriately reflects performance. The Compensation Committee rarely exercises said discretion. Competitive Compensation Aggregate compensation for each Named Executive Officer is designed to be market competitive. The Compensation Committee researches and refers to the compensation practices of similarly situated companies in determining our compensation policy. Although the Compensation Committee reviews each element of compensation for market competitiveness, and may weigh a particular element more heavily than another based on our Named Executive Officer's role within the Company, the focus remains on being competitive in the market with respect to total compensation. The Compensation Committee periodically reviews data related to compensation levels and programs of a peer group of comparable organizations. Our last peer group analysis was prepared for management by Radford, an AON Hewitt Company (Radford), in February 2019 using the criteria described in the table below, and was presented to and approved by the Compensation Committee at that time. Our peer group consists of 17 companies that include 16 US-based companies and one Israel-based company. In Fiscal 2021, no new companies were added to our peer group and two were removed. General Description Global software and service providers that are similar in size, business complexity, and scope of operations to us. Criteria Considered Key metrics considered include revenue, market capitalization, number of employees, and net income. Generally, organizations within our peer group are in a similar software/technology industry with similar revenues, market size and number of employees. Peer Group List Akamai Technologies, Inc. Amdocs Ltd. Autodesk, Inc. Avaya Inc. Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc. Cadence Design Systems, Inc. CDK Global LLC Check Point Software Technologies Ltd. Citrix Systems, Inc. NetApp, Inc. Nuance Communications, Inc. Pitney Bowes Inc. Palo Alto Networks, Inc. Sabre Corporation SS&C Technologies, Inc. Synopsys, Inc. Teradata Corporation The following graph compares for each of the five fiscal years ended June 30, 2021, the yearly percentage change in the cumulative total shareholder return on our Common Shares with the average cumulative total return of the NASDAQ Composite Index, the S&P/TSX Composite Index (the Indices) and our peer group listed above. The graph illustrates the 88 cumulative return on a $100 investment in our Common Shares made on June 30, 2016, as compared with the cumulative return on a $100 investment in the respective Indices and the average cumulative return on a $100 investment in our peer group made on the same day. Dividends declared on securities comprising the respective Indices and our peer group and declared on our Common Shares are assumed to be reinvested. The performance of our Common Shares as set out in the graph is based upon historical data and is not indicative of, nor intended to forecast, future performance of our Common Shares. The graph lines merely connect measurement dates and do not reflect fluctuations between those dates. Please also see “Stock Performance Graph and Cumulative Total Return” included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more details. Taking into account the peer group analysis established in February 2019 as well as market benchmarking performed in April 2020, further efforts were made to align our Named Executive Officers' compensation packages more closely with our stated compensation objectives. Accordingly, Messrs. Harrison, Majzoub, Davies and Ms. Ranganathan received an adjustment to their respective long-term incentive compensation during Fiscal 2021. Effective May 15, 2020, as a result of the COVID-19 compensation adjustments discussed above, all of our Named Executive Officers', with the exception of Mr. Barrenechea, accepted a 15% base salary reduction and a 15% reduction in target annual variable cash compensation. Mr. Barrenechea accepted a 15% base salary reduction and complete forbearance of any annual variable cash compensation, totaling an approximate 60% reduction in targeted cash compensation. These reductions were to remain in effect through June 30, 2021, subject to review and modification as the situation warranted. After careful consideration and review of performance during the COVID-19 pandemic, which was above the level expected at the start of the fiscal year, the Compensation Committee and Board approved the restoration of all previously announced compensation adjustments for all Named Executive Officers and directors, including the CEO, which became effective December 1, 2020. Cash compensation forbearance remained in place from July 1, 2020 through November 30, 2020, as detailed in a table below. The table below illustrates the total amount of cash compensation forbearance that was incurred by each Named Executive Officer during Fiscal 2021. Named Executive Officer Mark J. Barrenechea Madhu Ranganathan Simon Harrison Muhi Majzoub Gordon A. Davies Forbearance of Fixed Pay Forbearance of Short-Term Incentive Total Cash Reduction 59,375 $ 31,250 $ 28,125 $ 26,563 $ 24,894 $ 1,186,850 $ 1,246,225 62,466 $ 55,761 $ 53,096 $ 49,761 $ 93,716 83,886 79,659 74,655 $ $ $ $ $ 89 CEO Compensation Mr. Barrenechea’s leadership of the company as CEO, including through the challenges of a global pandemic, have continued to strengthen the market position of Open Text and deliver shareholder value. The Compensation Committee and the Board of Directors are committed to providing the CEO with a competitive compensation package which rewards outstanding performance, provides incentives for continued long term sustainable growth, and accomplishes the Board’s retention objectives. To achieve these goals, and in recognition of the CEO's demonstrated operational leadership of the Company and exceptional navigation through the global pandemic, Mr. Barrenechea’s annual compensation has been supplemented with a grant of performance-and long-term-based equity. The structure of this grant is described in detail below in the section “Long Term Incentives - Long Term Equity Grants to CEO”. In Fiscal 2021, over 65% (over 55% at target) of our CEO's equity-based compensation was performance-contingent. The philosophy behind this grant is to align the CEO’s compensation with superior shareholder return, while accomplishing the long-term retention of the executive through its deferred vesting schedules. Its focus is on the long term strategic goals of the company and is targeted to pay above average compensation only for above average performance. Aligning Officers' Interests with Shareholders' Interests We believe that transparent, objective and easily verifiable corporate goals play an important role in creating and maintaining an effective compensation strategy for our Named Executive Officers. Our objective is to facilitate an increase in shareholder value, over the longer term, through the achievement of these corporate goals under the leadership of our Named Executive Officers working in conjunction with all of our valued employees. We use a combination of fixed and variable compensation to motivate our executive officers to achieve our corporate goals. For Fiscal 2021, the basic components of our executive officer compensation program were: • • • Fixed pay; Short-term incentives; and Long-term incentives. To ensure alignment of the interests of our executive officers with the interests of our shareholders, our executive officers have a significant proportion of compensation “at risk”. Compensation that is “at risk” means compensation that may or may not be paid to an executive officer depending on whether the Company and such executive officer is able to meet or exceed applicable performance targets. Short-term incentives and long-term incentives meet this definition of compensation which is at risk, and long-term incentives are an additional incentive used to promote the creation of longer-term shareholder value. In general, the greater the executive officer’s influence upon our financial or operational results, the higher is the "at risk" portion of the executive officer's compensation. The Compensation Committee annually considers the percentage of each Named Executive Officer's total compensation that is “at risk” depending on the Named Executive Officer's responsibilities and objectives. The chart below provides the approximate percentage of target total compensation, reflective of the compensation adjustments discussed above, provided to each Named Executive Officer that was either fixed pay or “at risk” for Fiscal 2021: Named Executive Officer Mark J. Barrenechea Madhu Ranganathan Simon Harrison Muhi Majzoub Gordon A. Davies Fixed Pay Percentage (“Not At Risk”) Short-Term Incentive Percentage (at 100% target) (“At Risk”) Long-Term Incentive Percentage (at 100% target) (“At Risk”) 10% 18% 20% 20% 18% 10% 19% 20% 20% 19% 80% 63% 60% 60% 63% 90 Fixed Pay Fixed pay includes: • • • Base salary; Perquisites; and Other benefits. Base Salary The base salary review for each Named Executive Officer takes into consideration factors such as current competitive market conditions and particular skills (such as leadership ability and management effectiveness, experience, responsibility and proven or expected performance) of the particular individual. The Compensation Committee obtains information regarding competitive market conditions through the assistance of management and our compensation consultants. The performance of each of our Named Executive Officers, other than our CEO, is assessed by our CEO in his capacity as the direct supervisor of the other Named Executive Officers. The performance of our CEO is assessed by the Board (excluding the CEO). The Board conducts the initial discussions and makes the initial decisions with respect to the performance of our CEO in a special session from which management is absent. For details on our benchmarking process, see "Competitive Compensation" above. Perquisites Our Named Executive Officers receive a minimal amount of non-cash compensation in the form of executive perquisites. In order to remain competitive in the marketplace, our Named Executive Officers are entitled to some limited benefits that are not otherwise available to all of our employees, including: • • An annual executive medical physical examination; A base allowance to cover expenses such as financial planning, tax preparation or club memberships. Other Benefits We provide various employee benefit programs on the same terms to all employees, including our Named Executive Officers, such as, but not limited to: • Medical health insurance; • • • Dental insurance; Life insurance; and Tax based retirement savings plans matching contributions. Short-Term Incentives In Fiscal 2021, all of our Named Executive Officers participated in our short-term incentive plan, which is designed to motivate achievement of our short-term corporate goals. These short-term corporate goals are typically derived from our annual business plan which is prepared by management and approved by the Board. Awards made under the short-term incentive plan are made by way of cash payments only. The amount of the short-term incentive payable to each Named Executive Officer, in general, is based on the ability of each Named Executive Officer to meet pre-established, qualitative and quantitative corporate objectives related to improving shareholder and company value, as applicable, which are reviewed and approved by the Compensation Committee and the Board. For all Named Executive Officers these objectives consist of worldwide revenues and worldwide adjusted operating income with the exception of Mr. Harrison. Due to his responsibilities relating to sales, Mr. Harrison's objectives consist of worldwide license and cloud revenues and minimum contract value (MCV) and worldwide adjusted operating income. Worldwide revenues are derived from the “Total Revenues” line of our audited income statement with certain adjustments relating to the aging of accounts receivable. Worldwide revenues are an important metric for measuring our growth and helps us to assess our Named Executive Officers’ performance. Worldwide license and cloud revenues are derived from the sum of "License" and "Cloud services and subscriptions" lines of our audited income statement. 91 MCV is the total projected commissionable incremental revenue in a signed and written agreement between the Company and its customer. It represents the minimum amount of revenue that we expect to receive from a contract. For the purposes of calculating the achievement of this performance objective, we only consider MCV that is derived from new business. Worldwide adjusted operating income, which is intended to reflect the operational effectiveness of our leadership, is calculated as total revenues less the total cost of revenues and operating expenses excluding amortization of intangible assets, special charges and stock-based compensation expense. Worldwide adjusted operating income is also adjusted to remove the impact of foreign exchange. For Fiscal 2021, the following table illustrates the total short-term target awards for each Named Executive Officer, along with the associated weighting of the related performance measures. Named Executive Officer Mark J. Barrenechea Madhu Ranganathan Simon Harrison Muhi Majzoub Gordon A. Davies Total Target Award (1) Worldwide Revenues $ $ $ $ $ 831,576 468,768 422,120 398,452 373,428 50% 50% N/A 50% 50% Worldwide License and Cloud Revenues and MCV Worldwide Adjusted Operating Income N/A N/A 60% N/A N/A 50% 50% 40% 50% 50% (1) Target amounts have been reduced to reflect the COVID-19 compensation adjustments, which became effective May 15, 2020, and the subsequent restoration of those adjustments which became effective December 1, 2020. For the short-term incentive award amounts that would be earned at each of threshold, target and maximum levels of performance, for applicable objectives, see “Grants of Plan-Based Awards for Fiscal 2021” below. For each performance measure noted above, the Compensation Committee approves the total target award eligible to be earned by a Named Executive Officer, and the Board applies a threshold and target level of performance. Where applicable, the Board also applies an objective formula for determining the percentage payout under awards for levels of performance above and below threshold and target. In each case, performance targets for Fiscal 2021 were higher than Fiscal 2020. To the extent target performance is exceeded, the award will be proportionately greater. The threshold and target levels and payout formula are set forth below as well as actual performance and payout percentages achieved in Fiscal 2021. The Board and the Compensation Committee have broad discretion to make positive or negative adjustments if it considers them to be reasonably appropriate. No discretionary adjustments were made for Fiscal 2021 awards. Effective August 5, 2020, a policy addendum was adopted to our short-term and long-term compensation plans that outlines the principles under which the broad discretion may, from time to time, be applied in order to avoid unintended windfalls or penalties for plan participants. Events that might warrant such discretionary adjustments include, but are not limited to, terrorism, political unrest, war, pandemics and natural disasters. No such discretion was applied to the variable cash incentive payouts nor long-term incentive payouts during the fiscal year. The actual short-term incentive award earned by each Named Executive Officer for Fiscal 2021 was determined in accordance with the formulas described above, including the natural reductions due to the COVID-19 forbearance period that reduced the variable compensation earnout potential, and reflect the strong performance levels achieved by the Company in Fiscal 2021 related to this “at risk” compensation component. Objectives (in millions) Worldwide Revenues Worldwide License and Cloud Revenues and MCV $ $ Worldwide Adjusted Operating Income Threshold Target Target Fiscal 2021 Actual (1) $ 2,799 $ 1,712 $ 900 $ 3,110 $ 1,902 $ 1,000 $ 3,293 2,063 1,217 % of Payment per Fiscal 2021 Payout Table(2) 200 % 200 % 200 % % Target Actually Achieved 106 % 108 % 122 % (1) Adjusted to remove the impact of foreign exchange and, in some cases, reflect certain adjustments relating to the aging of accounts receivable. (2) Payout reflective of COVID-19 forbearance reductions applied to each of our respective Named Executive Officers' compensation. 92 The table below illustrates the percentage of the target awards paid to our Named Executives Officers in accordance with our actual results achieved during Fiscal 2021. Worldwide Revenues, Worldwide License and Cloud Revenues and MCV, and Worldwide Adjusted Operating Income - Attainment and Corresponding Payment % Attainment % Payment 100.0% 100.5% 101.0% 101.5% 102% and above % Payment 100% 125% 150% 175% 200% cap % Attainment 0 - 89% 90 - 91% 92 - 93% 94 - 95% 96 - 97% 98 - 99% —% 15% 40% 55% 70% 85% Formula: Actual / Budget = % of Attainment Linear x25 for every 0.5% over 100% Example: Attainment of 101.0% results in a payment of 150% In Fiscal 2021, we achieved 106 % of our worldwide revenue target; 108 % of our worldwide license and cloud revenues and MCV target; and 122 % of our worldwide adjusted operating income target. The “Worldwide Revenues, Worldwide License and Cloud Revenues and MCV, and Worldwide Adjusted Operating Income Calculations” table above illustrates under the “% Attainment” column that an achievement of 106 % of target for the worldwide revenue performance criteria results in an award payment of 200 % of the target award amount; an achievement of 108 % of target for the worldwide license and cloud revenue and MCV performance criteria results in an award payment of 200 % of the target award amount; and an achievement of 122 % of target for the worldwide adjusted operating income performance criterion results in an award payment of 200 % of the target award amount. The actual short-term incentive award earned by each Named Executive Officer for Fiscal 2021 was determined in accordance with the formulas described above and are reflective of the strong performance levels achieved by the Company in Fiscal 2021 related to this “at risk” compensation component. We have set forth below for each Named Executive Officer the award amount actually paid for Fiscal 2021, and the percentage of target award amount represented by the actual award paid, in each case, subject to the pro rata forbearance previously discussed, broken out by performance measure as follows: Mark J. Barrenechea Performance Measure: Worldwide Revenues Worldwide Adjusted Operating Income Total Madhu Ranganathan Performance Measure: Worldwide Revenues Worldwide Adjusted Operating Income Total Payable at Target Payable at Threshold Actual Payable ($) Actual Payable (% of Target) 415,788 $ 62,368 $ 831,575 415,788 $ 62,368 $ 831,575 831,576 $ 124,736 $ 1,663,150 200 % 200 % 200 % Payable at Target Payable at Threshold Actual Payable ($) Actual Payable (% of Target) 234,384 $ 35,158 $ 468,767 234,384 $ 35,158 $ 468,767 468,768 $ 70,316 $ 937,534 200 % 200 % 200 % $ $ $ $ $ $ 93 Simon Harrison Performance Measure: Worldwide License and Cloud Revenues and MCV Worldwide Adjusted Operating Income Total Muhi Majzoub Performance Measure: Worldwide Revenues Worldwide Adjusted Operating Income Total Gordon A. Davies Performance Measure: Worldwide Revenues Worldwide Adjusted Operating Income Total Long-Term Incentives Payable at Target Payable at Threshold Actual Payable ($) Actual Payable (% of Target) 253,272 $ 37,991 $ 506,543 168,848 $ 25,327 $ 337,696 422,120 $ 63,318 $ 844,239 200 % 200 % 200 % Payable at Target Payable at Threshold Actual Payable ($) Actual Payable (% of Target) 199,226 $ 29,884 $ 398,452 199,226 $ 29,884 $ 398,452 398,452 $ 59,768 $ 796,904 200 % 200 % 200 % Payable at Target Payable at Threshold Actual Payable ($) Actual Payable (% of Target) 186,714 $ 28,007 $ 373,428 186,714 $ 28,007 $ 373,428 373,428 $ 56,014 $ 746,856 200 % 200 % 200 % $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ As with many North American technology companies, we have a general practice of granting variable long-term incentives to executive officers, including our Named Executive Officers. Our long-term incentives represent a significant proportion of our Named Executive Officers’ total compensation, and its purpose is two-fold: (i) as a component of a competitive compensation package; and (ii) to align the interests of our Named Executive Officers with the interests of our shareholders. Grants are consistent with competitive market practice, and vesting occurs over time, to ensure alignment with our performance over the longer term. Usually a very high percentage of the long-term incentive is "at risk" indicating we will not provide any compensation to the executive unless shareholders have received a positive return. Long-Term Incentive Plans (LTIP) - General We incentivize our executive officers, including our Named Executive Officers, in part, with long-term compensation pursuant to our LTIP. For each LTIP grant, a target value is established by the Compensation Committee for each Named Executive Officer, except for the CEO, whose target value is established by the Board, based on competitive market practice and by the respective Named Executive Officer’s ability to influence financial or operational performance. The performance targets and the weightings of performance targets under each LTIP are first recommended by the Compensation Committee and then approved by the Board. Grants are generally made annually and are comprised of the components outlined in the table below. No dividends are paid or accrued on PSUs or RSUs. 94 Vehicle % of Total LTIP Description Vesting Payout Performance Share Units (PSU) 50% of LTIP target award value Restricted Share Units (RSU) 25% of LTIP target award value The value of each PSU is equivalent to one Common Share. The number of PSUs granted is determined by converting the dollar value of the target award to PSUs, based on an average share price determined at time of Board grant. The number of PSUs to vest will be based on the Company’s total shareholder return (TSR) at the end of a three year period as compared to the TSR of companies comprising the constituents of the S&P MidCap400 Software and Services Index. The value of each RSU is equivalent to one Common Share. The number of RSUs granted is determined by converting the dollar value of the target award to RSUs, based on an average share price determined at time of Board grant. Stock Options 25% of LTIP target award value The dollar value of the target award is converted to a number of options using a Black Scholes model. The exercise price is equal to the closing price of our Common Shares on the trading day preceding the date of grant. Once vested, units will be settled in either Common Shares or cash, at the discretion of the Board. We expect to settle these awards in Common Shares. Once vested, units will be settled in either Common Shares or cash, at the discretion of the Board. We expect to settle these awards in Common Shares. Once vested, participants may exercise options for Common Shares. Cliff vesting in the third year following the determination by the Board that the performance criteria have been met. Cliff vesting, generally three years after grant date. Vesting is typically 25% on each of the first four anniversaries of grant date. Options expire seven years after the grant date. Payouts under LTIP grants: • May also be subject to certain limitations in the event of early termination of employment or change in control of the Company; and • Are subject to mandatory repayment or “claw-back” in the event of fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence by any executive officer, including a Named Executive Officer, affecting the financial performance or financial statements of the Company or the price of our Common Shares. LTIP 2023 Grants made in Fiscal 2021 under the LTIP (collectively referred to as "LTIP 2023" because the PSUs and RSUs do not vest until calendar 2023) took effect on August 10, 2020 with the goal of measuring performance over the three year period starting July 1, 2020. The table below illustrates the target value of each element under LTIP 2023 for each Named Executive Officer. Named Executive Officer Performance Share Units Restricted Share Units Stock Options Total Mark J. Barrenechea Madhu Ranganathan Simon Harrison Muhi Majzoub Gordon A. Davies $ $ $ $ $ 3,500,000 $ 1,750,000 $ 1,750,000 $ 800,000 $ 625,000 $ 612,500 $ 625,000 $ 400,000 $ 312,500 $ 306,250 $ 312,500 $ 400,000 $ 312,500 $ 306,250 $ 312,500 $ 7,000,000 1,600,000 1,250,000 1,225,000 1,250,000 Awards granted in Fiscal 2021 under LTIP 2023 were in addition to the awards granted in Fiscal 2020, Fiscal 2019, and prior years. For details of our previous LTIPs, see Item 11 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the appropriate year. LTIP 2023 - PSUs With respect to our PSUs, we use relative TSR to benchmark the Company’s performance against the performance of the corporations comprising the constituents of the S&P Mid Cap 400 Software & Services Index (the Index). The Index is comprised of 400 U.S. public companies with market capitalization of $1.8 billion to $13.6 billion and is a useful measure of the performance of mid-sized companies. Relative TSR is the sole measure for each Named Executive Officer's performance over the relevant three year period for LTIP 2023 with respect to PSUs. 95 If the Company's relative cumulative TSR, compared to the cumulative TSR of the Index is: Then the percentage of the PSU target award that will be paid out will be: Below 25th percentile 25th percentile 50th percentile 80th percentile —% 50% 100% 200% Any target percentile achieved between 25th and 80th percentile will be interpolated to determine a payout that can range from 50% to 200% of the target award. The amounts that may be realized for PSU awards under LTIP 2023 are as follows, calculated based on the market price of our Common Shares on the NASDAQ as of June 30, 2021, and applied to the number of PSUs granted to the Named Executive Officers on August 10, 2020 based on the levels of achievement disclosed above. Named Executive Officer Mark J. Barrenechea Madhu Ranganathan Simon Harrison Muhi Majzoub Gordon A. Davies LTIP 2023 - RSUs LTIP 2023 PSUs value as of June 30, 2021 50% Payout 100% Payout 200% Payout $ $ $ $ $ 1,944,116 $ 3,888,232 $ 444,246 $ 347,218 $ 340,106 $ 347,218 $ 888,492 $ 694,436 $ 680,212 $ 694,436 $ 7,776,464 1,776,984 1,388,872 1,360,424 1,388,872 RSUs vest over three years and do not have any specific performance-based vesting criteria. Provided the eligible employee remains employed throughout the vesting period, all RSUs granted shall become vested RSUs at the end of the LTIP 2023 period. The following RSU award values under LTIP 2023 have been calculated based on the market price of our Common Shares on the NASDAQ as of June 30, 2021, and applied to the number of RSUs granted to the Named Executive Officers on August 10, 2020.. LTIP 2023 RSUs Named Executive Officer Mark J. Barrenechea Madhu Ranganathan Simon Harrison Muhi Majzoub Gordon A. Davies LTIP 2023 - Stock Options Value as of June 30, 2021 $ $ $ $ $ 1,944,116 444,500 346,964 340,360 346,964 The stock options granted in connection with LTIP 2023 vest over four years, do not have any specific performance-based vesting criteria and, if not exercised, expire after seven years. Our Named Executive Officers will only realize value on these stock options with future OpenText share price appreciation from the date of grant. For a discussion of the assumptions used in the valuation of stock options, see note 13 “Share Capital, Option Plans and Share-based Payments” to our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Other Long-Term Equity Grants In addition to grants made in connection with our LTIP program, from time to time, we may grant stock options and/or RSUs to new strategic hires and to our employees in recognition of their service, such as for promotions, retention, or other reasons. In Fiscal 2021, we granted stock options and RSUs to each of our Named Executive Officers, with the exception of Mr. Barrenechea, through a special one-time grant for retention and engagement of our executives, who were critical in navigating through the uncertain times of the COVID-19 pandemic. Details of these grants are contained in the table below under "Grants of Plan Based Awards". Please also see "Long-Term Equity Grants to CEO" below. 96 The table below illustrates the target value of each element under the special one-time grants for each Named Executive Officer. Named Executive Officer Madhu Ranganathan Simon Harrison Muhi Majzoub Gordon A. Davies Restricted Share Units Stock Options Total $ $ $ $ 306,250 $ 275,610 $ 260,300 $ 230,250 $ 918,750 $ 826,870 $ 780,940 $ 690,810 $ 1,225,000 1,102,480 1,041,240 921,060 Our RSUs and stock options vest over a specified contract date, typically over three and four years, respectively, and do not have any specific performance criteria. The vesting period for the special one-time options is 5 years, 25% after year two, then 25% per year thereafter and the vesting period for the special one-time RSUs is three years, 33% per year. With respect to stock option grants, the Board will determine the following, based upon the recommendation of the Compensation Committee: the executive officers entitled to participate in our stock option plan, the number of options to be granted, and any other material terms and conditions of the stock option grant. All stock option grants, whether part of the LTIP or granted separately for new hires, promotions, retention or other reasons, are governed by our stock option plans. In addition, grants and exercises of stock options are subject to our Insider Trading Policy. For details of our Insider Trading Policy, see “Other Information With Respect to Our Compensation Program - Insider Trading Policy” below. For details on the determination of targeted awards and our benchmarking process, see "Compensation Objective - Competitive Compensation" above. Long-Term Equity Grants to CEO In connection with the Compensation Committee's review of competitive compensation and the review of Mr. Barrenechea's performance, as discussed earlier under "Competitive Compensation - CEO Compensation", on August 10, 2020, Mr. Barrenechea received a grant of performance stock options under the 2004 Stock Option Plan with an exercise price of $45.81, a seven year term, and vesting subject to certain performance conditions provided that Mr. Barrenechea remains an employee. These performance options will vest based on the extent to which the average closing price (ACP) of the Common Shares on the NASDAQ for the trading days in any fiscal quarter commencing October 1, 2020, prior to the expiration of the options, exceeds the exercise price by a specified percentage or greater (subject to a linear interpolation for quarterly ACP between the performance levels outlined below). Absolute share growth at target performance ($64.13 reflecting an increase of 40%) will result in 375,000 options vesting, with no options vesting below threshold performance ($54.97 reflecting an increase of 20%) and 750,000 options vesting if maximum performance is achieved ($73.30 reflecting an increase of 60%). No more than 750,000 performance options (2x target) may vest under the award. ACP Increase (%) Threshold (20%) 30% Target (40%) 50% Maximum (60%) Illustrative ACP ($) Aggregate Number of Options to Vest $54.97 $59.55 $64.13 $68.72 $73.30 150,000 262,500 375,000 562,500 750,000 To the extent that any performance options vest during the first five-year period, they must be held by Mr. Barrenechea until the earlier of the fifth anniversary of the date of grant and the date he ceases to be an employee. Any performance options that vest may be exercised by Mr. Barrenechea during this five-year period, provided that the Common Shares acquired on exercise, net of a number of Common Shares that may be sold by Mr. Barrenechea to fund the exercise price and any income taxes payable as a result of such exercise, must be held by Mr. Barrenechea for this same period. Additionally, on August 10, 2020, Mr. Barrenechea received a grant of 60,000 RSUs. These RSUs vest over three years, provided Mr. Barrenechea remains employed throughout the applicable vesting period, and are on identical terms to RSUs granted under LTIP 2023. The aggregate amount that may be realized for these RSU awards calculated based on the market price of our Common Shares on the NASDAQ as of June 30, 2021 and applied to the number of RSUs granted is approximately $3.0 million. 97 In Fiscal 2021, as illustrated in the table below for performance grants, over 55% of our CEO's equity compensation had target value that was performance-contingent on either relative TSR versus the S&P400 Mid-Cap Technology index companies (Performance Share Units) or increasing stock price to a target price of $64.13 (Performance Options). The table below illustrates the grant value of all equity-based awards granted to Mr. Barrenechea in Fiscal 2021: Performance-based Awards (# units/shares) at Target Performance-based Awards ($ grant value) at Target Performance Share Units Performance Stock Options Performance Share Units Performance Options Total Performance-Based Grant Value at Target 76,540 375,000 $ 4,720,222 $ 3,817,500 $ 8,537,722 Time-based Awards (# units) Time-based Awards ($ grant value) Restricted Share Units Stock Options Restricted Share Units Stock Options Total Time-Based Grant Value 98,270 213,680 $ 4,270,814 $ 1,750,993 $ 6,021,807 Executive Change in Control and Severance Benefits Our severance benefit agreements are designed to provide reasonable compensation to departing senior executive officers under certain circumstances. While we do not believe that the severance benefits would be a determinative factor in a senior executive's decision to join or remain with the Company, the absence of such benefits, we believe, would present a distinct competitive disadvantage in the market for talented executive officers. Furthermore, we believe that it is important to set forth the benefits payable in triggering circumstances in advance in an attempt to avoid future disputes or litigation. The severance benefits we offer to our senior executive officers are competitive with similarly situated individuals and companies. We have structured our senior executive officers' change in control benefits as “double trigger” benefits, meaning that the benefits are only paid in the event of, first, a change in control transaction, and second, the loss of employment within one year after the transaction. These benefits attempt to provide an incentive to our senior executive officers to remain employed with the Company in the event of such a transaction. Other Information With Respect to Our Compensation Program Pension Plans We do not provide pension benefits or any non-qualified deferred compensation to any of our Named Executive Officers. Share Ownership Guidelines We currently have equity ownership guidelines (Share Ownership Guidelines), the objective of which is to encourage our senior management, including our Named Executive Officers, and our directors to buy and hold Common Shares in the Company based upon an investment target. We believe that the Share Ownership Guidelines help align the financial interests of our senior management team and directors with the financial interests of our shareholders. The equity ownership levels are as follows: CEO Other senior management Non-management director 4x base salary 1x base salary 3x annual retainer For purposes of the Share Ownership Guidelines, individuals are deemed to hold all securities over which he or she is the registered or beneficial owner thereof under the rules of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise in which such person has or shares: • • voting power which includes the power to vote, or to direct the voting of, such security; and/or investment power which includes the power to dispose, or to direct the disposition of, such security. Also, Common Shares will be valued at the greater of their book value (i.e., purchase price) or the current market value. On an annual basis, the Compensation Committee reviews the recommended ownership levels under the Share Ownership Guidelines and the compliance by our executive officers and directors with the Share Ownership Guidelines. The Board implemented the Share Ownership Guidelines in October 2009 and recommends that equity ownership levels be achieved within five years of becoming a member of the executive leadership team, including Named Executive Officers. The Board also recommends that the executive leadership team retain their ownership levels for so long as they remain members of the executive leadership team. 98 Named Executive Officers Named Executive Officers may achieve these Share Ownership Guidelines through the exercise of stock option awards, purchases under the OpenText Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP), through open market purchases made in compliance with applicable securities laws or through any equity plan(s) we may adopt from time to time providing for the acquisition of Common Shares. Until the Share Ownership Guidelines are met, it is recommended that a Named Executive Officer retain a portion of any stock option exercise or LTIP award in Common Shares to contribute to the achievement of the Share Ownership Guidelines. Common Shares issuable pursuant to the unexercised options shall not be counted towards meeting the equity ownership target. As of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, all Named Executive Officers comply with the Share Ownership Guidelines for Fiscal 2021, as they have either met the share ownership guidelines or, in the case of Ms. Ranganathan, have five years from becoming subject to these guidelines to achieve the equity ownership guidelines required by their position, which in the case of Ms. Ranganathan is 2023. Directors With respect to non-management directors, both Common Shares and deferred stock units (DSUs) are counted towards the achievement of the Share Ownership Guidelines. The Company currently has a Directors’ Deferred Share Unit Plan (DSU Plan), whereby any non-management director of the Company may elect to defer all or part of his or her retainer and/or fees in the form of common stock equivalents. As of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, all non-management directors, have exceeded the Share Ownership Guidelines applicable to them, which is three times their annual retainer, with the exception of Ms. Powell, who recently joined as a member of our Board in June 2021. Ms. Powell will be required to comply with the Share Ownership Guidelines within five years of her election and as a result will have until September 2026 to meet the applicable requirements of the Share Ownership Guidelines. For further details, see the table below titled “Director Compensation for Fiscal 2021”. Insider Trading Policy All of our employees, officers and directors, including our Named Executive Officers, are required to comply with our Insider Trading Policy. Our Insider Trading Policy prohibits the purchase, sale or trade of our securities with the knowledge of material inside information. In addition, our Insider Trading Policy prohibits our employees, officers and directors, including our Named Executive Officers, from, directly or indirectly, short selling any security of the Company or entering into any other arrangement that results in a gain only if the value of the Company's securities decline in the future, selling a “call option” giving the holder an option to purchase securities of the Company, or buying a “put option” giving the holder an option to sell securities of the Company. The definition of “trading in securities” includes any derivatives-based, monetization, non-recourse loan or similar arrangement that changes the insider’s economic exposure to or interest in securities of the Company and which may not necessarily involve a sale. All grants of stock options are subject to our Insider Trading Policy and as a result, stock options may not be granted during the “blackout” period beginning on the fifteenth day of the last month of each quarter and ending at the beginning of the second trading day following the date on which the Company’s quarterly or annual financial results, as applicable, have been publicly released. If the Board approves the issuance of stock options during the blackout period, these stock options are not granted until the blackout period is over. The price at which stock options are granted is not less than the closing price of the Company’s Common Shares on the trading day for the NASDAQ market immediately preceding the applicable grant date. Tax Deductibility of Compensation Under Section 162(m) of the United States Internal Revenue Code (or Section 162(m)) publicly-held corporations cannot deduct compensation paid in excess of $1,000,000 to certain executive officers in any taxable year. The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act amended Section 162(m) to expand the corporations and executives to which it applies. Effective Fiscal 2019, we are no longer able to deduct under Section 162(m) compensation paid in excess of $1,000,000 to any person who served as CEO or CFO during the taxable year and any other Named Executive Officer serving as an executive at the end of the taxable year (each, a “covered employee”) as well any person who was a covered employee in a preceding taxable year, subject to limited transition relief. 99 Summary Compensation Table The following table sets forth summary information concerning the annual compensation of our Named Executive Officers. All numbers are rounded to the nearest dollar or whole share. Changes in exchange rates will impact payments illustrated below that are made in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Any Canadian dollar payments included herein have been converted to U.S. dollars at an annual average rate of 0.773416, 0.746217, and 0.756489, for Fiscal 2021, Fiscal 2020, and Fiscal 2019, respectively. Fiscal Year Salary ($) (1) Bonus ($) (2) Stock Awards ($) (3) Option Awards ($) (4) Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($) (1)(5) Change in Pension Value and Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Earnings ($) All Other Compensation ($) (6) Total ($) Mark J. Barrenechea 2021 $ 890,625 — $ 8,991,036 $ 9,385,993 $ 1,663,150 N/A $ 31,825 (7) $ 20,962,629 Vice Chair, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Technology Officer 2020 $ 932,188 $ 273,028 $ 4,970,594 $ 1,751,342 $ 1,775,410 N/A $ 47,643 (8) $ 9,750,205 2019 $ 950,000 — $ 3,693,934 $ 1,407,800 $ 2,030,625 N/A $ 17,315 (8) $ 8,099,674 Madhu Ranganathan 2021 $ 468,750 — $ 1,765,137 $ 1,319,658 $ 937,534 EVP, Chief Financial Officer 2020 $ 490,625 $ 22,807 $ 781,072 $ 275,201 $ 699,068 2019 $ 500,000 — $ 656,237 $ 250,019 $ 712,500 N/A N/A N/A $ $ $ — (9) $ 4,491,079 — (8) $ 2,268,773 — (8) $ 2,118,756 Simon Harrison 2021 $ 421,875 — $ 1,415,475 $ 1,140,192 $ 844,239 N/A $ 304,118 (10) $ 4,125,899 Executive Vice President, Enterprise Sales 2020 $ 399,896 17,310 $ 354,786 $ 125,091 $ 413,648 N/A $ 278,775 (11) $ 1,589,506 2019 $ 400,000 — $ 287,042 $ 109,361 $ 533,750 N/A $ 655,329 (8) $ 1,985,482 Muhi Majzoub 2021 $ 398,437 — $ 1,377,238 $ 1,087,917 $ 796,904 N/A Executive Vice President, Chief Product Officer 2020 $ 417,031 $ 19,386 $ 781,072 $ 275,201 $ 594,208 N/A 2019 $ 412,500 — $ 721,564 $ 938,260 $ 605,625 N/A Gordon A. Davies 2021 $ 373,415 — $ 1,370,111 $ 1,004,026 $ 746,856 N/A Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Development 2020 $ 377,096 $ 17,530 $ 781,072 $ 275,201 $ 537,306 N/A $ $ $ $ $ — (9) $ 3,660,496 — (8) $ 2,086,898 — (8) $ 2,677,949 — (9) $ 3,494,408 — (8) $ 1,988,205 2019 $ 371,310 — $ 656,237 $ 913,258 $ 555,169 N/A $ 14,730 (8) $ 2,510,704 (1) Amounts reflect the COVID-19 compensation adjustments, which became effective May 15, 2020 and the subsequent restoration of those adjustments which became effective December 1, 2020. (2) Amounts set forth in this column represent a special performance bonus, approved by the Board, equal to an amount equal to the reductions in their Fiscal 2020 salary and annual incentive payout made pursuant to the previously disclosed COVID-19 compensation adjustments. The special performance bonus was paid in September 2020; however, as it related to performance in Fiscal 2020, the bonus received by each of the Named Executive Officers was included in Fiscal 2020. (3) PSUs and RSUs were granted pursuant to LTIP 2023 and other non-LTIP related grants. The amounts set forth in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value, as computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718 “Compensation-Stock Compensation” (Topic 718). Grant date fair value may vary from the target value indicated in the table set forth above in the section “LTIP 2023”. For a discussion of the assumptions used in these valuations, see note 13 “Share Capital, Option Plans and Share-based Payments” to our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. For the maximum value that may be received under the PSU awards granted in Fiscal 2021 by each Named Executive Officer, see the “Maximum” column under “Estimated Future Payouts under Equity Incentive Plan Awards” under the “Grants of Plan-Based Awards in Fiscal 2021” table below. (4) Amounts set forth in this column represent the amount recognized as the aggregate grant date fair value of stock option awards, as calculated in accordance with Topic 718 for the fiscal year in which the awards were granted. In all cases, these amounts do not reflect 100 whether the recipient has actually realized a financial benefit from the exercise of the awards. The performance options granted to Mr. Barrenechea in Fiscal 2021 have been reflected and valued here assuming achievement at the maximum performance level. Please also see "Long-Term Equity Grants to CEO" and “Grants of Plan-Based Awards in Fiscal 2021” for details of target performance value and vesting. For a discussion of the assumptions used in this valuation, see note 13 “Share Capital, Option Plans and Share-based Payments” to our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. (5) The amounts set forth in this column for Fiscal 2021 represent payments under the short-term incentive plan based on actual performance achieved. (6) Except as otherwise indicated the amounts in “All Other Compensation” primarily include (i) car allowance; (ii) medical examinations; (iii) club memberships reimbursed, and (iv) tax preparation and financial advisory fees paid. “All Other Compensation” does not include benefits received by the Named Executive Officers which are generally available to all our salaried employees. (7) Represents amounts we paid or reimbursed for tax, financial, and estate planning. (8) For details of the amounts of fees or expenses we paid or reimbursed please refer to Summary Compensation Table in Item 11 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the corresponding fiscal years ended June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2019. (9) The total value of all perquisites and personal benefits for this Named Executive Officer was less than $10,000, and, therefore, excluded. (10) Represents amounts we paid or reimbursed for housing allowance inclusive of a related tax gross-up amount of $160,118. (11) Represents amounts we paid or reimbursed for housing allowance inclusive of a related tax gross-up amount of $146,775. Grants of Plan-Based Awards in Fiscal 2021 The following table sets forth certain information concerning grants of awards made to each Named Executive Officer during Fiscal 2021. Name Grant Date Threshold ($) Target ($) Maximum ($) Estimated Future Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards (1) All Other Option Awards: Number of Securities Underlying (2) Options (#) Exercise or Base Price of Option Awards Grant Date Fair Value of Options (3) ($/share) Awards ($) Mark J. Barrenechea August 10, 2020 $ 124,736 $ 831,576 $ 1,663,152 213,680 $ 45.81 $ 1,750,993 Madhu Ranganathan August 10, 2020 Simon Harrison Muhi Majzoub August 10, 2020 August 10, 2020 Gordon A. Davies August 10, 2020 $ $ $ $ 70,316 $ 468,768 $ 937,536 155,054 $ 45.81 $ 1,319,658 63,318 $ 422,120 $ 844,240 133,752 $ 45.81 $ 1,140,192 59,768 $ 398,452 $ 796,904 127,672 $ 45.81 $ 1,087,917 56,014 $ 373,428 $ 746,856 118,022 $ 45.81 $ 1,004,026 Name Grant Date Estimated Future Payouts Under Equity Incentive Plan Performance Option Awards (4) Target (#) Threshold (#) Maximum (#) Exercise or Base Price of Option Awards ($/share) Grant Date Fair Value of Performance Options (3) Target ($) Maximum ($) Threshold ($) Mark J. Barrenechea August 10, 2020 150,000 375,000 750,000 $ 45.81 $ 1,527,000 $ 3,817,500 $ 7,635,000 Name Grant Date Estimated Future Payouts Under Equity Incentive Plan Awards (4) Target (#) Threshold (#) Maximum (#) All Other Stock Awards: Number of Securities Underlying (5) Stock (#) Grant Date Fair Value of Stock (3) Awards ($) Mark J. Barrenechea Madhu Ranganathan Simon Harrison Muhi Majzoub Gordon A. Davies August 10, 2020 38,270 76,540 153,080 98,270 $ 8,991,036 August 10, 2020 August 10, 2020 August 10, 2020 August 10, 2020 8,745 17,490 34,980 15,447 $ 1,765,137 6,835 13,670 27,340 12,857 $ 1,415,475 6,695 13,390 26,780 12,392 $ 1,377,238 6,835 13,670 27,340 11,865 $ 1,370,111 (1) Represents the threshold, target and maximum estimated payouts under our short-term incentive plan for Fiscal 2021. For further information, see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis - Aligning Officers' Interests with Shareholders' Interests - Short-Term Incentives” above. 101 (2) For further information regarding our options granting procedures, see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis - Aligning Officers' Interests with Shareholders' Interests - Long-Term Incentives” above. (3) Amounts set forth in this column represent the amount recognized as the aggregate grant date fair value of equity-based compensation awards, as calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 718 for the fiscal year in which the awards were granted. In all cases, these amounts do not reflect whether the recipient has actually realized a financial benefit from the exercise of the awards. For a discussion of the assumptions used in this valuation, see note 13 “Share Capital, Option Plan and Share-based Payments” to our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. (4) Represents the threshold, target and maximum estimated payouts under our LTIP 2023 PSUs for all Named Executive Officers and the threshold, target and maximum estimated payouts under Mr. Barrenechea's performance options. For further information, see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis - Aligning Officers' Interests with Shareholders' Interests - Long-Term Incentives - LTIP 2023” and "Compensation Discussion and Analysis - Aligning Officers' Interests with Shareholders' Interests - Long-Term Incentives - Long- Term Equity Grants to CEO" above. (5) Represents the estimated payouts under our LTIP 2023 RSUs and other non-LTIP related RSUs granted in Fiscal 2021. For further information, see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis - Aligning Officers' Interests with Shareholders' Interests - Long-Term Incentives - LTIP 2023” above. Outstanding Equity Awards at End of Fiscal 2021 The following table sets forth certain information regarding outstanding equity awards held by each Named Executive Officer as of June 30, 2021. Option Awards (1) Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Exercisable Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Non- exercisable Option Exercise Price ($) Option Expiration Date Number of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested (#)(2) Market Value of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested ($) (2) Name Grant Date Stock Awards Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Market or payout value of unearned shares, units or other rights that have not vested ($) (3) Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of unearned shares, units or other rights that have not vested (#) (3) 196,560 133,334 307,633 141,885 80,520 68,253 — — — $ 29.75 July 29, 2023 66,666 $ 32.63 June 1, 2024 92,367 $ 32.63 June 1, 2024 47,295 $ 34.49 August 7, 2024 80,520 $ 39.27 August 6, 2025 204,757 $ 38.76 August 5, 2026 213,680 $ 45.81 August 10, 2027 750,000 $ 45.81 August 10, 2027 Mark J. Barrenechea July 29, 2016 June 1, 2017 June 1, 2017 August 7, 2017 August 6, 2018 August 5, 2019 August 10, 2020 August 10, 2020 August 6, 2018 August 6, 2018 August 5, 2019 August 5, 2019 August 10, 2020 August 10, 2020 Madhu Ranganathan May 11, 2018 August 6, 2018 August 5, 2019 146,755 14,300 10,725 73,377 $ 34.71 May 11, 2025 14,300 $ 39.27 August 6, 2025 32,175 $ 38.76 August 5, 2026 August 10, 2020 — 155,054 $ 45.81 August 10, 2027 August 6, 2018 August 6, 2018 August 5, 2019 August 5, 2019 August 10, 2020 August 10, 2020 102 37,320 $ 1,895,856 41,470 $ 2,106,676 98,270 $ 4,992,116 74,640 $ 3,791,712 82,940 $ 4,213,352 76,540 $ 3,888,232 6,630 $ 336,804 6,520 $ 331,216 15,447 $ 784,708 13,260 $ 673,608 13,030 $ 661,924 17,490 $ 888,492 8,880 60,000 6,256 4,875 — 2,960 $ 34.49 August 7, 2024 40,000 $ 34.48 November 6, 2024 6,254 $ 39.27 August 6, 2025 14,625 $ 38.76 August 5, 2026 133,752 $ 45.81 August 10, 2027 23,140 37,840 32,560 27,720 15,730 30,000 10,725 — — $ 27.83 August 1, 2021 — $ 22.87 July 31, 2022 — $ 29.75 July 29, 2023 9,240 $ 34.49 August 7, 2024 15,730 $ 39.27 August 6, 2025 45,000 $ 40.20 May 7, 2026 32,175 $ 38.76 August 5, 2026 127,672 $ 45.81 August 10, 2027 Simon Harrison August 7, 2017 November 6, 2017 August 6, 2018 August 5, 2019 August 10, 2020 August 6, 2018 August 6, 2018 August 5, 2019 August 5, 2019 August 10, 2020 August 10, 2020 Muhi Majzoub August 1, 2014 July 31, 2015 July 29, 2016 August 7, 2017 August 6, 2018 May 7, 2019 August 5, 2019 August 10, 2020 August 6, 2018 August 6, 2018 August 5, 2019 August 5, 2019 August 10, 2020 August 10, 2020 2,900 $ 147,320 2,960 $ 150,368 12,857 $ 653,136 5,800 $ 294,640 5,920 $ 300,736 13,670 $ 694,436 7,290 $ 370,332 6,520 $ 331,216 12,392 $ 629,514 14,580 $ 740,664 13,030 $ 661,924 13,390 $ 680,212 Gordon A. Davies July 29, 2016 August 7, 2017 August 6, 2018 May 7, 2019 August 5, 2019 9,580 8,400 14,300 30,000 10,725 — $ 29.75 July 29, 2023 8,400 $ 34.49 August 7, 2024 14,300 $ 39.27 August 6, 2025 45,000 $ 40.20 May 7, 2026 32,175 $ 38.76 August 5, 2026 August 10, 2020 — 118,022 $ 45.81 August 10, 2027 August 6, 2018 August 6, 2018 August 5, 2019 August 5, 2019 August 10, 2020 August 10, 2020 6,630 $ 336,804 6,520 $ 331,216 11,865 $ 602,742 13,260 $ 673,608 13,030 $ 661,924 13,670 $ 694,436 (1) Options in the table above vest annually over a period of 4 years starting from the date of grant, with the exception of (i) 600,000 options granted to the CEO in Fiscal 2017 and performance options granted to the CEO in Fiscal 2021 assuming achievement of maximum performance level. For additional detail, see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis - Aligning Officers' Interests with Shareholders' Interests - Long-Term Incentives - Long-Term Equity Grants to CEO” above and under Item 11 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for Fiscal 2017 and (ii) options granted to certain of our executive officers on August 10, 2020 in recognition of their service which vest annually over a 5 year period, with the first vesting date being two years from the date of grant. (2) Represents each Named Executive Officer's target number of RSUs granted pursuant to LTIP 2021, LTIP 2022, LTIP 2023, and other non-LTIP related RSUs, which vest upon the schedules described above in "Compensation Discussion and Analysis - Aligning Officers' Interests with Shareholders' Interests - Long Term Incentives". These amounts illustrate the market value as of June 30, 2021 based upon the closing price for the Company's Common Shares as traded on the NASDAQ on such date of $50.80. (3) Represents each Named Executive Officer's target number of PSUs granted pursuant to the LTIP 2021, LTIP 2022, and LTIP 2023, which vest upon the schedules described above in "Compensation Discussion and Analysis - Aligning Officers' Interests with Shareholders' Interests - Long Term Incentives". These amounts illustrate the market value as of June 30, 2021 based upon the closing price for the Company's Common Shares as traded on the NASDAQ on such date of $50.80. As of June 30, 2021, options to purchase an aggregate of 8,113,574 Common Shares had been previously granted (assuming maximum performance level achievement of Mr. Barrenechea's performance options) and are outstanding under our stock option plans, of which 2,567,483 Common Shares were vested. Options to purchase an additional 11,251,577 Common 103 Shares remain available for issuance pursuant to our stock option plans. Our outstanding options pool represents 3.0% of the Common Shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2021. During Fiscal 2021, the Company granted options to purchase 3,208,209 Common Shares or 1.2% of the Common Shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2021. Option Exercises and Stock Vested in Fiscal 2021 The following table sets forth certain details with respect to each of the Named Executive Officers concerning the exercise of stock options and vesting of stock in Fiscal 2021: Name Mark J. Barrenechea Madhu Ranganathan Simon Harrison Muhi Majzoub Gordon A. Davies Option Awards Stock Awards (3) Number of Shares Acquired on Exercise (#) 551,887 $ 73,378 $ — $ 20,996 $ — $ Value Realized on Exercise(1) ($) 10,885,947 602,696 — 572,795 — Number of Shares Acquired on Vesting (#) Value Realized on Vesting(2) ($) 103,498 $ 9,870 $ 6,473 $ 20,219 $ 18,384 $ 4,288,957 409,013 268,241 837,875 761,833 (1) “Value realized on exercise” is the excess of the market price, at date of exercise, of the shares underlying the options over the exercise price of the options. (2) “Value realized on vesting” is the market price of the underlying Common Shares on the vesting date. (3) Relates to the vesting of PSUs and RSUs under our LTIP 2020. POTENTIAL PAYMENTS UPON TERMINATION OR CHANGE IN CONTROL We have entered into employment contracts with each of our Named Executive Officers. These contracts may require us to make certain types of payments and provide certain types of benefits to the Named Executive Officers upon the occurrence of any of these events: • • If the Named Executive Officer is terminated without cause; and If there is a change in control in the ownership of the Company and subsequent to the change in control, there is a change in the relationship between the Company and the Named Executive Officer. When determining the amounts and the type of compensation and benefits to provide in the event of a termination or change in control described above, we considered available information with respect to amounts payable to similarly situated officers of our peer groups and the position held by the Named Executive Officer within the Company. The amounts payable upon termination or change in control represent the amounts determined by the Company and are not the result of any individual negotiations between us and any of our Named Executive Officers. Our employment agreements with our Named Executive Officers are similar in structure, terms and conditions, with the key exception of the amount of severance payments, which is determined by the position held by the Named Executive Officer. Details are set out below of each of their potential payments upon a termination by the Company without cause and upon a change in control event where there is a subsequent change in the relationship between the Company and the Named Executive Officer. Termination Without Cause If the Named Executive Officer is terminated without cause, we may be obligated to make payments or provide benefits to the Named Executive Officer. A termination without cause means a termination of a Named Executive Officer for any reason other than the following, each of which provides “cause” for termination: • • • • The failure by the Named Executive Officer to attempt in good faith to perform his duties, other than as a result of a physical or mental illness or injury; The Named Executive Officer's willful misconduct or gross negligence of a material nature in connection with the performance of his duties which is or could reasonably be expected to be injurious to the Company; The breach by the Named Executive Officer of his fiduciary duty or duty of loyalty to the Company; The Named Executive Officer's intentional and unauthorized removal, use or disclosure of information relating to the Company, including customer information, which is injurious to the Company or its customers; 104 • • • • The willful performance by the Named Executive Officer of any act of dishonesty or willful misappropriation of funds or property of the Company or its affiliates; The indictment of the Named Executive Officer or a plea of guilty or nolo contender to a felony or other serious crime involving moral turpitude; The material breach by the Named Executive Officer of any obligation material to his employment relationship with the Company; or The material breach by the Named Executive Officer of the Company's policies and procedures which breach causes or could reasonably be expected to cause harm to the Company; provided that in certain of the circumstances listed above, OpenText has given the Named Executive Officer reasonable notice of the reason for termination as well as a reasonable opportunity to correct the circumstances giving rise to the termination. Change in Control If there is a change in control of the Company and within one year of such change in control event, there is a change in the relationship between the Company and the Named Executive Officer without the Named Executive Officer's written consent, we may be obligated to provide payments or benefits to the Named Executive Officer, unless such a change is in connection with the termination of the Named Executive Officer either for cause or due to the death or disability of the Named Executive Officer. A change in control includes the following events: • • • • The sale, lease, exchange or other transfer, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; The approval by the holders of Common Shares of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company; Any transaction in which any person or group acquires ownership of more than 50% of outstanding Common Shares; or Any transaction in which a majority of the Board is replaced over a twelve-month period and such replacement of the Board was not approved by a majority of the Board still in office at the beginning of such period. Examples of a change in the relationship between the Named Executive Officer and the Company where payments or benefits may be triggered following a change in control event include: • • • • A material diminution in the duties and responsibilities of the Named Executive Officer, other than (a) a change arising solely out of the Company becoming part of a larger organization following the change in control event or any related change in the reporting hierarchy or (b) a reorganization of the Company resulting in similar changes to the duties and responsibilities of similarly situated executive officers; A material reduction to the Named Executive Officer's compensation, other than a similar reduction to the compensation of similarly situated executive officers; A relocation of the Named Executive Officer's primary work location by more than fifty miles; A reduction in the title or position of the Named Executive Officer, other than (a) a change arising solely out of the Company becoming part of a larger organization following the change in control event or any related change in the reporting hierarchy or (b) a reorganization of the Company resulting in similar changes to the titles or positions of similarly situated executive officers; None of our Named Executive Officers are entitled to the payments or benefits described below, or any other payments or benefits, solely upon a change in control where there is no change to the Named Executive Officer's relationship with the Company. Amounts Payable Upon Termination or Change in Control Pursuant to our employment agreements with our Named Executive Officers and the terms of our LTIP, each Named Executive Officer’s entitlement upon termination of employment without cause or following a change in the Named Executive Officer’s relationship with the Company, both absent a change in control event and within twelve months of a change in control event, are set forth below. 105 No Change in Control Mark J. Barrenechea Madhu Ranganathan Simon Harrison Muhi Majzoub Termination without cause or Change in relationship Termination without cause or Change in relationship Termination without cause or Change in relationship Termination without cause or Change in relationship Gordon A. Davies Termination without cause or Change in relationship No change in control Base Short term incentives (1) LTIP (2) Options (3) 24 months 24 months Prorated Vested Employee and Medical Benefits (4) 24 months(5) 12 months 12 months Prorated Vested 12 months 12 months 12 months Prorated Vested 12 months 12 months 12 months Prorated Vested 12 months 12 months 12 months Prorated Vested 12 months (1) Assuming 100% achievement of the expected targets for the fiscal year in which the triggering event occurred. (2) LTIP amounts are prorated for the number of months of participation at termination date in the applicable 38 month performance period. If the termination date is before the commencement of the 19th month of the performance period, a prorated LTIP will not be paid. (3) Already vested as of termination date with no acceleration of unvested options. For a period of 90 days following the termination date, the Named Executive Officer has the right to exercise all options which have vested as of the date of termination. (4) Employee and medical benefits provided to each Named Executive Officer immediately prior to the occurrence of the trigger event. (5) In accordance with the terms of his employment agreement, as amended, Mr. Barrenechea is entitled to participate until the age of 65 in healthcare benefits substantially similar to what he currently receives as Vice Chair, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Technology Officer of the Company. These benefits will be provided at the cost of the Company, provided that Mr. Barrenechea continues to be responsible for funding an amount that is equal to his employee contribution as Vice Chair, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Technology Officer, unless he becomes employed elsewhere, at which point this benefit will terminate. In the event that the employee or company contribution funding increases, Mr. Barrenechea would be responsible for that increase. Within 12 Months of a Change in Control Mark J. Barrenechea Madhu Ranganathan Simon Harrison Muhi Majzoub Gordon A. Davies Termination without cause or Change in relationship Termination without cause or Change in relationship Termination without cause or Change in relationship Termination without cause or Change in relationship Termination without cause or Change in relationship Within 12 Months of a Change in Control Base Short term incentives (1) 24 months 24 months 24 months 24 months 24 months 24 months 24 months 24 months 24 months 24 months LTIP 100% Vested 100% Vested 100% Vested 100% Vested 100% Vested Options (2) Employee and Medical Benefits (3) 100% Vested 24 months(4) 100% Vested 24 months 100% Vested 24 months 100% Vested 24 months 100% Vested 24 months (1) Assuming 100% achievement of the expected targets for the fiscal year in which the triggering event occurred. (2) For a period of 90 days following the termination date, the Named Executive Officer has the right to exercise all options which are deemed to have vested as of the date of termination. (3) Employee and medical benefits provided to each Named Executive Officer immediately prior to the occurrence of the trigger event. (4) In accordance with the terms of his employment agreement, as amended, Mr. Barrenechea is entitled to participate until the age of 65 in healthcare benefits substantially similar to what he currently receives as Vice Chair, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Technology Officer of the Company. These benefits will be provided at the cost of the Company, provided that Mr. Barrenechea continues to be responsible for funding an amount that is equal to his employee contribution as Vice Chair, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Technology Officer, unless he becomes employed elsewhere, at which point this benefit will terminate. In the event that the employee or company contribution funding increases, Mr. Barrenechea would be responsible for that increase. In addition to the information identified above, each Named Executive Officer is entitled to all accrued payments up to the date of termination, including all earned but unpaid short-term incentive amounts and earned but unsettled LTIP. Except as otherwise required by law, we are required to make all these payments and provide these benefits over a period of 12 months or 24 months, depending on the Named Executive Officer’s entitlement and the circumstances which triggered our obligation to 106 make such payments and provide such benefits, from the date of the event which triggered our obligation. With respect to payments to Mr. Barrenechea, the Company intends to make all required payments to Mr. Barrenechea no later than two and a half months after the end of the later of the fiscal year or calendar year in which the payments are no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. In return for receiving the payments and the benefits described above, each Named Executive Officer must comply with certain obligations in favor of the Company, including a non-disparagement obligation. Also, each Named Executive Officer is bound by a confidentiality and non-solicitation agreement where the non-solicitation obligation lasts 6 months from the date of termination of his employment. Any breach by a Named Executive Officer of any provision of his contractual agreements may only be waived upon the review and approval of the Board. Quantitative Estimates of Payments upon Termination or Change in Control Further information regarding payments to our Named Executive Officers in the event of a termination or a change in control may be found in the table below. This table sets forth the estimated amount of payments and other benefits each Named Executive Officer would be entitled to receive upon the occurrence of the indicated event, assuming that the event occurred on June 30, 2021. Amounts (i) potentially payable under plans which are generally available to all salaried employees, such as life and disability insurance, and (ii) earned but unpaid, in both cases, are excluded from the table. The values related to vesting of stock options and awards are based upon the fair market value of our Common Shares of $50.80 per share as reported on the NASDAQ on June 30, 2021, the last trading day of our fiscal year. The other material assumptions made with respect to the numbers reported in the table below are: • • • Payments in Canadian dollars included herein are converted to U.S. dollars using an exchange rate, as of June 30, 2021, of 0.773416; The salary and incentive payments are calculated based on the amounts of salary, incentive and benefit payments which were payable to each Named Executive Officer as of June 30, 2021; and Payments under the LTIPs are calculated as though 100% of LTIP 2023 (granted in Fiscal 2021), LTIP 2022 (granted in Fiscal 2020), and LTIP 2021 (granted in Fiscal 2019) have vested with respect to a termination without cause or change in relationship following a change in control event, and as though a pro-rated amount have vested with respect to no change in control event. Actual payments made at any future date may vary, including the amount the Named Executive Officer would have accrued under the applicable benefit or compensation plan as well as the price of our Common Shares. Named Executive Officer Short-term Incentive Payment ($) Gain on Vesting of LTIP and Non-LTIP RSUs ($) Gain on Vesting of Stock Options ($) Employee Benefits ($) Salary ($) Total ($) Mark J. Barrenechea Madhu Ranganathan Simon Harrison Termination Without Cause / Change in Relationship with no Change in Control Termination Without Cause / Change in Relationship, within 12 months following a Change in Control Termination Without Cause / Change in Relationship with no Change in Control Termination Without Cause / Change in Relationship, within 12 months following a Change in Control Termination Without Cause / Change in Relationship with no Change in Control Termination Without Cause / Change in Relationship, within 12 months following a Change in Control $ 1,900,000 $ 2,850,000 $ 12,427,819 $ — $ 63,650 (1) $ 17,241,469 $ 1,900,000 $ 2,850,000 $ 20,887,944 $ 8,120,944 $ 63,650 $ 33,822,538 $ 500,000 $ 500,000 $ 1,924,686 $ — $ 2,500 $ 2,927,186 $ 1,000,000 $ 1,000,000 $ 3,676,752 $ 2,506,621 $ 5,000 $ 8,188,373 $ 450,000 $ 450,000 $ 1,009,778 $ — $ 306,840 $ 2,216,618 $ 900,000 $ 900,000 $ 2,240,636 $ 1,616,694 $ 613,680 $ 6,271,010 107 Muhi Majzoub Gordon A. Davies Termination Without Cause / Change in Relationship with no Change in Control Termination Without Cause / Change in Relationship, within 12 months following a Change in Control Termination Without Cause / Change in Relationship with no Change in Control Termination Without Cause / Change in Relationship, within 12 months following a Change in Control $ 425,000 $ 425,000 $ 1,968,922 $ — $ 7,125 $ 2,826,047 $ 850,000 $ 850,000 $ 3,413,862 $ 1,833,542 $ 14,250 $ 6,961,654 $ 398,309 $ 398,309 $ 1,840,257 $ — $ 9,163 $ 2,646,038 $ 796,619 $ 796,619 $ 3,300,730 $ 1,755,200 $ 18,326 $ 6,667,494 (1) In accordance with the terms of his employment agreement, as amended, Mr. Barrenechea is entitled to participate until the age of 65 in healthcare benefits substantially similar to what he currently receives as Chief Executive Officer of the Company. These benefits will be provided at the cost of the Company, provided that Mr. Barrenechea continues to be responsible for funding an amount that is equal to his employee contribution as Chief Executive Officer, unless he becomes employed elsewhere, at which point this benefit will terminate. In the event that the employee or company contribution funding increases, Mr. Barrenechea would be responsible for that increase. Director Compensation for Fiscal 2021 The following table sets forth summary information concerning the annual compensation received by each of the non- management directors of OpenText for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021. Fees Earned or Paid in Cash ($) (1) Stock Awards ($) (2) Option Awards ($) Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($) Change in Pension Value and Non- qualified Deferred Compensation Earnings ($) All Other Compensation ($) Total ($) $ $ — — — — — N/A N/A N/A $ 586,037 $ 68,250 $ 246,717 $ — $ $ 195,000 $ 391,037 $ — $ $ 44,070 $ 370,409 $ — $ $ 95,542 $ 228,499 $ — $ $ 82,875 $ 288,475 $ — $ P. Thomas Jenkins (3) Randy Fowlie (4) David Fraser (5) Gail E. Hamilton (6) Robert Hau (7) Ann M. Powell (8) Stephen J. Sadler (9) Harmit Singh (10) Michael Slaunwhite (11) Katharine B. Stevenson (12) Carl Jurgen Tinggren (13) Deborah Weinstein (14) (1) Non-management directors may elect to defer all or a portion of their retainer and/or fees in the form of Common Share equivalent units $ — $ 369,957 $ — $ $ 24,375 $ 309,432 $ — $ 1,609 $ 414,236 $ — $ — $ 393,268 $ — $ 37,106 (15) $ 407,063 $ 333,807 $ 415,845 $ 393,268 — $ 408,895 $ — $ 8,502 $ — $ — $ — $ $ 314,967 $ 414,479 $ 371,350 $ 324,041 $ 408,895 N/A N/A N/A N/A — — — — — — 8,502 — $ — $ $ $ $ $ $ $ N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A — — — — — — — — — — — — — $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ under our Directors' Deferred Share Unit Plan (DSU Plan) based on the value of the Company's shares as of the date fees would otherwise be paid. The DSU Plan, originally effective February 2, 2010, and amended and restated in October 2018, is available to any non-management director of the Company and is designed to promote greater alignment of long-term interests between directors of the Company and its shareholders. DSUs granted as compensation for directors' fees vest immediately whereas the annual DSU grant vests at the Company’s next annual general meeting. No DSUs are payable by the Company until the director ceases to be a member of the Board. (2) The amounts set forth in this column represents the amount recognized as the aggregate grant date fair value of equity-based compensation awards, inclusive of DSU dividend equivalents, as calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 718. These amounts do not reflect whether the recipient has actually realized a financial benefit from the awards. For a discussion of the assumptions used in this valuation, see note 13 “Share Capital, Option Plan and Share-based Payments” to our consolidated financial statements. In Fiscal 2021, Messrs. Jenkins, Fowlie, Fraser, Hau, Sadler, Singh, Slaunwhite and Tinggren and Mses. Hamilton, Powell, Stevenson and Weinstein received 9,698, 9,124, 6,292, 5,893, 9,195, 7,890, 10,174, 202, 7,186, nil, 9,717, and 10,057 DSUs, respectively. (3) As of June 30, 2021, Mr. Jenkins holds 126,594 DSUs. Mr. Jenkins serves as Chairman of the Board. 108 (4) As of June 30, 2021, Mr. Fowlie holds 106.136 DSUs. (5) As of June 30, 2021, Mr. Fraser holds 19,886 DSUs. (6) As of June 30, 2021, Ms. Hamilton holds 83,843 DSUs. (7) As of June 30, 2021, Mr. Hau holds 5,893 DSUs. (8) Ms. Powell joined the board of directors on June 15, 2021. As of June 30, 2021, Ms. Powell holds no DSUs. (9) As of June 30, 2021, Mr. Sadler holds 101,507 DSUs. (10) As of June 30, 2021, Mr. Singh holds 22,799 DSUs. (11) As of June 30, 2021, Mr. Slaunwhite holds 121,538 DSUs. (12) As of June 30, 2021, Ms. Stevenson holds 101,546 DSUs. (13) Mr. Tinggren retired from the board of directors effective September 14, 2020, being the date of our annual general meeting. (14) As of June 30, 2021, Ms. Weinstein holds 116,621 DSUs. (15) During Fiscal 2021, Mr. Sadler received $37,106 in consulting fees, paid or payable in cash, for assistance with acquisition-related business activities. Mr. Sadler abstained from voting on all transactions from which he would potentially derive consulting fees. Directors who are salaried officers or employees receive no compensation for serving as directors. Mr. Barrenechea was the only employee director in Fiscal 2021. The material terms of our director compensation arrangements are as follows: Description Annual Chairman retainer fee payable to the Chairman of the Board Amount and Frequency of Payment $200,000 per year payable following our Annual General Meeting Annual retainer fee payable to each non-management director $70,000 per director payable following our Annual General Meeting Annual Audit Committee retainer fee payable to each member of the Audit Committee $25,000 per year payable at $6,250 at the beginning of each quarterly period. Annual Audit Committee Chair retainer fee payable to the Chair of the Audit Committee $10,000 per year payable at $2,500 at the beginning of each quarterly period. Annual Compensation Committee retainer fee payable to each member of the Compensation Committee $15,000 per year payable at $3,750 at the beginning of each quarterly period. Annual Compensation Committee Chair retainer fee payable to the Chair of the Compensation Committee $10,000 per year payable at $2,500 at the beginning of each quarterly period. Annual Corporate Governance Committee retainer fee payable to each member of the Corporate Governance Committee $8,000 per year payable at $2,000 at the beginning of each quarterly period. Annual Corporate Governance Committee Chair retainer fee payable to the Chair of the Corporate Governance Committee $6,000 per year payable at $1,500 at the beginning of each quarterly period. As a result of the COVID-19 compensation adjustments discussed above, all of our non-management directors accepted a 15% reduction in cash retainer compensation fees payable, effective for the period May 15, 2020 through June 30, 2021, subject to review and modification as the situation warranted. After careful consideration and review of performance during the COVID-19 pandemic, which was above the level expected at the start of the fiscal year, the Compensation Committee and Board approved the restoration of all previously announced compensation adjustments for all Named Executive Officers and directors, including the CEO, which became effective December 1, 2020. The Board has adopted a DSU Plan which is available to any non-management director of the Company. In Fiscal 2021, certain directors elected to receive DSUs instead of a cash payment for their directors’ fees. In addition to the scheduled fee arrangements set forth in the table above, whether paid in cash or DSUs, non-management directors also receive an annual DSU grant representing the long term component of their compensation. The amount of the annual DSU grant is discretionary; however, historically, the amount of this grant has been determined and updated on a periodic basis with the assistance of the 109 Compensation Committee and the compensation consultant and benchmarked against director compensation for comparable companies. For Fiscal 2021, the annual DSU grant was approximately $225,000 for each non-management director and approximately $295,000 for the Chairman of the Board. DSUs granted as compensation for directors' fees vest immediately whereas the annual DSU grant vests at the Company’s next annual general meeting. No DSUs are payable by the Company until the director ceases to be a member of the Board. As with its employees, the Company believes that granting compensation to directors in the form of equity, such as DSUs, promotes a greater alignment of long-term interests between directors of the Company and the shareholders of the Company and since Fiscal 2013 the Company has taken the position that non-management directors will receive DSUs instead of stock options where granting of equity awards is appropriate. All non-management directors have exceeded the Share Ownership Guidelines applicable to them, which is three times their annual retainer. For further details of our Share Ownership Guidelines as they relate to directors, see “Share Ownership Guidelines” above. The Company does not have a retirement policy for its directors; however, the Company does review its director performance annually as part of its governance process. Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation The members of our Compensation Committee consist of Mr. Slaunwhite (Chair) and Mses. Hamilton and Weinstein. None of the members of the Compensation Committee have been or are an officer or employee of the Company, or any of our subsidiaries, or had any relationship requiring disclosure herein. None of our executive officers served as a member of the compensation committee of another entity (or other committee of the board of directors performing equivalent functions, or in the absence of any such committee, the entire board of directors) one of whose executive officers served as a director of ours. Board's Role in Risk Oversight The Board has overall responsibility for risk oversight. The Board is responsible for overseeing management’s implementation and operation of enterprise risk management, either directly or through its committees, which shall report to the Board with respect to risk oversight undertaken in accordance with their respective charters. At least annually, the Board shall review reports provided by management on the risks inherent in the business of the Company (including appropriate crisis preparedness, business continuity, information system controls, cybersecurity and disaster recovery plans), the appropriate degree of risk mitigation and risk control, overall compliance with and the effectiveness of the Company’s risk management policies, and residual risks remaining after implementation of risk controls. In addition, each committee reviews and reports to the Board on risk oversight matters, as described below. The Audit Committee oversees risks related to our accounting, financial statements and financial reporting process. On a quarterly basis, the Audit Committee also reviews reports provided by management on the risks inherent in the business of the Company, including those related to cybersecurity and disaster recovery plans, and reports to the Board with respect to risk oversight undertaken. The Compensation Committee oversees risks which may be associated with our compensation policies, practices and programs, in particular with respect to our executive officers. The Compensation Committee assesses such risks with the review and assistance of the Company's management and the Compensation Committee's external compensation consultants. The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee monitors risk and potential risks with respect to the effectiveness of the Board, and considers aspects such as director succession, Board composition and the principal policies that guide the Company's overall corporate governance. The members of each of the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, and the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee are all “independent” directors within the meaning ascribed to it in Multilateral Instrument 52-110-Audit Committees as well as the listing standards of NASDAQ, and, in the case of the Audit Committee, the additional independence requirements set out by the SEC. All of our directors are kept informed of our business through open discussions with our management team, including our CEO, who serves on our Board. The Board also receives documents, such as quarterly and periodic management reports and financial statements, as well our directors have access to all books, records and reports upon request, and members of management are available at all times to answer any questions which Board members may have. Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters The following table sets forth certain information as of June 30, 2021 regarding Common Shares beneficially owned by the following persons or companies: (i) each person or company known by us to be the beneficial owner of approximately 5% or more of our outstanding Common Shares, (ii) each director of our Company, (iii) each Named Executive Officer, and (iv) all 110 directors and executive officers as a group. Except as otherwise indicated, we believe that the beneficial owners of the Common Shares listed below have sole investment and voting power with respect to such Common Shares, subject to community property laws where applicable. The number and percentage of shares beneficially owned as exhibited in Item 12 is based on filings made in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under these rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares as to which a person has sole or shared voting or investment power and also any shares of Common Shares underlying options or warrants that are exercisable by that person within 60 days of June 30, 2021. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each person or entity named in the table is “care of” Open Text Corporation, 275 Frank Tompa Drive, Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 0A1. Name and Address of Beneficial Owner Jarislowsky, Fraser Ltd. (1) 1010 Sherbrooke St. West, Montreal QC H3A 2R7 P. Thomas Jenkins (2) Mark J. Barrenechea (3) Michael Slaunwhite (4) Muhi Majzoub (5) Randy Fowlie (6) Stephen J. Sadler (7) Madhu Ranganathan (8) Gordon A. Davies (9) Katharine B. Stevenson (10) Deborah Weinstein (11) Simon Harrison (12) Gail E. Hamilton (13) Harmit Singh (14) David Fraser (15) Robert Hau (16) Ann M. Powell (17) All executive officers and directors as a group (18) Amount and Nature of Beneficial Ownership Percent of Common Shares Outstanding 16,333,691 6.02% 2,377,767 2,147,655 793,870 306,706 304,316 230,687 209,015 171,446 147,356 130,801 117,275 78,033 16,979 14,066 73 — * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 7,228,707 2.64% * (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) Less than 1% Information regarding the shares outstanding is based on information filed in Schedule 13G, 13F, or Schedule 13G/A with the SEC. The percentage of Common Shares outstanding is calculated using the total shares outstanding as of June 30, 2021. Includes 2,258,804 Common Shares owned and 118,963 deferred stock units (DSUs) which are exercisable. Includes 1,010,242 Common Shares owned, 928,185 options which are exercisable and 209,228 options which will become exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2021. Includes 678,152 Common Shares owned and 115,718 DSUs which are exercisable. Includes 91,813 Common Shares owned, 177,715 options which are exercisable and 37,178 options which will become exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2021. Includes 204,000 Common Shares owned and 100,316 DSUs which are exercisable. Includes 135,000 Common Shares owned and 95,687 DSUs which are exercisable. Includes 7,150 Common Shares owned, 171,780 options which are exercisable and 30,085 options which will become exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2021. Includes 62,626 Common Shares owned, 73,005 options which are exercisable and 35,815 options which will become exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2021. Includes 51,630 Common Shares owned and 95,726 DSUs which are exercisable. Includes 20,000 Common Shares owned and 110,801 DSUs which are exercisable. Includes 16,762 Common Shares owned, 80,011 options which are exercisable and 20,502 options which will become exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2021. Includes 10 Common Shares owned and 78,023 DSUs which are exercisable. Includes 16,979 DSUs which are exercisable. Includes 14,066 DSUs which are exercisable. Includes 73 DSUs which are exercisable. (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) Ms. Powell joined the Board of Directors on June 15, 2021. As of June 30, 2021, Ms. Powell holds no DSUs. 111 (18) Includes 4,558,684 Common Shares owned, 1,535,793 options which are exercisable, 387,878 options which will become exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2021, and 746,352 DSUs which are exercisable. Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans The following table sets forth summary information relating to our various stock compensation plans as of June 30, 2021: Plan Category Equity compensation plans approved by security holders: Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders: Under deferred stock unit awards Under performance stock unit awards Under restricted stock unit awards Total Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants, and rights Weighted average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants, and rights (a) 8,113,574 806,363 688,462 1,045,518 10,653,917 (b) $40.16 N/A N/A N/A Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column a) (c) 11,251,577 — — — 11,251,577 For more information regarding stock compensation plans, please refer to note 13 "Share Capital, Option Plans and Share- Based Payments" to our Consolidated Financial Statements within this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence Related Transactions Policy and Director Independence We have adopted a written policy that all transactional agreements between us and our officers, directors and affiliates will be first approved by a majority of the independent directors. Once these agreements are approved, payments made pursuant to the agreements are approved by the members of our Audit Committee. Our procedure regarding the approval of any related party transaction is that the material facts of such transaction shall be reviewed by the independent members of our Audit Committee and the transaction approved by a majority of the independent members of our Audit Committee. The Audit Committee reviews all transactions wherein we are, or will be a participant and any related party has or will have a direct or indirect interest. In determining whether to approve a related party transaction, the Audit Committee generally takes into account, among other facts it deems appropriate: whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances; the extent and nature of the related person's interest in the transaction; the benefits to the company of the proposed transaction; if applicable, the effects on a director's independence; and if applicable, the availability of other sources of comparable services or products. The Board has determined that all directors, except Messrs. Barrenechea and Sadler, meet the independence requirements under the NASDAQ Listing Rules and qualify as “independent directors” under those Listing Rules. Mr. Barrenechea is not considered independent by virtue of being our Vice Chair, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Technology Officer. See “Transactions with Related Persons” below with respect to payments made to Mr. Sadler. Each of the members of our Compensation Committee, Audit Committee and Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee is an independent director. Transactions With Related Persons One of our directors, Mr. Sadler, received consulting fees for assistance with acquisition-related business activities pursuant to a consulting agreement with the Company. Mr. Sadler's consulting agreement, which was adopted by way of Board resolution effective July 1, 2011, is for an indefinite period. The material terms of the agreement are as follows: Mr. Sadler is paid at the rate of Canadian dollars (CAD) $450 per hour for services relating to his consulting agreement. In addition, he is eligible to receive a bonus fee equivalent to 1.0% of the acquired company's revenues, up to CAD $10.0 million in revenue, plus an additional amount of 0.5% of the acquired company's revenues above CAD $10.0 million. The total bonus fee payable, for any given fiscal year, is subject to an annual limit of CAD $450,000 per single acquisition and an aggregate annual limit of CAD $980,000. The acquired company's revenues, for this purpose, is equal to the acquired company's revenues for the 12 months prior to the date of acquisition. 112 During Fiscal 2021, Mr. Sadler received CAD $48.0 thousand in consulting fees from OpenText (equivalent to $37.1 thousand USD), none of which represented bonus fees for assistance with acquisition-related business activities. Mr. Sadler abstained from voting on all transactions from which he would potentially derive consulting fees. Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services The aggregate fees for professional services rendered by our independent registered public accounting firm, KPMG LLP, for Fiscal 2021 and Fiscal 2020 were: (In thousands) Audit fees (1) Audit-related fees (2) Tax fees (3) All other fees (4) Total Year ended June 30, 2021 2020 5,306 $ 41 7 — 5,354 $ 5,362 257 52 — 5,671 $ $ (1) Audit fees were primarily for professional services rendered for (a) the annual audits of our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying attestation report regarding our ICFR contained in our Annual Report on Form 10-K, (b) the review of quarterly financial information included in our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, (c) audit services related to mergers and acquisitions, and (d) annual statutory audits where applicable. (2) Audit related fees were primarily for assurance and related services, such as the review of offering documents and non-periodic filings with the SEC. (3) Tax fees were for services related to tax compliance, including the preparation of tax returns, tax planning and tax advice. (4) All other fees consist of fees for services other than the services reported in audit fees, audit-related fees, and tax fees. OpenText's Audit Committee has established a policy of reviewing, in advance, and either approving or not approving, all audit, audit-related, tax and other non-audit services that our independent registered public accounting firm provides to us. This policy requires that all services received from our independent registered public accounting firm be approved in advance by the Audit Committee or a delegate of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee has delegated the pre-approval responsibility to the Chair of the Audit Committee. All services that KPMG LLP provided to us in Fiscal 2021 and Fiscal 2020 have been pre- approved by the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee has determined that the provision of the services as set out above is compatible with the maintaining of KPMG LLP's independence in the conduct of its auditing functions. 113 Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules (a) Financial Statements and Schedules Part IV Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data (Item 8) Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2021 and 2020 Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended June 30, 2021, 2020, and 2019 Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended June 30, 2021, 2020, and 2019 Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the years ended June 30, 2021, 2020, and 2019 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended June 30, 2021, 2020, and 2019 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Page Number 119 121 122 123 124 125 126 128 (b) The following documents are filed as a part of this report: 1) Consolidated financial statements and Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm and the related notes thereto are included in Part II, Item 8. 2) Valuation and Qualifying Accounts; see note 4 "Allowance for Credit Losses" and note 15 "Income Taxes" in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8. 3) Exhibits: The following exhibits are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K or are incorporated by reference to exhibits previously filed with the SEC. Exhibit Number 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9 3.10 3.11 Description of Exhibit Agreement and Plan of Merger between Open Text Corporation, EPIC Acquisition Sub Inc., a Delaware corporation and an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of OpenText and EasyLink Services International Corporation dated May 1, 2012. (14) Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of November 4, 2013, among Open Text Corporation, Ocelot Merger Sub, Inc., GXS Group, Inc. and the stockholders' representative named therein. (20) Support Agreement, dated as of November 4, 2013, among GXS Group, Inc., Open Text Corporation, and Global Acquisition LLC. (20) Support Agreement, dated as of November 4, 2013, among GXS Group, Inc., Open Text Corporation, CCG Investment Fund, L.P., CCG Associates - QP, LLC, CCG Investment Fund - AI, LP, CCG AV, LLC - Series A, CCG AV, LLC - Series C and CCG CI, LLC. (20) Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of December 5, 2014, by and among Open Text Corporation, Asteroid Acquisition Corporation and Actuate. (24) Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated September 12, 2016, by and among Open Text Corporation, EMC Corporation, EMC International Company, and EMC (Benelux) B.V. (26) Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated November 10, 2019, by and among Open Text Corporation, Coral Merger Sub Inc. and Carbonite, Inc. (39) Articles of Amalgamation of the Company. (1) Articles of Amendment of the Company. (1) Articles of Amendment of the Company. (1) Articles of Amalgamation of the Company. (1) Articles of Amalgamation of the Company, dated July 1, 2001. (2) Articles of Amalgamation of the Company, dated July 1, 2002. (3) Articles of Amalgamation of the Company, dated July 1, 2003. (4) Articles of Amalgamation of the Company, dated July 1, 2004. (5) Articles of Amalgamation of the Company, dated July 1, 2005. (6) Articles of Continuance of the Company, dated December 29, 2005. (7) By-Law 1 of Open Text Corporation. (37) 114 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.7 4.8 4.9 4.10 4.11 4.12 4.13 4.14 4.15 10.1* 10.2* 10.3* 10.4* 10.5 10.6* 10.7* 10.8* 10.9* 10.10* 10.11 10.12 Description of the Registrant's Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. (44) Form of Common Share Certificate. (1) Amended and Restated Shareholder Rights Plan Agreement between Open Text Corporation and Computershare Investor Services, Inc. dated September 23, 2016. (19) Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 4, 2013, by and among Open Text Corporation and the principal stockholders named therein, and for the benefit of the holders (as defined therein). (20) Indenture, dated as of January 15, 2015, among the Company, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, The Bank of New York Mellon (as successor to Citibank, N.A.), as U.S. trustee, and BNY Trust Company of Canada (as successor to Citi Trust Company Canada), as Canadian trustee (including form of 5.625% Senior Notes due 2023). (27) Indenture, dated as of May 31, 2016, among the Company, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, The Bank of New York Mellon, as U.S. trustee, and BNY Trust Company of Canada, as Canadian trustee (including form of 5.875% Senior Notes due 2026). (29) Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 9, 2016, to the Indenture governing 5.625% Senior Notes due 2023, among the Company, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, The Bank of New York Mellon, as U.S. trustee, and BNY Trust Company of Canada, as Canadian trustee. (30) Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 9, 2016, to the Indenture governing 5.875% Senior Notes due 2026, among the Company, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, The Bank of New York Mellon, as U.S. trustee, and BNY Trust Company of Canada, as Canadian trustee. (30) Amended and Restated Shareholder Rights Plan Agreement between Open Text Corporation and Computershare Investor Services, Inc. dated September 4, 2019. (40) Indenture (including form of Note), dated as of April 4, 2017, by and between Carbonite, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. (41) First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 24, 2019, by and between Carbonite, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. (41) Indenture, dated as of February 18, 2020, between Open Text Corporation and the Bank of NY Mellon, as U.S. Trustee, and BNY Trust Company of Canada, as Canadian trustee. (42) Indenture, dated as of February 18, 2020, between Open Text Holdings, Inc. and the Bank of NY Mellon, as U.S. Trustee, and BNY Trust Company of Canada, as Canadian trustee. (42) Open Text Corporation 2004 Stock Option Plan, as amended and restated on September 14, 2020. (46) Open Text Corporation 2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended and restated on September 14, 2020. (46) 1998 Stock Option Plan. (8) Form of Indemnity Agreement between the Company and certain of its officers dated September 7, 2006. (9) Consulting Agreement between Steven Sadler and SJS Advisors Inc. and the Company, dated May 3, 2005. (10) OpenText Corporation Directors' Deferred Share Unit Plan, as amended and restated October 30, 2018. (11) Amended and Restated Credit Agreement among Open Text Corporation and certain of its subsidiaries, the Lenders, Barclays Bank PLC, Royal Bank of Canada, Barclays Capital and RBC Capital Markets, dated as of November 9, 2011. (12) OpenText Corporation 2004 Stock Option Plan, as amended and restated September 23, 2016. (15) OpenText Corporation Long-Term Incentive Plan 2015 for eligible employees, effective October 3, 2012. (16) Employment Agreement, dated October 30, 2012 between Mark Barrenechea and the Company. (16) Amendment No. 1 to the Employment Agreement between Mark J. Barrenechea and the Company dated January 24, 2013 (amending the Employment Agreement between Mark J. Barrenechea and the Company dated October 30, 2012). (17) Employment Agreement, as of December 19, 2012, between Gordon A. Davies and the Company. (18) Commitment Letter, dated as of November 4, 2013, by and among Barclays Bank PLC, Royal Bank of Canada and Open Text Corporation. (20) First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Amended and Restated Security and Pledge Agreement, dated as of December 16, 2013, between Open Text ULC, as term borrower, Open Text ULC, Open Text Inc. and Open Text Corporation, as revolving credit borrowers, the domestic guarantors party thereto, each of the lenders party thereto, Barclays Bank PLC, as sole administrative agent and collateral agent, and Royal Bank of Canada, as documentary credit lender. (21) 115 10.13 10.14 10.15 10.16* 10.17* Credit Agreement, dated as of January 16, 2014, among Open Text Corporation, as guarantor, Ocelot Merger Sub, Inc., which on January 16, 2014 merged with and into GXS Group, Inc. which survived such merger, as borrower, the other domestic guarantors party thereto, the lenders named therein, as lenders, Barclays Bank PLC, as sole administrative agent and collateral agent, and with Barclays and RBC Capital Markets, as lead arrangers and joint bookrunners. (22) Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2014, between Open Text ULC, as term borrower, Open Text ULC, Open Text Holdings, Inc. and Open Text Corporation, as revolving credit borrowers, the domestic guarantors party thereto, each of the lenders party thereto, Barclays Bank PLC, as sole administrative agent and collateral agent, and Royal Bank of Canada, as documentary credit lender. (25) Tender and Voting Agreement, dated as of December 5, 2014, by and among Open Text Corporation, Asteroid Acquisition Corporation and certain stockholders of Actuate. (24) Employment Agreement, dated November 30, 2012, between Muhi Majzoub and the Company. (23) Amendment No. 2 to the Employment Agreement between Mark J. Barrenechea and the Company dated July 30, 2014 (amending the Employment Agreement between Mark J. Barrenechea and the Company dated October 30, 2012). (23) 10.18* Amended and Restated Employee Stock Purchase Plan. (28) 10.19 10.20 10.21* 10.22 10.23* 10.24 10.25 Repricing Amendment and Amendment No. 2 dated as of February 22, 2017 to Credit Agreement, by and among Open Text Corporation, as guarantor, Open Text GXS ULC, as borrower, the other guarantors party thereto, each of the lenders party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent. (31) Amendment No. 3 to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May 5, 2017, among Open Text ULC, Open Text Holdings, Inc. and Open Text Corporation, as borrowers, the guarantors party thereto, each of the lenders party thereto, and Barclays Bank PLC, as sole administrative agent and collateral agent. (32) Amendment No. 3 to the Employment Agreement between Mark J. Barrenechea and the Company dated June 1, 2017 (amending the Employment Agreement between Mark J. Barrenechea and the Company dated October 30, 2012). (33) Amendment No. 4 to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of September 6, 2017, among Open Text ULC, Open Text Holdings, Inc. and Open Text Corporation, as borrowers, the guarantors party thereto, each of the lenders party thereto, and Barclays Bank PLC, as sole administrative agent and collateral agent. (34) Employment Agreement, dated January 30, 2018, among the Company, Open Text Inc. and Madhu Ranganathan. (35) Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of May 30, 2018, by and among Open Text Corporation, as borrower, the guarantors party thereto, each of the lenders party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent. (36) Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of May 30, 2018, by and among Open Text ULC, Open Text Holdings, Inc. and Open Text Corporation, as borrowers, the guarantors party thereto, each of the lenders party thereto, Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent, collateral agent and swing line lender and Royal Bank of Canada as documentary credit lender. (36) 10.26* Employment Agreement, dated October 1, 2017, between Simon (Ted) Harrison and the Company. (38) 10.27 10.28* 18.1 21.1 23.1 31.1 31.2 32.1 32.2 Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of October 31, 2019, by and among Open Text ULC, Open Text Holdings, Inc. and Open Text Corporation, as borrowers, the guarantors party thereto, each of the lenders party thereto, Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent, collateral agent and swing line lender and Royal Bank of Canada as documentary credit lender. (43) Amendment No. 4 to the Employment Agreement between Mark J. Barrenechea and the Company dated August 14, 2020 (amending the Employment Agreement between Mark J. Barrenechea and the Company dated October 30, 2012, as amended). (45) Preferability letter dated February 2, 2012 from the Company's auditors, KPMG LLP, regarding a change in the Company's accounting policy relating to the income statement classification of tax related interest and penalties. (13) List of the Company's Subsidiaries. Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. Certification of the Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Exchange Act, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Exchange Act, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 116 101.INS XBRL instance document - the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document. 101.SCH Inline XBRL taxonomy extension schema. 101.CAL Inline XBRL taxonomy extension calculation linkbase. 101.DEF Inline XBRL taxonomy extension definition linkbase. 101.LAB Inline XBRL taxonomy extension label linkbase. 101.PRE Inline XBRL taxonomy extension presentation. * Indicates management contract relating to compensatory plans or arrangements (1) Filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Registration Statement on Form F-1 (Registration Number 33-98858) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on November 1, 1995 or Amendments 1, 2 or 3 thereto (filed on December 28, 1995, January 22, 1996 and January 23, 1996 respectively), and incorporated herein by reference. (2) Filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K, as filed with the SEC on September 28, 2001 and incorporated herein by reference. (3) Filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K, as filed with the SEC on September 28, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference. (4) Filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K, as filed with the SEC on September 29, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference. (5) Filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K, as filed with the SEC on September 13, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference. (6) Filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K, as filed with the SEC on September 27, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference. (7) Filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, as filed with the SEC on February 3, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference. (8) Filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K, as filed with the SEC on August 20, 1999 and incorporated herein by reference. (9) Filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K, as filed with the SEC on September 12, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference. (10) Filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K, as filed with the SEC on August 26, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference. (11) Filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, as filed with the SEC on January 31, 2019 and incorporated herein by reference. (12) Filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on November 9, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference. (13) Filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, as filed with the SEC on February 2, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference. (14) Filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on July 3, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference. (15) Filed as an exhibit to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-8, as filed with the SEC on November 4, 2016, and incorporated herein by reference. (16) Filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, as filed with the SEC on November 1, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference. (17) Filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, as filed with the SEC on January 25, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference. (18) Filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K, as filed with the SEC on August 1, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference. (19) Filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on September 23, 2016 and incorporated herein by reference. (20) Filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K/A, as filed with the SEC on November 6, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference. (21) Filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on December 20, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference. (22) Filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on January 16, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference. (23) Filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K, as filed with the SEC on July 31, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference. 117 (24) Filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on December 5, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference. (25) Filed as an exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, as fined with the SEC on December 23, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference. (26) Filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on September 13, 2016 and incorporated herein by reference. (27) Filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on January 15, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference. (28) Filed as an exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on October 2, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference. (29) Filed as an exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on May 31, 2016 and incorporated herein by reference. (30) Filed as an Exhibit to the Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3, as filed with the SEC on December 12, 2016 and incorporated herein by reference. (31) Filed as an exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on February 22, 2017 and incorporated herein by reference. (32) Filed as an exhibit to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, as filed with the SEC on May 8, 2017 and incorporated herein by reference. (33) Filed as an exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on June 6, 2017 and incorporated herein by reference. (34) Filed as an exhibit to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, as filed with the SEC on November 2, 2017 and incorporated herein by reference. (35) Filed as an exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on February 1, 2018 and incorporated herein by reference. (36) Filed as an exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on May 30, 2018 and incorporated herein by reference. (37) Filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on September 26, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference. (38) Filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K, as filed with the SEC on August 2, 2018 and incorporated herein by reference. (39) Filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on November 12, 2019 and incorporated herein by reference. (40) Filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on September 4, 2019 and incorporated herein by reference. (41) Filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, as filed with the SEC on January 30, 2020 and incorporated herein by reference. (42) Filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on February 18, 2020 and incorporated herein by reference. (43) Filed as an Exhibit to Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on November 5, 2019 and incorporated herein by reference. (44) Filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K, as filed with the SEC on August 1, 2019 and incorporated herein by reference. (45) Filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on August 14, 2020 and incorporated herein by reference. (46) Filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-8, as filed with the SEC on September 30, 2020 and incorporated herein by reference. 118 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of Open Text Corporation Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Open Text Corporation (the Company) as of June 30, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three‑year period ended June 30, 2021, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of June 30, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three‑year period ended June 30, 2021, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated August 4, 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Changes in Accounting Principles As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, in the year ended June 30, 2021, Open Text Corporation adopted the new accounting standard, "Financial Instruments – Credit Losses" on a modified retrospective basis through a cumulative-effect adjustment to opening retained earnings. In the year ended June 30, 2020, Open Text Corporation adopted the new accounting standard, "Leases" on a modified retrospective basis through a cumulative-effect adjustment to opening retained earnings. Basis for Opinion These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. Critical Audit Matters The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate. Evaluation of the determination of standalone selling prices of revenue performance obligations for customer contracts with a software license As discussed in Note 2 and Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company generally sells or licenses its software in combination with other products and services such as customer support and professional services. The accounting for customer contracts with a software license requires an allocation of the transaction price to each distinct performance obligation based on the determination of the standalone selling price (SSP). SSP for a performance obligation in a customer contract is an estimate of the price that would be charged for the specific product or service if it was sold separately in similar circumstances and to similar customers. This estimate determines the allocation of the transaction price and affects the amount and timing of revenue recognized for each performance obligation in a customer contract. SSP is estimated based on the impact of geographic or regional specific factors, profit objectives and pricing practices for different performance obligations. 119 We identified the evaluation of the determination of the SSP of revenue performance obligations for customer contracts with a software license as a critical audit matter. A higher degree of auditor judgment was required to evaluate the methodology used to establish SSP for each performance obligation which could be offered in a customer contract. The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included the following. We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls over the Company’s revenue process, including controls over the methodology used to determine SSP for identified performance obligations in customer contracts which include a software license. We evaluated the methodology used to determine SSP based on current pricing patterns in relevant customer contracts, historical analysis of renewal contract pricing completed by the Company and pricing practices observed in the industry. We inspected a selection of contracts from the SSP population and compared attributes such as price and employee consultant level to historical information. For a sample of software license contracts with multiple performance obligations, we tested that the determined SSP was correctly applied in the allocation of the transaction price to each performance obligation. Assessment of uncertain tax positions As discussed in Note 2 and Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has recognized uncertain tax positions including associated interest and penalties. The Company’s tax positions are subject to audit by local taxing authorities across multiple global subsidiaries and the resolution of such audits may span multiple years. Tax law is complex and often subject to varied interpretations. Accordingly, the ultimate outcome with respect to taxes the Company may owe may differ from the amounts recognized. We identified the assessment of uncertain tax positions as a critical audit matter. The assessment of tax exposures and the ultimate resolution of uncertain tax positions requires a higher degree of auditor judgment in evaluating the Company’s interpretation of, and compliance with, tax law globally across multiple jurisdictions. The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included the following. We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls over the Company’s process to assess uncertain tax positions, including controls related to the interpretation of tax law and identification of uncertain tax positions, the evaluation of which of the Company’s tax positions may not be sustained upon audit and the estimation of exposures associated with uncertain tax positions. We involved domestic and international tax professionals with specialized skills and knowledge who assisted in assessing filed tax positions and transfer pricing studies, and evaluating the Company’s interpretation of tax law and its assessment of certain tax uncertainties and expected outcomes, including, if applicable, the measurement thereof, by reading advice obtained from the Company’s external specialists and correspondence with taxation authorities. /s/ KPMG LLP Chartered Professional Accountants, Licensed Public Accountants We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2001. Toronto, Canada August 4, 2021 120 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of Open Text Corporation: Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting We have audited Open Text Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. In our opinion, Open Text Corporation (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of June 30, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended June 30, 2021, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements), and our report dated August 4, 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. Basis for Opinion The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. /s/ KPMG LLP Chartered Professional Accountants, Licensed Public Accountants Toronto, Canada August 4, 2021 121 OPEN TEXT CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share data) ASSETS Cash and cash equivalents Accounts receivable trade, net of allowance for credit losses of $22,151 as of June 30, 2021 and $20,906 as of June 30, 2020 (note 1 and note 4) Contract assets (note 3) Income taxes recoverable (note 15) Prepaid expenses and other current assets (note 9) Total current assets Property and equipment (note 5) Operating lease right of use assets (note 6) Long-term contract assets (note 3) Goodwill (note 7) Acquired intangible assets (note 8) Deferred tax assets (note 15) Other assets (note 9) Long-term income taxes recoverable (note 15) Total assets LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY Current liabilities: Accounts payable and accrued liabilities (note 10) Current portion of long-term debt (note 11) Operating lease liabilities (note 6) Deferred revenues (note 3) Income taxes payable (note 15) Total current liabilities Long-term liabilities: Accrued liabilities (note 10) Pension liability (note 12) Long-term debt (note 11) Long-term operating lease liabilities (note 6) Long-term deferred revenues (note 3) Long-term income taxes payable (note 15) Deferred tax liabilities (note 15) Total long-term liabilities Shareholders’ equity: Share capital and additional paid-in capital (note 13) 271,540,755 and 271,863,354 Common Shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020, respectively; authorized Common Shares: unlimited Accumulated other comprehensive income (note 21) Retained earnings Treasury stock, at cost (1,567,664 and 622,297 shares at June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020, respectively) Total OpenText shareholders' equity Non-controlling interests Total shareholders’ equity Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity Guarantees and contingencies (note 14) Related party transactions (note 25) Subsequent event (note 26) June 30, 2021 June 30, 2020 $ 1,607,306 $ 1,692,850 438,547 25,344 32,312 98,551 2,202,060 233,595 234,532 19,222 4,691,673 1,187,260 796,738 208,894 35,362 9,609,336 $ 423,592 $ 10,000 58,315 852,629 17,368 1,361,904 28,830 74,511 3,578,859 224,453 98,989 34,113 108,224 4,147,979 1,947,764 66,238 2,153,326 (69,386) 4,097,942 1,511 4,099,453 9,609,336 $ 466,357 29,570 61,186 136,436 2,386,399 244,555 207,869 15,427 4,672,356 1,612,564 911,565 154,467 29,620 10,234,822 373,314 610,000 64,071 812,218 44,630 1,904,233 34,955 73,129 3,584,311 217,165 94,382 171,200 148,738 4,323,880 1,851,777 17,825 2,159,396 (23,608) 4,005,390 1,319 4,006,709 10,234,822 $ $ $ See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 122 OPEN TEXT CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data) Year Ended June 30, 2021 2020 2019 Revenues (note 3): Cloud services and subscriptions Customer support License Professional service and other Total revenues Cost of revenues: $ 1,407,445 $ 1,334,062 384,711 259,897 3,386,115 1,157,686 $ 1,275,586 402,851 273,613 3,109,736 Cloud services and subscriptions Customer support License Professional service and other Amortization of acquired technology-based intangible assets (note 8) Total cost of revenues Gross profit Operating expenses: Research and development Sales and marketing General and administrative Depreciation Amortization of acquired customer-based intangible assets (note 8) Special charges (recoveries) (note 18) Total operating expenses Income from operations Other income (expense), net (note 23) Interest and other related expense, net Income before income taxes Provision for (recovery of) income taxes (note 15) Net income Net (income) loss attributable to non-controlling interests Net income attributable to OpenText Earnings per share—basic attributable to OpenText (note 24) Earnings per share—diluted attributable to OpenText (note 24) Weighted average number of Common Shares outstanding—basic (in '000's) Weighted average number of Common Shares outstanding—diluted (in '000's) $ $ $ $ 481,818 122,753 13,916 197,183 218,796 1,034,466 2,351,649 421,447 622,221 263,521 85,265 216,544 1,748 1,610,746 740,903 61,434 (151,567) 650,770 339,906 310,864 $ (192) 310,672 $ 1.14 $ 1.14 $ 449,940 123,894 11,321 212,903 205,717 1,003,775 2,105,961 370,411 585,044 237,532 89,458 219,559 100,428 1,602,432 503,529 (11,946) (146,378) 345,205 110,837 234,368 $ (143) 234,225 $ 0.86 $ 0.86 $ 907,812 1,247,915 428,092 284,936 2,868,755 383,993 124,343 14,347 224,635 183,385 930,703 1,938,052 321,836 518,035 207,909 97,716 189,827 35,719 1,371,042 567,010 10,156 (136,592) 440,574 154,937 285,637 (136) 285,501 1.06 1.06 272,533 270,847 268,784 273,479 271,817 269,908 See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 123 OPEN TEXT CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (In thousands of U.S. dollars) Net income Other comprehensive income (loss)—net of tax: Net foreign currency translation adjustments Unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow hedges: Unrealized gain (loss) - net of tax expense (recovery) effect of $1,532, ($599) and $6 for the year ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively (Gain) loss reclassified into net income - net of tax (expense) recovery effect of ($1,182), $355 and $539 for the year ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively Actuarial gain (loss) relating to defined benefit pension plans: Actuarial gain (loss) - net of tax expense (recovery) effect of $990, $1,219 and ($2,004) for the year ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively Amortization of actuarial (gain) loss into net income - net of tax (expense) recovery effect of $379, $520 and $292 for the year ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively Year Ended June 30, 2021 2020 2019 $ 310,864 $ 234,368 $ 285,637 42,440 (7,784) (3,882) 4,246 (1,662) 16 (3,280) 985 1,494 3,987 1,245 (7,421) 1,020 917 272 Total other comprehensive income (loss) net Total comprehensive income Comprehensive (income) loss attributable to non-controlling interests Total comprehensive income attributable to OpenText $ 48,413 359,277 (192) 359,085 $ (6,299) 228,069 (143) 227,926 $ (9,521) 276,116 (136) 275,980 See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 124 OPEN TEXT CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (In thousands of U.S. dollars and shares) Balance as of June 30, 2018 Issuance of Common Shares Common Shares and Additional Paid in Capital Treasury Stock Shares Amount Shares Amount Retained Earnings Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income Non- Controlling Interests Total 267,651 $ 1,707,073 (691) $ (18,732) $ 1,994,235 $ 33,645 $ 1,037 $ 3,717,258 Under employee stock option plans Under employee stock purchase plans 1,472 711 Under employee stock option plans Under employee stock purchase plans 1,530 499 41,282 17,757 29,532 — — — — — — — (300) (12,424) (11,008) 481 17,582 — — — — — Share-based compensation Purchase of treasury stock Issuance of treasury stock Dividends declared ($0.6300 per Common Share) Cumulative effect of ASU 2016-16 Cumulative effect of Topic 606 Other comprehensive income (loss) - net Non-controlling interest Net income Balance as of June 30, 2019 Issuance of Common Shares Share-based compensation Purchase of treasury stock Issuance of treasury stock Dividends declared ($0.6984 per Common Share) Other comprehensive income (loss) - net Non-controlling interest Net income Balance as of June 30, 2020 Adoption of ASU 2016-13 - cumulative effect, net (note 1) Issuance of Common Shares Under employee stock option plans Under employee stock purchase plans Share-based compensation Purchase of treasury stock Issuance of treasury stock Repurchase of Common Shares Dividends declared ($0.7770 per Common Share) Other comprehensive income (loss) - net Net income 35,626 21,835 26,770 — — — — — — — (726) (26,499) (16,465) 614 16,465 — — — — — — — — — — — — (168,859) — — — — — (26,780) 29,786 — — 285,501 (803) $ (28,766) $ 2,113,883 $ — — (625) — 269,834 $ 1,774,214 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — (188,712) — — — — — — — — — (6,299) — — — 271,863 $ 1,851,777 234,225 (622) $ (23,608) $ 2,159,396 $ — — — — (2,450) 1,605 573 — — — (2,500) — — — 49,565 22,307 51,969 — 193 — — 6,690 — — (1,455) (64,847) 316 12,379 — — — — — (12,379) (15,475) — — — — — — — — (103,630) — (210,662) — — — 310,672 — — — — — — — — (9,521) — — 24,124 $ — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 35,626 21,835 26,770 (26,499) — (168,859) (26,780) 29,786 (9,521) 42 136 (583) 285,637 1,215 $ 3,884,670 — — — — — — — (39) 41,282 17,757 29,532 (12,424) 6,574 (188,712) (6,299) (39) — 17,825 $ 143 234,368 1,319 $ 4,006,709 — — — — — — — — 48,413 — — (2,450) — — — — — — — — 49,565 28,997 51,969 (64,847) — (119,105) (210,662) 48,413 192 310,864 Balance as of June 30, 2021 271,541 $ 1,947,764 (1,568) $ (69,386) $ 2,153,326 $ 66,238 $ 1,511 $ 4,099,453 See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 125 OPEN TEXT CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (In thousands of U.S. dollars) Cash flows from operating activities: Net income Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets Share-based compensation expense Pension expense Amortization of debt issuance costs Accelerated amortization of right of use assets Loss on extinguishment of debt Loss on sale and write down of property and equipment Deferred taxes Share in net (income) loss of equity investees Changes in operating assets and liabilities: Accounts receivable Contract assets Prepaid expenses and other current assets Income taxes Accounts payable and accrued liabilities Deferred revenue Other assets Operating lease assets and liabilities, net Net cash provided by operating activities Cash flows from investing activities: Additions of property and equipment Purchase of XMedius Purchase of Carbonite, Inc., net of cash and restricted cash acquired Purchase of Dynamic Solutions Group Inc. Purchase of Catalyst Repository Systems Inc. Purchase of Liaison Technologies, Inc. Purchase of Guidance Software, Inc., net of cash acquired Other investing activities Net cash used in investing activities Cash flows from financing activities: Proceeds from issuance of Common Shares from exercise of stock options and ESPP Proceeds from long-term debt and Revolver Repayment of long-term debt and Revolver Debt extinguishment costs (note 23) Debt issuance costs Repurchase of Common Shares Purchase of treasury stock Purchase of non-controlling interests Payments of dividends to shareholders Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities Foreign exchange gain (loss) on cash held in foreign currencies Increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash during the period Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of the period Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of the period 126 2021 Year Ended June 30, 2020 2019 $ 310,864 $ 234,368 $ 285,637 520,605 51,969 6,616 4,548 — — 2,771 73,039 (62,897) 60,954 (39,333) 37,733 (140,763) 26,088 39,295 11,914 (27,283) 876,120 (63,675) 444 — (971) — — — (4,568) (68,770) 80,067 — (610,000) — — (119,105) (64,847) — (210,662) (924,547) 29,734 (87,463) 514,734 29,532 5,802 4,633 36,864 17,854 9,714 51,388 (8,700) 84,499 (40,301) (6,897) (35,086) 30,613 25,306 1,127 (914) 954,536 (72,709) (73,335) (1,305,097) (4,149) — — — (14,127) (1,469,417) 66,600 3,150,000 (1,713,631) (11,248) (21,806) — (12,424) — (188,712) 1,268,779 (178) 753,720 1,697,263 1,609,800 $ 943,543 1,697,263 $ $ 470,928 26,770 4,624 4,330 — — 9,438 47,425 (13,668) 75,508 (37,623) (819) 27,291 (21,732) (1,827) (4) — 876,278 (63,837) — — — (70,800) (310,644) (2,279) (16,966) (464,526) 57,889 — (10,000) — (322) — (26,499) (583) (168,859) (148,374) (3,826) 259,552 683,991 943,543 OPEN TEXT CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (In thousands of U.S. dollars) Reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash: June 30, 2021 June 30, 2020 June 30, 2019 Cash and cash equivalents Restricted cash (1) Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash $ $ 1,607,306 $ 1,692,850 $ 2,494 1,609,800 $ 4,413 1,697,263 $ 941,009 2,534 943,543 (1) Restricted cash is classified under the Prepaid expenses and other current assets and Other assets line items on the Consolidated Balance Sheets (note 9). Supplemental cash flow disclosures (note 6 and note 22) See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 127 OPEN TEXT CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS For the Year Ended June 30, 2021 (Tabular amounts in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data) NOTE 1—BASIS OF PRESENTATION The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Open Text Corporation and our subsidiaries, collectively referred to as "OpenText" or the "Company". We wholly own all of our subsidiaries with the exception of Open Text South Africa Proprietary Ltd. (OT South Africa) and EC1 Pte. Ltd. (GXS Singapore), which as of June 30, 2021, were 70% and 81% owned, respectively, by OpenText. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. Throughout this Annual Report on Form 10-K: (i) the term "Fiscal 2022" means our fiscal year beginning on July 1, 2021 and ending June 30, 2022; (ii) the term "Fiscal 2021" means our fiscal year beginning on July 1, 2020 and ended June 30, 2021; (iii) the term “Fiscal 2020” means our fiscal year beginning on July 1, 2019 and ended June 30, 2020; (iv) the term “Fiscal 2019” means our fiscal year beginning on July 1, 2018 and ended June 30, 2019; (v) the term “Fiscal 2018” means our fiscal year beginning on July 1, 2017 and ended June 30, 2018; (vi) the term “Fiscal 2017” means our fiscal year beginning on July 1, 2016 and ended June 30, 2017; (vii) the term “Fiscal 2016” means our fiscal year beginning on July 1, 2015 and ended June 30, 2016; (viii) the term “Fiscal 2015” means our fiscal year beginning on July 1, 2014 and ended June 30, 2015; (ix) the term “Fiscal 2014” means our fiscal year beginning on July 1, 2013 and ended June 30, 2014; (x) the term “Fiscal 2013” means our fiscal year beginning on July 1, 2012 and ended June 30, 2013; and (xi) the term “Fiscal 2012” means our fiscal year beginning on July 1, 2011 and ended June 30, 2012. These Consolidated Financial Statements are expressed in U.S. dollars and are prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (U.S. GAAP). The information furnished reflects all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results for the periods presented. Use of estimates The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires us to make certain estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements. These estimates, judgments and assumptions are evaluated on an ongoing basis. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable at that time, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from those estimates. In particular, key estimates, judgments and assumptions include those related to: (i) revenue recognition, (ii) accounting for income taxes, (iii) testing of goodwill for impairment, (iv) the valuation of acquired intangible assets, (v) the valuation of long-lived assets, (vi) the recognition of contingencies, (vii) restructuring accruals, (viii) acquisition accruals and pre-acquisition contingencies, (ix) the valuation of stock options granted and obligations related to share-based payments, including the valuation of our long-term incentive plans, and (x) the valuation of pension obligations. In March 2020, COVID-19 was characterized as a pandemic by the World Health Organization. The spread of COVID-19 has significantly impacted the global economy. As the impacts of the pandemic continue to evolve, estimates and assumptions about future events and their effects cannot be determined with certainty and therefore require increased judgment. As of June 30, 2021, we have recorded certain estimates resulting from the pandemic, particularly with respect to the COVID-19 Restructuring Plan (as defined herein) and allowance for credit losses, based on management's estimates and assumptions utilizing the most currently available information. Such estimates may be subject to change particularly given the unprecedented nature of the COVID-19 pandemic. We will continue to monitor the potential impact of COVID-19 on our financial statements and related disclosures, including the need for additional estimates going forward, which could include costs related to potential items such as special charges (recoveries), restructurings, asset impairments and other non-recurring costs. Please see note 18 "Special Charges (Recoveries)" and "Risk Factors" included within Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Impact of Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements Financial Instruments Effective July 1, 2020, we adopted Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2016-13 "Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326)" on a modified retrospective basis through a cumulative-effect adjustment to opening retained earnings. 128 Topic 326 requires the measurement and recognition of expected credit losses for financial assets held at amortized cost. This replaces the existing incurred loss model with an expected loss model and requires the use of forward-looking information to calculate credit loss estimates. Results for reporting periods effective as of July 1, 2020 are presented under the new standard, while prior period results continue to be reported under the previous standards. As a result of this adoption, we recorded a decrease to retained earnings of $2.5 million as of July 1, 2020 with the following corresponding impacts: • • • A decrease in accounts receivable trade, net of $3.0 million; A decrease in contract assets of $0.3 million; and An increase to deferred tax assets of $0.8 million. The adoption of Topic 326 had no impact on the Consolidated Statements of Income, Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income or Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. Please see note 4 "Allowance for Credit Losses" for additional information. NOTE 2—ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS Accounting Policies Cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents include balances with banks as well as deposits that have terms to maturity of three months or less. Cash equivalents are recorded at cost and typically consist of term deposits, commercial paper, certificates of deposit and short-term interest bearing investment-grade securities of major banks in the countries in which we operate. Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Credit Losses From time to time, we may sell certain accounts receivable to a financial institution on a non-recourse basis for cash, less a discount. Proceeds from the sale of receivables approximate their discounted book value and are included in operating cash flows on the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. In accordance with Topic 326, we recognize expected credit losses for accounts receivable and contract assets based on lifetime expected losses. We recognize a loss allowance using a collective assessment for accounts receivable, including contract assets, with similar risk characteristics based on historical credit loss experience, adjusted for forward-looking factors specific to the debtors and economic environment. We continue to maintain an allowance for 100% of all accounts deemed to be uncollectible. Customer creditworthiness is evaluated prior to order fulfillment and based on evaluations, we adjust our credit limit to the respective customer. In addition to these evaluations, we conduct on-going credit evaluations of our customers' payment history and current creditworthiness. To date, the actual losses have been within our expectations. No single customer accounted for more than 10% of the accounts receivable balance as of June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Property and equipment Property and equipment are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, and shown net of depreciation which is computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Gains and losses on asset disposals are taken into income in the year of disposition. Fully depreciated property and equipment are retired from the Consolidated Balance Sheets when they are no longer in use. Please see the "Impairment of long-lived assets" section below for policy on property and equipment impairments. The following represents the estimated useful lives of property and equipment as of June 30, 2021: Furniture and fixtures Office equipment Computer hardware Computer software Capitalized software development costs Leasehold improvements Building 5 years 5 years 3 to 5 years 3 to 7 years 3 to 5 years Lesser of the lease term or 5 years 40 years 129 Capitalized Software We capitalize software development costs in accordance with ASC Topic 350-40 "Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal-Use". We capitalize costs for software to be used internally when we enter the application development stage. This occurs when we complete the preliminary project stage, management authorizes and commits to funding the project, and it is feasible that the project will be completed and the software will perform the intended function. We cease to capitalize costs related to a software project when it enters the post implementation and operation stage. If different determinations are made with respect to the state of development of a software project, then the amount capitalized and the amount charged to expense for that project could differ materially. Costs capitalized during the application development stage consist of payroll and related costs for employees who are directly associated with, and who devote time directly to, a project to develop software for internal use. We also capitalize the direct costs of materials and services, which generally includes outside contractors, and interest. We do not capitalize any general and administrative or overhead costs or costs incurred during the application development stage related to training or data conversion costs. Costs related to upgrades and enhancements to internal-use software, if those upgrades and enhancements result in additional functionality, are capitalized. If upgrades and enhancements do not result in additional functionality, those costs are expensed as incurred. If different determinations are made with respect to whether upgrades or enhancements to software projects would result in additional functionality, then the amount capitalized and the amount charged to expense for that project could differ materially. We amortize capitalized costs with respect to development projects for internal-use software when the software is ready for use. The capitalized software development costs are generally amortized using the straight-line method over a 3 to 5 year period. In determining and reassessing the estimated useful life over which the cost incurred for the software should be amortized, we consider the effects of obsolescence, technology, competition and other economic factors. If different determinations are made with respect to the estimated useful life of the software, the amount of amortization charged in a particular period could differ materially. As of June 30, 2021 and 2020 our capitalized software development costs were $127.7 million and $111.2 million, respectively. Our additions, relating to capitalized software development costs, incurred during Fiscal 2021 and Fiscal 2020 were $15.4 million and $15.4 million, respectively. Leases We enter into operating leases, both domestically and internationally, for certain facilities, automobiles, data centers and equipment for use in the ordinary course of business. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and we do not have any material finance leases. In accordance with Topic 842, we account for a contract as a lease when we have the right to direct the use of the asset for a period of time while obtaining substantially all of the asset’s economic benefits. We determine the initial classification and measurement of our right of use (ROU) assets and lease liabilities at the lease commencement date and thereafter if modified. ROU assets represent our right to control the underlying assets under lease, and the lease liability is our obligation to make the lease payments related to the underlying assets under lease, over the contractual term. ROU assets and lease liabilities are recognized on the Consolidated Balance Sheets based on the present value of future minimum lease payments to be made over the lease term. When available, we will use the rate implicit in the lease to discount lease payments to present value. However, real estate leases generally do not provide a readily determinable implicit rate, therefore, we must estimate our incremental borrowing rate to discount the lease payments. We estimate our incremental borrowing rate based on a collateralized basis with similar terms and payments, in an economic environment where the leased asset is located. The ROU asset equals the lease liability, adjusted for any initial direct costs, prepaid rent and lease incentives on initial recognition. Fixed lease costs are included in the recognition of ROU assets and lease liabilities. Variable lease costs are not included in the measurement of the lease liability. These variable lease payments are recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income in the period in which the obligation for those payments is incurred. Lease expense for minimum lease payments continues to be recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income on a straight-line basis over the lease term. We have not elected the practical expedient to combine lease and non-lease components in the determination of lease costs for our facility leases. For all other asset classes, we have elected the practical expedient to combine the lease and the non- lease components. The lease liability includes lease payments related to options to extend or renew the lease term only if we are reasonably certain we will exercise those options. Our leases typically do not contain any material residual value guarantees or restrictive covenants. In certain circumstances, we sublease all or a portion of a leased facility to various other companies through a sublease agreement. 130 Acquired intangibles Acquired intangibles consist of acquired technology and customer relationships associated with various acquisitions. Acquired technology is initially recorded at fair value based on the present value of the estimated net future income- producing capabilities of software products acquired on acquisitions. We amortize acquired technology over its estimated useful life on a straight-line basis. Customer relationships represent relationships that we have with customers of the acquired companies and are either based upon contractual or legal rights or are considered separable; that is, capable of being separated from the acquired entity and being sold, transferred, licensed, rented or exchanged. These customer relationships are initially recorded at their fair value based on the present value of expected future cash flows. We amortize customer relationships on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. We continually evaluate the remaining estimated useful life of our intangible assets being amortized to determine whether events and circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining period of amortization. Impairment of long-lived assets We account for the impairment and disposition of long-lived assets in accordance with ASC Topic 360, “Property, Plant, and Equipment” (Topic 360). We test long-lived assets or asset groups, such as property and equipment, ROU assets and definite lived intangible assets, for recoverability when events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. Circumstances which could trigger a review include, but are not limited to: significant adverse changes in the business climate or legal factors; current period cash flow or operating losses combined with a history of losses or a forecast of continuing losses associated with the use of the asset; and a current expectation that the asset will more likely than not be sold or disposed of before the end of its estimated useful life. Recoverability is assessed based on comparing the carrying amount of the asset to the aggregate pre-tax undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposal of the asset or asset group. Impairment is recognized when the carrying amount is not recoverable and exceeds the fair value of the asset or asset group. The impairment loss, if any, is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds fair value, which for this purpose is based upon the discounted projected future cash flows of the asset or asset group. We have not recorded any significant impairment charges for long-lived assets during Fiscal 2021, Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019, respectively. Business combinations We apply the provisions of ASC Topic 805, “Business Combinations” (Topic 805), in the accounting for our acquisitions. It requires us to recognize separately from goodwill the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed at their acquisition date fair values. Goodwill as of the acquisition date is measured as the excess of consideration transferred over the net of the acquisition date fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. While we use our best estimates and assumptions to accurately value assets acquired and liabilities, including contingent consideration where applicable, assumed at the acquisition date, our estimates are inherently uncertain and subject to refinement, particularly since these assumptions and estimates are based in part on historical experience and information obtained from the management of the acquired companies. As a result, during the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, we may record adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed with the corresponding offset to goodwill in the period identified. Furthermore, when valuing certain intangible assets that we have acquired, critical estimates may be made relating to, but not limited to: (i) future expected cash flows from software license sales, cloud SaaS, "desktop as a service" (DaaS) and PaaS contracts, support agreements, consulting agreements and other customer contracts (ii) the acquired company's technology and competitive position, as well as assumptions about the period of time that the acquired technology will continue to be used in the combined company's product portfolio, and (iii) discount rates. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the values of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments would be recorded to our Consolidated Statements of Income. For a given acquisition, we may identify certain pre-acquisition contingencies as of the acquisition date and may extend our review and evaluation of these pre-acquisition contingencies throughout the measurement period in order to obtain sufficient information to assess whether we include these contingencies as a part of the purchase price allocation and, if so, to determine the estimated amounts. If we determine that a pre-acquisition contingency (non-income tax related) is probable in nature and estimable as of the acquisition date, we record our best estimate for such a contingency as a part of the preliminary purchase price allocation. We often continue to gather information and evaluate our pre-acquisition contingencies throughout the measurement period and if we make changes to the amounts recorded or if we identify additional pre-acquisition contingencies during the measurement 131 period, such amounts will be included in the purchase price allocation during the measurement period and, subsequently, in our results of operations. Uncertain tax positions and tax related valuation allowances assumed in connection with a business combination are initially estimated as of the acquisition date. We review these items during the measurement period as we continue to actively seek and collect information relating to facts and circumstances that existed at the acquisition date. Changes to these uncertain tax positions and tax related valuation allowances made subsequent to the measurement period, or if they relate to facts and circumstances that did not exist at the acquisition date, are recorded in the "Provision for (recovery of) income taxes" line of our Consolidated Statements of Income. Goodwill Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price in a business combination over the fair value of net tangible and intangible assets acquired. The carrying amount of goodwill is periodically reviewed for impairment (at a minimum annually) and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of this asset may not be recoverable. Our operations are analyzed by management and our chief operating decision maker (CODM) as being part of a single industry segment: the design, development, marketing and sales of Information Management software and solutions. Therefore, our goodwill impairment assessment is based on the allocation of goodwill to a single reporting unit. We perform a qualitative assessment to test our reporting unit's goodwill for impairment. Based on our qualitative assessment, if we determine that the fair value of our reporting unit is more likely than not (i.e. a likelihood of more than 50 percent) to be less than its carrying amount, the quantitative assessment of the impairment test is performed. In the quantitative assessment, we compare the fair value of our reporting unit to its carrying value. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, goodwill is not considered impaired and we are not required to perform further testing. If the carrying value of the net assets of our reporting unit exceeds its fair value, then an impairment loss equal to the difference, but not exceeding the total carrying value of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit, would be recorded. Our annual impairment analysis of goodwill was performed as of April 1, 2021. Our qualitative assessment indicated that there were no indications of impairment and therefore there was no impairment of goodwill required to be recorded for Fiscal 2021 (no impairments were recorded for Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019, respectively). Derivative financial instruments We use derivative financial instruments to manage foreign currency rate risk. We account for these instruments in accordance with ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging” (Topic 815), which requires that every derivative instrument be recorded on the balance sheet as either an asset or liability measured at its fair value as of the reporting date. Topic 815 also requires that changes in our derivative financial instruments' fair values be recognized in earnings; unless specific hedge accounting and documentation criteria are met (i.e. the instruments are accounted for as hedges). We recorded the effective portions of the gain or loss on derivative financial instruments that were designated as cash flow hedges in "Accumulated other comprehensive income", net of tax, in our accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. Any ineffective or excluded portion of a designated cash flow hedge, if applicable, was recognized in our Consolidated Statements of Income. Asset retirement obligations We account for asset retirement obligations in accordance with ASC Topic 410, “Asset Retirement and Environmental Obligations” (Topic 410), which applies to certain obligations associated with “leasehold improvements” within our leased office facilities. Topic 410 requires that a liability be initially recognized for the estimated fair value of the obligation when it is incurred. The associated asset retirement cost is capitalized as part of the carrying amount of the long-lived asset and depreciated over the remaining life of the underlying asset and the associated liability is accreted to the estimated fair value of the obligation at the settlement date through periodic accretion charges which are generally recorded within "General and administrative" expense in our Consolidated Statements of Income. When the obligation is settled, any difference between the final cost and the recorded amount is recognized as income or loss on settlement in our Consolidated Statements of Income. Revenue recognition In accordance with Topic 606, we account for a customer contract when we obtain written approval, the contract is committed, the rights of the parties, including the payment terms, are identified, the contract has commercial substance and consideration is probable of collection. Revenue is recognized when, or as, control of a promised product or service is transferred to our customers in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to be entitled to in exchange for our products and services (at its transaction price). Estimates of variable consideration and the determination of whether to include estimated amounts in the transaction price are based on readily available information, which may include historical, current and forecasted information, taking into consideration the type of customer, the type of transaction and specific facts and circumstances of each 132 arrangement. We report revenue net of any revenue-based taxes assessed by governmental authorities that are imposed on and concurrent with specific revenue producing transactions. We have four revenue streams: cloud services and subscriptions, customer support, license, and professional service and other. Cloud services and subscriptions revenue Cloud services and subscriptions revenue are from hosting arrangements where in connection with the licensing of software, the end user does not take possession of the software, as well as from end-to-end fully outsourced B2B integration solutions to our customers (collectively referred to as cloud arrangements). The software application resides on our hardware or that of a third party, and the customer accesses and uses the software on an as-needed basis. Our cloud arrangements can be broadly categorized as PaaS, SaaS, cloud subscriptions and managed services. PaaS/ SaaS/ Cloud Subscriptions (collectively referred to here as cloud-based solutions): We offer cloud-based solutions that provide customers the right to access our software through the internet. Our cloud-based solutions represent a series of distinct services that are substantially the same and have the same pattern of transfer to the customer. These services are made available to the customer continuously throughout the contractual period. However, the extent to which the customer uses the services may vary at the customer’s discretion. The payment for cloud-based solutions may be received either at inception of the arrangement, or over the term of the arrangement. These cloud-based solutions are considered to have a single performance obligation where the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefit, and as such we recognize revenue for these cloud-based solutions ratably over the term of the contractual agreement. For example, revenue related to cloud-based solutions that are provided on a usage basis, such as the number of users, is recognized based on a customer’s utilization of the services in a given period. Additionally, a software license is present in a cloud-based solutions arrangement if all of the following criteria are met: (i) (ii) The customer has the contractual right to take possession of the software at any time without significant penalty; and It is feasible for the customer to host the software independent of us. In these cases where a software license is present in a cloud-based solutions arrangement it is assessed to determine if it is distinct from the cloud-based solutions arrangement. The revenue allocated to the distinct software license would be recognized at the point in time the software license is transferred to the customer, whereas the revenue allocated to the hosting performance obligation would be recognized ratably on a monthly basis over the contractual term unless evidence suggests that revenue is earned, or obligations are fulfilled in a different pattern over the contractual term of the arrangement. Managed services: We provide comprehensive B2B process outsourcing services for all day-to-day operations of a customers’ B2B integration program. Customers using these managed services are not permitted to take possession of our software and the contract is for a defined period, where customers pay a monthly or quarterly fee. Our performance obligation is satisfied as we provide services of operating and managing a customer's EDI environment. Revenue relating to these services is recognized using an output method based on the expected level of service we will provide over the term of the contract. In connection with cloud subscription and managed service contracts, we often agree to perform a variety of services before the customer goes live, such as, converting and migrating customer data, building interfaces and providing training. These services are considered an outsourced suite of professional services which can involve certain project-based activities. These services can be provided at the initiation of a contract, during the implementation or on an ongoing basis as part of the customer life cycle. These services can be charged separately on a fixed fee or time and materials basis, or the costs associated may be recovered as part of the ongoing cloud subscription or managed services fee. These outsourced professional services are considered to be distinct from the ongoing hosting services and represent a separate performance obligation within our cloud subscription or managed services arrangements. The obligation to provide outsourced professional services is satisfied over time, with the customer simultaneously receiving and consuming the benefits as we satisfy our performance obligations. For outsourced professional services, we recognize revenue by measuring progress toward the satisfaction of our performance obligation. Progress for services that are contracted for a fixed price is generally measured based on hours incurred as a portion of total estimated hours. As a practical expedient, when we invoice a customer at an amount that corresponds directly with the value to the customer of our performance to date, we recognize revenue at that amount. 133 Customer support revenue Customer support revenue is associated with perpetual, term license and off-cloud subscription arrangements. As customer support is not critical to the customer's ability to derive benefit from its right to use our software, customer support is considered as a distinct performance obligation when sold together in a bundled arrangement along with the software. Customer support consists primarily of technical support and the provision of unspecified updates and upgrades on a when-and-if-available basis. Customer support for perpetual licenses is renewable, generally on an annual basis, at the option of the customer. Customer support for term and subscription licenses is renewable concurrently with such licenses for the same duration of time. Payments for customer support are generally made at the inception of the contract term or in installments over the term of the maintenance period. Our customer support team is ready to provide these maintenance services, as needed, to the customer during the contract term. As the elements of customer support are delivered concurrently and have the same pattern of transfer, customer support is accounted for as a single performance obligation. The customer benefits evenly throughout the contract period from the guarantee that the customer support resources and personnel will be available to them, and that any unspecified upgrades or unspecified future products developed by us will be made available. Revenue for customer support is recognized ratably over the contract period based on the start and end dates of the maintenance term, in line with how we believe services are provided. License revenue Our license revenue can be broadly categorized as perpetual licenses, term licenses and subscription licenses, all of which are deployed on the customer’s premises (off-cloud). Perpetual licenses: We sell perpetual licenses which provide customers the right to use software for an indefinite period of time in exchange for a one-time license fee, which is generally paid at contract inception. Our perpetual licenses provide a right to use IP that is functional in nature and have significant stand-alone functionality. Accordingly, for perpetual licenses of functional IP, revenue is recognized at the point-in-time when control has been transferred to the customer, which normally occurs once software activation keys have been made available for download. Term licenses and Subscription licenses: We sell both term and subscription licenses which provide customers the right to use software for a specified period in exchange for a fee, which may be paid at contract inception or paid in installments over the period of the contract. Like perpetual licenses, both our term licenses and subscription licenses are functional IP that have significant stand-alone functionality. Accordingly, for both term and subscription licenses, revenue is recognized at the point-in-time when the customer is able to use and benefit from the software, which is normally once software activation keys have been made available for download at the commencement of the term. Professional service and other revenue Our professional services, when offered along with software licenses, consists primarily of technical services and training services. Technical services may include installation, customization, implementation or consulting services. Training services may include access to online modules or delivering a training package customized to the customer’s needs. At the customer’s discretion, we may offer one, all, or a mix of these services. Payment for professional services is generally a fixed fee or is a fee based on time and materials. Professional services can be arranged in the same contract as the software license or in a separate contract. As our professional services do not significantly change the functionality of the license and our customers can benefit from our professional services on their own or together with other readily available resources, we consider professional services as distinct within the context of the contract. Professional service revenue is recognized over time so long as: (i) the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits as we perform them, (ii) our performance creates or enhances an asset the customer controls as we perform, and (iii) our performance does not create an asset with alternative use and we have enforceable right to payment. If all the above criteria are met, we use an input-based measure of progress for recognizing professional service revenue. For example, we may consider total labor hours incurred compared to total expected labor hours. As a practical expedient, when we invoice a customer at an amount that corresponds directly with the value to the customer of our performance to date, we will recognize revenue at that amount. Material rights To the extent that we grant our customer an option to acquire additional products or services in one of our arrangements, we will account for the option as a distinct performance obligation in the contract only if the option provides a material right to the customer that the customer would not receive without entering into the contract. For example if we give the customer an option to acquire additional goods or services in the future at a price that is significantly lower than the current price, this would be a material right as it allows the customer to, in effect, pay in advance for the option to purchase future products or services. If 134 a material right exists in one of our contracts, then revenue allocated to the option is deferred and we would recognize revenue only when those future products or services are transferred or when the option expires. Based on history, our contracts do not typically contain material rights and when they do, the material right is not significant to our Consolidated Financial Statements. Arrangements with multiple performance obligations Our contracts generally contain more than one of the products and services listed above. Determining whether goods and services are considered distinct performance obligations that should be accounted for separately or as a single performance obligation may require judgment, specifically when assessing whether both of the following two criteria are met: • • the customer can benefit from the product or service either on its own or together with other resources that are readily available to the customer; and our promise to transfer the product or service to the customer is separately identifiable from other promises in the contract. If these criteria are not met, we determine an appropriate measure of progress based on the nature of our overall promise for the single performance obligation. If these criteria are met, each product or service is separately accounted for as a distinct performance obligation and the total transaction price is allocated to each performance obligation on a relative SSP basis. Standalone selling price The SSP reflects the price we would charge for a specific product or service if it were sold separately in similar circumstances and to similar customers. In most cases we can establish the SSP based on observable data. We typically establish a narrow SSP range for our products and services and assess this range on a periodic basis or when material changes in facts and circumstances warrant a review. If the SSP is not directly observable, then we estimate the amount using either the expected cost plus a margin or residual approach. Estimating SSP requires judgment that could impact the amount and timing of revenue recognized. SSP is a formal process whereby management considers multiple factors including, but not limited to, geographic or regional specific factors, competitive positioning, internal costs, profit objectives, and pricing practices. Transaction Price Allocation In bundled arrangements, where we have more than one distinct performance obligation, we must allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation based on its relative SSP. However, in certain bundled arrangements, the SSP may not always be directly observable. For instance, in bundled arrangements with license and customer support, we allocate the transaction price between the license and customer support performance obligations using the residual approach because we have determined that the SSP for licenses in these arrangements are highly variable. We use the residual approach only for our license arrangements. When the SSP is observable but contractual pricing does not fall within our established SSP range, then an adjustment is required and we will allocate the transaction price between license and customer support at a constant ratio reflecting the mid-point of the established SSP range. When two or more contracts are entered into at or near the same time with the same customer, we evaluate the facts and circumstances associated with the negotiation of those contracts. Where the contracts are negotiated as a package, we will account for them as a single arrangement and allocate the consideration for the combined contracts among the performance obligations accordingly. Sales to resellers We execute certain sales contracts through resellers, distributors and channel partners (collectively referred to as resellers). Typically, we conclude that the resellers are Open Text customers in our reseller agreements. The resellers have control over the pricing, service and products prior to being transferred to the end customer. We also assess the creditworthiness of each reseller and if they are newly formed, undercapitalized or in financial difficulty, we defer any revenues expected to emanate from such reseller and recognize revenue only when cash is received, and all other revenue recognition criteria under Topic 606 are met. Rights of return and other incentives We do not generally offer rights of return or any other incentives such as concessions, product rotation, or price protection and, therefore, do not provide for or make estimates of rights of return and similar incentives. However, we do offer consumers who purchase certain of our products on-line directly from us an unconditional full 70-days money-back guarantee. Distributors 135 and resellers are also permitted to return the consumer products, subject to certain limitations. Revenue is reduced for such rights based on the estimate of future returns originating from contractual agreements with these customers. Additionally, in some contracts, however, discounts may be offered to the customer for future software purchases and other additional products or services. Such arrangements grant the customer an option to acquire additional goods or services in the future at a discount and therefore are evaluated under guidance related to “material rights” as discussed above. Other policies Payment terms and conditions vary by contract type, although terms generally include a requirement of payment within 30 to 60 days of the invoice date. In certain arrangements, we will receive payment from a customer either before or after the performance obligation to which the invoice relates has been satisfied. As a practical expedient, we do not account for significant financing components if the period between when we transfer the promised good or service to the customer and when the customer pays for the product or service will be one year or less. On that basis, our contracts for license and maintenance typically do not contain a significant financing component, however, in determining the transaction price we consider whether we need to adjust the promised consideration for the effects of the time value of money if the timing of payments provides either the customer or OpenText with a significant benefit of financing. Our managed services contracts may not include an upfront charge for outsourced professional services performed as part of an implementation and are recovered through an ongoing fee. Therefore, these contracts may be expected to have a financing component associated with revenue being recognized in advance of billings. We may modify contracts to offer customers additional products or services. The additional products and services will be considered distinct from those products or services transferred to the customer before the modification and will be accounted for as a separate contract. We evaluate whether the price for the additional products and services reflects the SSP adjusted as appropriate for facts and circumstances applicable to that contract. In determining whether an adjustment is appropriate, we evaluate whether the incremental consideration is consistent with the prices previously paid by the customer or similar customers. Certain of our subscription services and product support arrangements generally contain performance response time guarantees. For subscription services arrangements, we estimate variable consideration using a portfolio approach because performance penalties are tied to standard response time requirements. For product support arrangements, we estimate variable consideration on a contract basis because such arrangements are customer-specific. For both subscription services and product support arrangements, we use an expected value approach to estimate variable consideration based on historical business practices and current and future performance expectations to determine the likelihood of incurring penalties. Performance Obligations A summary of our typical performance obligations and when the obligations are satisfied are as follows: Performance Obligation Cloud services and subscriptions revenue: Outsourced Professional Services Managed Services / Ongoing Hosting / SaaS Customer support revenue: When and if available updates and upgrades and technical support License revenue: Software licenses (Perpetual, Term, Subscription) When Performance Obligation is Typically Satisfied As the services are provided (over time) Over the contract term, beginning on the date that service is made available (i.e. "Go live") to the customer (over time) Ratable over the course of the service term (over time) When software activation keys have been made available for download (point in time) Professional service and other revenue: Professional services As the services are provided (over time) Incremental Costs of Obtaining a Contract with a Customer Incremental costs of obtaining a contract include only those costs that we incur to obtain a contract that we would not have incurred if the contract had not been obtained, such as sales commissions. We have determined that certain of our commission programs meet the requirements to be capitalized. Some commission programs are not subject to capitalization as the commission expense is paid and recognized as the related revenue is recognized. In assessing costs to obtain a contract, we apply a practical expedient that allows us to assess our incremental costs on a portfolio of contracts with similar characteristics instead of assessing the incremental costs on each individual contract. We do not expect the financial statement effects of 136 applying this practical expedient to the portfolio of contracts to be materially different than if we were to apply the new standard to each individual contract. We pay commissions on the sale of new customer contracts as well as for renewals of existing contracts to the extent the renewals generate incremental revenue. Commissions paid on renewal contracts are limited to the incremental new revenue and therefore these payments are not commensurate with the commission paid on the original sale. We allocate commission costs to the performance obligations in an arrangement consistent with the allocation of the transaction price. Commissions allocated to the license performance obligation are expensed at the time the license revenue is recognized. Commissions allocated to professional service performance obligations are expensed as incurred, as these contracts are generally for one year or less and we apply a practical expedient to expense costs as incurred if the amortization period would have been one year or less. Commissions allocated to maintenance, managed services, on-going hosting arrangements or other recurring services, are capitalized and amortized consistent with the pattern of transfer to the customer of the services over the period expected to benefit from the commission payment. As commissions paid on renewals are not commensurate with the original sale, the period of benefit considers anticipated renewals. The benefit period is estimated to be approximately six years which is based on our customer contracts and the estimated life of our technology. Expenses for incremental costs associated with obtaining a contract are recorded within "Sales and marketing" expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Our short-term capitalized costs to obtain a contract are included in "Prepaid expenses and other current assets", while our long-term capitalized costs to obtain a contract are included in "Other assets" on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Research and development costs Research and development costs internally incurred in creating computer software to be sold, licensed or otherwise marketed are expensed as incurred unless they meet the criteria for deferral and amortization, as described in ASC Topic 985-20, “Costs of Software to be Sold, Leased, or Marketed” (Topic 985-20). In accordance with Topic 985-20, costs related to research, design and development of products are charged to expense as incurred and capitalized between the dates that the product is considered to be technologically feasible and is considered to be ready for general release to customers. In our historical experience, the dates relating to the achievement of technological feasibility and general release of the product have substantially coincided. In addition, no significant costs are incurred subsequent to the establishment of technological feasibility. As a result, we do not capitalize any research and development costs relating to internally developed software to be sold, licensed or otherwise marketed. Advertising Expenses Advertising costs, which include digital advertising, marketing programs and other promotional costs, are expensed as incurred. Advertising expenses incurred in Fiscal 2021, Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019 were $52.9 million, $32.1 million and $19.2 million, respectively. Income taxes We account for income taxes in accordance with ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes” (Topic 740). Deferred tax assets and liabilities arise from temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the Consolidated Financial Statements that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in future years. These temporary differences are measured using enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce deferred tax assets to the extent that we consider it is more likely than not that a deferred tax asset will not be realized. In determining the valuation allowance, we consider factors such as the reversal of deferred income tax liabilities, projected taxable income, and the character of income tax assets and tax planning strategies. A change to these factors could impact the estimated valuation allowance and income tax expense. We account for our uncertain tax provisions by using a two-step approach. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of the available evidence indicates it is more likely than not, based solely on the technical merits, that the position will be sustained on audit, including the resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the appropriate amount of the benefit to recognize. The amount of benefit to recognize is measured as the maximum amount which is more likely than not to be realized. The tax position is derecognized when it is no longer more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit. On subsequent recognition and measurement the maximum amount which is more likely than not to be recognized at each reporting date will represent the Company's best estimate, given the information available at the reporting date, although the outcome of the tax position is not absolute or final. We recognize both accrued interest and penalties related to liabilities for income taxes within the "Provision for (recovery of) income taxes" line of our Consolidated Statements of Income (see note 15 "Income Taxes" for more details). 137 Equity investments We invest in investment funds in which we are a limited partner. Our interests in each of these investees range from 4% to below 20%. These investments are accounted for using the equity method. Our share of net income or losses based on our interest in these investments, which approximates fair value, is recorded as a component of "Other income (expense), net" in our Consolidated Statements of Income (see note 23 "Other Income (Expense), Net" for more details). Fair value of financial instruments Carrying amounts of certain financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable (trade and accrued liabilities) approximates the fair value due to the relatively short period of time between origination of the instruments and their expected realization. The fair value of our Senior Notes is determined based on observable market prices and categorized as a Level 2 measurement. The carrying value of our other long-term debt facilities approximates the fair value since the interest rate is at market. We apply the provisions of ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures”, to our derivative financial instruments that we are required to carry at fair value pursuant to other accounting standards (see note 16 "Fair Value Measurement" for more details). Foreign currency Our Consolidated Financial Statements are presented in U.S. dollars. In general, the functional currency of our subsidiaries is the local currency. For each subsidiary, assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into U.S dollars at the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet dates and revenues and expenses are translated at the average exchange rates prevailing during the previous month of the transaction. The effect of foreign currency translation adjustments are recorded as a component of "Accumulated other comprehensive income". Transactional foreign currency gains (losses) included in the Consolidated Statements of Income under the line item “Other income (expense), net” for Fiscal 2021, Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019 were ($1.3) million, ($4.2) million, and ($4.3) million, respectively. Restructuring charges We record restructuring charges relating to contractual lease obligations, not accounted for under Topic 842, and other exit costs in accordance with ASC Topic 420, “Exit or Disposal Cost Obligations” (Topic 420). Topic 420 requires that a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized and measured initially at its fair value in the period in which the liability is incurred. In order to incur a liability pursuant to Topic 420, our management must have established and approved a plan of restructuring in sufficient detail. A liability for a cost associated with involuntary termination benefits is recorded when benefits have been communicated and a liability for a cost to terminate an operating lease or other contract is incurred, when the contract has been terminated in accordance with the contract terms or we have ceased using the right conveyed by the contract, such as vacating a leased facility not accounted for under Topic 842. The recognition of restructuring charges requires us to make certain judgments regarding the nature, timing and amount associated with the planned restructuring activities, including estimating sub-lease income and the net recoverable amount of equipment to be disposed of. At the end of each reporting period, we evaluate the appropriateness of the remaining accrued balances (see note 18 "Special Charges (Recoveries)" for more details). Loss Contingencies We are currently involved in various claims and legal proceedings. Quarterly, we review the status of each significant legal matter and evaluate such matters to determine how they should be treated for accounting and disclosure purposes in accordance with the requirements of ASC Topic 450-20 "Loss Contingencies" (Topic 450-20). Specifically, this evaluation process includes the centralized tracking and itemization of the status of all our disputes and litigation items, discussing the nature of any litigation and claim, including any dispute or claim that is reasonably likely to result in litigation, with relevant internal and external counsel, and assessing the progress of each matter in light of its merits and our experience with similar proceedings under similar circumstances. If the potential loss from any claim or legal proceeding is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated, we accrue a liability for the estimated loss in accordance with Topic 450-20. As of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the aggregate of such accrued liabilities was not material to our consolidated financial position or results of operations and we do not believe as of the date of this filing that it is reasonably possible that a loss exceeding the amounts already recognized will be incurred that would be material to our consolidated financial position or results of operations. As 138 described more fully below, we are unable at this time to estimate a possible loss or range of losses in respect of certain disclosed matters (see note 14 "Guarantees and Contingencies" for more details). Net income per share Basic net income per share is computed using the weighted average number of Common Shares outstanding including contingently issuable shares where the contingency has been resolved. Diluted net income per share is computed using the weighted average number of Common Shares and stock equivalents outstanding using the treasury stock method during the year. For periods in which we incur a net loss, our outstanding Common Share equivalents are not included in the calculation of diluted earnings (loss) per share as their effect is anti-dilutive. Accordingly, basic and diluted net loss per share for those periods are identical. See note 24 "Earnings Per Share" for more details. Share-based payment We measure share-based compensation costs, in accordance with ASC Topic 718, “Compensation - Stock Compensation” (Topic 718) on the grant date, based on the calculated fair value of the award. We have elected to treat awards with graded vesting as a single award when estimating fair value. Compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the employee requisite service period, which in our circumstances is the stated vesting period of the award, provided that total compensation cost recognized at least equals the pro-rata value of the award that has vested. Compensation cost is initially based on the estimated number of options for which the requisite service is expected to be rendered. This estimate is adjusted in the period once actual forfeitures are known (see note 13 "Share Capital, Option Plans and Share-based Payments" for more details). Accounting for Pensions, post-retirement and post-employment benefits Pension expense is accounted for in accordance with ASC Topic 715, “Compensation-Retirement Benefits” (Topic 715). Pension expense consists of actuarially computed costs of pension benefits in respect of the current year of service, imputed returns on plan assets (for funded plans) and imputed interest on pension obligations. The expected costs of post-retirement benefits, other than pensions, are accrued in the Consolidated Financial Statements based upon actuarial methods and assumptions. The over-funded or under-funded status of defined benefit pension and other post-retirement plans are recognized as an asset or a liability (with the offset to “Accumulated other comprehensive income”, net of tax, within “Shareholders' equity”), respectively, on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Actuarial gains or losses in excess of 10% of the projected benefit obligation are recognized as a component of "Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), net" and subsequently amortized as a component of net periodic benefit costs over the average remaining service period of the plan’s active employees. See note 12 "Pension Plans and Other Post Retirement Benefits" for more details. Accounting Pronouncements Adopted in Fiscal 2021 During Fiscal 2021, we have adopted the following ASU, in addition to those discussed in note 1 "Basis of Presentation". The ASU listed below did not have a material impact to our reported financial position, results of operations or cash flows: • ASU No. 2018-14 "Compensation-Retirement Benefits-Defined Benefit Plans - General (Topic 715-20): Disclosure Framework - Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Defined Benefit Plans" (ASU 2018-14). 139 NOTE 3—REVENUES Disaggregation of Revenue We have four revenue streams: cloud services and subscriptions, customer support, license, and professional service and other. The following tables disaggregate our revenue by significant geographic area, based on the location of our end customer, and by type of performance obligation and timing of revenue recognition for the periods indicated: Total Revenues by Geography: Americas (1) EMEA (2) Asia Pacific (3) Total revenues Total Revenues by Type of Performance Obligation: Recurring revenues (4) Cloud services and subscriptions revenue Customer support revenue Total recurring revenues License revenue (perpetual, term and subscriptions) Professional service and other revenue Total revenues Year Ended June 30, 2021 2020 2019 $ 2,069,083 $ 1,903,650 $ 1,683,282 1,031,607 285,425 942,281 263,805 920,422 265,051 $ 3,386,115 $ 3,109,736 $ 2,868,755 $ $ 1,407,445 $ 1,157,686 $ 907,812 1,334,062 1,275,586 1,247,915 2,741,507 $ 2,433,272 $ 2,155,727 384,711 259,897 402,851 273,613 428,092 284,936 $ 3,386,115 $ 3,109,736 $ 2,868,755 Total Revenues by Timing of Revenue Recognition: Point in time Over time (including professional service and other revenue) Total revenues $ $ 384,711 $ 402,851 $ 3,001,404 2,706,885 428,092 2,440,663 3,386,115 $ 3,109,736 $ 2,868,755 (1) Americas consists of countries in North, Central and South America. (2) EMEA primarily consists of countries in Europe, the Middle East and Africa. (3) Asia Pacific primarily consists of Japan, Australia, China, Korea, Philippines, Singapore, India and New Zealand. (4) Recurring revenue is defined as the sum of Cloud services and subscriptions revenue and Customer support revenue. Contract Balances A contract asset, net of allowance for credit losses, will be recorded if we have recognized revenue but do not have an unconditional right to the related consideration from the customer. For example, this will be the case if implementation services offered in a cloud arrangement are identified as a separate performance obligation and are provided to a customer prior to us being able to bill the customer. In addition, a contract asset may arise in relation to subscription licenses if the license revenue that is recognized upfront exceeds the amount that we are able to invoice the customer at that time. Contract assets are reclassified to accounts receivable when the rights become unconditional. The balance for our contract assets and contract liabilities (i.e. deferred revenues) for the periods indicated below were as follows: Short-term contract assets Long-term contract assets Short-term deferred revenues Long-term deferred revenues As of June 30, 2021 $ $ $ $ 25,344 $ 19,222 $ 852,629 $ 98,989 $ As of June 30, 2020 29,570 15,427 812,218 94,382 The difference in the opening and closing balances of our contract assets and deferred revenues primarily results from the timing difference between our performance and the customer’s payments. We fulfill our obligations under a contract with a customer by transferring products and services in exchange for consideration from the customer. During the year ended June 30, 2021, we reclassified $39.2 million (year ended June 30, 2020—$33.0 million) of contract assets to receivables as a 140 result of the right to the transaction consideration becoming unconditional. During the year ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, there was no significant impairment loss recognized related to contract assets. We recognize deferred revenue when we have received consideration or an amount of consideration is due from the customer for future obligations to transfer products or services. Our deferred revenues primarily relate to customer support agreements which have been paid for by customers prior to the performance of those services. The amount of revenue that was recognized during the year ended June 30, 2021 that was included in the deferred revenue balances at June 30, 2020 was $811 million (year ended June 30, 2020 and 2019—$631 million and $617 million, respectively). Incremental Costs of Obtaining a Contract with a Customer Incremental costs of obtaining a contract include only those costs that we incur to obtain a contract that we would not have incurred if the contract had not been obtained, such as sales commissions. The following table summarizes the changes in total capitalized costs to obtain a contract, since July 1, 2018: Capitalized costs to obtain a contract as of July 1, 2018 New capitalized costs incurred Amortization of capitalized costs Adjustments on account of foreign exchange Capitalized costs to obtain a contract as of June 30, 2019 New capitalized costs incurred Amortization of capitalized costs Adjustments on account of foreign exchange Capitalized costs to obtain a contract as of June 30, 2020 New capitalized costs incurred Amortization of capitalized costs Adjustments on account of foreign exchange Capitalized costs to obtain a contract as of June 30, 2021 $ $ 35,151 24,347 (11,003) (211) 48,284 29,427 (16,919) 371 61,163 32,202 (21,960) 1,495 72,900 During the year ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, there was no significant impairment loss recognized related to capitalized costs to obtain a contract. Refer to note 2 "Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements" and note 9 "Prepaid Expenses and Other Assets" for additional information on incremental costs of obtaining a contract. Transaction Price Allocated to the Remaining Performance Obligations As of June 30, 2021, approximately $1.4 billion of revenue is expected to be recognized from remaining performance obligations on existing contracts. We expect to recognize approximately 47% of this amount over the next 12 months and the remaining balance substantially over the next three years thereafter. We apply the practical expedient and do not disclose performance obligations that have original expected durations of one year or less. Refer to note 2 "Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements" for additional information on our revenue policy. 141 NOTE 4—ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES The following illustrates the activity in our allowance for credit losses on accounts receivable: Balance as of June 30, 2018 Bad debt expense Write-off /adjustments Balance as of June 30, 2019 Bad debt expense Write-off /adjustments Balance as of June 30, 2020 Adoption of Topic 326 - cumulative effect Credit loss expense Write-off /adjustments Balance of June 30, 2021 $ $ 9,741 13,461 (6,191) 17,011 11,461 (7,566) 20,906 3,025 7,132 (8,912) 22,151 Included in accounts receivable are unbilled receivables in the amount of $51.4 million as of June 30, 2021 (June 30, 2020 —$55.2 million). As of June 30, 2021, we have an allowance for credit losses of $0.4 million for contract assets, as a result of the adoption of Topic 326. For additional information on contract assets please see note 3 "Revenues". NOTE 5—PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT Furniture and fixtures Office equipment Computer hardware Computer software Capitalized software development costs Leasehold improvements Land and buildings Total Furniture and fixtures Office equipment Computer hardware Computer software Capitalized software development costs Leasehold improvements Land and buildings Total As of June 30, 2021 Accumulated Depreciation Cost 38,541 $ 2,533 313,946 129,690 127,697 106,656 48,537 767,600 $ (32,500) $ (1,244) (212,448) (104,654) (86,466) (81,135) (15,558) (534,005) $ As of June 30, 2020 Accumulated Depreciation Cost 39,158 $ 2,272 294,745 127,299 111,202 111,384 49,268 735,328 $ (28,473) $ (1,329) (198,194) (103,057) (70,015) (74,395) (15,310) (490,773) $ $ $ $ $ Net 6,041 1,289 101,498 25,036 41,231 25,521 32,979 233,595 Net 10,685 943 96,551 24,242 41,187 36,989 33,958 244,555 142 NOTE 6—LEASES We enter into operating leases, both domestically and internationally, for certain facilities, automobiles, data centers and equipment for use in the ordinary course of business. The duration of the majority of these leases generally ranges from 1 to 10 years, some of which include options to extend for an additional 3 to 5 years after the initial term. Additionally, the land upon which our headquarters in Waterloo, Ontario, Canada is located is leased from the University of Waterloo for a period of 49 years beginning in December 2005, with an option to renew for an additional term of 49 years. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and we do not have any material finance leases. Lease Costs and Other Information The following illustrates the various components of operating lease costs for the period indicated: Operating lease cost Short-term lease cost Variable lease cost Sublease income Total lease cost Year Ended June 30, 2021 2020 63,068 $ 881 2,754 (6,469) 60,234 $ 68,705 1,178 3,536 (6,035) 67,384 $ $ The weighted average remaining lease term and discount rate for the periods indicated below were as follows: Weighted-average remaining lease term Weighted-average discount rate Supplemental Cash Flow Information As of June 30, 2021 6.47 years 2.82 % As of June 30, 2020 6.18 years 3.12 % The following table presents supplemental information relating to cash flows arising from lease transactions. Cash payments made for variable lease cost and short-term lease are not included in the measurement of operating lease liabilities, and, as such, are excluded from the amounts below: Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of operating lease liabilities Right of use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities (1) (2) $ $ 72,871 $ 82,718 $ 71,900 32,328 (1) Excludes the impact of $60.1 million and $2.9 million of ROU assets acquired through the acquisitions of Carbonite and XMedius, respectively, during the year ended June 30, 2020. (2) Excludes the release of $22.6 million of lease liabilities during the year ended June 30, 2021 relating to office space that was abandoned during the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2020 that has since been early terminated or assigned to a third party. These recoveries have been recorded in "Special charges (recoveries)" in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Please see note 18 "Special Charges (Recoveries)". Year Ended June 30, 2021 2020 143 Maturity of Lease Liabilities The following table presents the future minimum lease payments under our operating leases liabilities as of June 30, 2021: Fiscal years ending June 30, 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 Thereafter Total Lease payments Less: Imputed interest Total Reported as: Current operating lease liabilities Non-current operating lease liabilities Total $ $ $ $ $ 65,260 57,055 46,455 36,987 25,046 77,546 308,349 (25,581) 282,768 58,315 224,453 282,768 Operating lease maturity amounts included in the table above do not include sublease income expected to be received under our various sublease agreements with third parties. Under the agreements initiated with third parties, we expect to receive sublease income of $9.4 million in Fiscal 2022 and $15.3 million thereafter. NOTE 7—GOODWILL Goodwill is recorded when the consideration paid for an acquisition of a business exceeds the fair value of identifiable net tangible and intangible assets. The following table summarizes the changes in goodwill since June 30, 2019: Balance as of June 30, 2019 Acquisition of XMedius (note 19) Acquisition of Carbonite (note 19) Acquisition of The Fax Guys (note 19) Adjustments relating to acquisitions prior to Fiscal 2020 that had open measurement periods (note 19) Adjustments on account of foreign exchange Balance as of June 30, 2020 Adjustments relating to acquisitions prior to Fiscal 2021 that had open measurement periods (note 19) Impact of foreign exchange rate changes Balance as of June 30, 2021 $ 3,769,908 49,633 853,162 1,951 1,476 (3,774) 4,672,356 (2,002) 21,319 $ 4,691,673 144 NOTE 8—ACQUIRED INTANGIBLE ASSETS Technology assets Customer assets Total Technology assets Customer assets Total Cost As of June 30, 2021 Accumulated Amortization 1,003,730 $ 1,386,533 (635,965) $ (567,038) Net 367,765 819,495 2,390,263 $ (1,203,003) $ 1,187,260 Cost As of June 30, 2020 Accumulated Amortization 1,084,144 $ 1,434,832 2,518,976 $ (502,376) $ (404,036) (906,412) $ Net 581,768 1,030,796 1,612,564 $ $ $ $ Where applicable, the above balances as of June 30, 2021 have been reduced to reflect the impact of intangible assets where the gross cost has become fully amortized during the year ended June 30, 2021. The impact of this resulted in a reduction of $85.9 million to technology assets and $54.0 million to customer assets. The weighted average amortization periods for acquired technology and customer intangible assets are approximately five years and seven years, respectively. The following table shows the estimated future amortization expense for the fiscal years indicated. This calculation assumes no future adjustments to acquired intangible assets: Fiscal years ending June 30, 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 and thereafter Total NOTE 9—PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER ASSETS Prepaid expenses and other current assets: Deposits and restricted cash Capitalized costs to obtain a contract Short-term prepaid expenses and other current assets Total Other assets: Deposits and restricted cash Capitalized costs to obtain a contract Investments Long-term prepaid expenses and other long-term assets Total $ $ 398,979 317,017 236,042 123,425 79,625 32,172 1,187,260 As of June 30, 2021 $ As of June 30, 2020 3,027 $ 22,601 72,923 98,551 $ $ As of June 30, 2021 $ As of June 30, 2020 11,577 $ 50,299 121,777 25,241 208,894 $ 7,464 18,134 110,838 136,436 11,612 43,029 76,002 23,824 154,467 $ 145 Deposits and restricted cash primarily relate to security deposits provided to landlords in accordance with facility lease agreements and cash restricted per the terms of certain contractual-based agreements. Capitalized costs to obtain a contract relate to incremental costs of obtaining a contract, such as sales commissions, which are eligible for capitalization on contracts to the extent that such costs are expected to be recovered (see note 3 "Revenues"). Investments relate to certain investment funds in which we are a limited partner. Our interests in each of these investees range from 4% to below 20%. These investments are accounted for using the equity method. Our share of net income or losses based on our interest in these investments, which approximates fair value, is recorded as a component of Other income (expense), net in our Consolidated Statements of Income (see note 23 "Other Income (Expense), Net"). During the year ended June 30, 2021, our share of income (loss) from these investments was $62.9 million (year ended June 30, 2020 and 2019 — $8.7 million and $13.7 million, respectively). Prepaid expenses and other assets, both short-term and long-term, include advance payments on licenses that are being amortized over the applicable terms of the licenses and other miscellaneous assets. NOTE 10—ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES Accounts payable and accrued liabilities: Accounts payable—trade Accrued salaries, incentives and commissions Accrued liabilities Accrued sales and other tax liabilities Accrued interest on Senior Notes Amounts payable in respect of restructuring and other special charges Asset retirement obligations Total Long-term accrued liabilities: Amounts payable in respect of restructuring and other special charges Other accrued liabilities Asset retirement obligations Total Asset retirement obligations As of June 30, 2021 As of June 30, 2020 $ 57,500 $ 214,884 82,204 31,583 31,161 4,396 1,864 41,469 155,496 78,793 50,255 30,761 12,185 4,355 $ 423,592 $ 373,314 As of June 30, 2021 As of June 30, 2020 $ $ 4,359 $ 10,681 13,790 28,830 $ 13,768 8,215 12,972 34,955 We are required to return certain of our leased facilities to their original state at the conclusion of our lease. As of June 30, 2021, the present value of this obligation was $15.7 million (June 30, 2020—$17.3 million), with an undiscounted value of $16.4 million (June 30, 2020—$18.7 million). 146 NOTE 11—LONG-TERM DEBT Total debt Senior Notes 2030 Senior Notes 2028 Senior Notes 2026 Term Loan B Revolver Total principal payments due Premium on Senior Notes 2026 Debt issuance costs Total amount outstanding Less: Current portion of long-term debt Term Loan B Revolver Total current portion of long-term debt As of June 30, 2021 As of June 30, 2020 $ 900,000 $ 900,000 850,000 967,500 — 3,617,500 4,070 (32,711) 3,588,859 900,000 900,000 850,000 977,500 600,000 4,227,500 4,756 (37,945) 4,194,311 10,000 — 10,000 10,000 600,000 610,000 Non-current portion of long-term debt $ 3,578,859 $ 3,584,311 Senior Unsecured Fixed Rate Notes Senior Notes 2030 On February 18, 2020, OpenText Holdings, Inc. a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of the Company, issued $900 million in aggregate principal amount of 4.125% Senior Notes due 2030 guaranteed by the Company (Senior Notes 2030) in an unregistered offering to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (Securities Act), and to certain persons in offshore transactions pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act. Senior Notes 2030 bear interest at a rate of 4.125% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15, commencing on August 15, 2020. Senior Notes 2030 will mature on February 15, 2030, unless earlier redeemed, in accordance with their terms, or repurchased. For the year ended June 30, 2021, we recorded interest expense of $37.0 million relating to Senior Notes 2030 (year ended June 30, 2020—$13.7 million). Senior Notes 2028 On February 18, 2020, we issued $900 million in aggregate principal amount of 3.875% Senior Notes due 2028 (Senior Notes 2028) in an unregistered offering to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act and to certain persons in offshore transactions pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act. Senior Notes 2028 bear interest at a rate of 3.875% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15, commencing on August 15, 2020. Senior Notes 2028 will mature on February 15, 2028, unless earlier redeemed, in accordance with their terms, or repurchased. For the year ended June 30, 2021, we recorded interest expense of $34.8 million relating to Senior Notes 2028 (year ended June 30, 2020—$12.9 million). Senior Notes 2026 On May 31, 2016, we issued $600 million in aggregate principal amount of 5.875% Senior Notes due 2026 (Senior Notes 2026) in an unregistered offering to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act and to certain persons in offshore transactions pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act. Senior Notes 2026 bear interest at a rate of 147 5.875% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1, commencing on December 1, 2016. Senior Notes 2026 will mature on June 1, 2026, unless earlier redeemed, in accordance with their terms, or repurchased. On December 20, 2016, we issued an additional $250 million in aggregate principal amount by reopening our Senior Notes 2026 at an issue price of 102.75%. The additional notes have identical terms, are fungible with and are a part of a single series with the previously issued $600 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes 2026. The outstanding aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes 2026, after taking into consideration the additional issuance, is $850 million. For the year ended June 30, 2021, we recorded interest expense of $49.9 million relating to Senior Notes 2026 (year ended June 30, 2020 and 2019— $49.9 million, respectively). Term Loan B On May 30, 2018, we refinanced our existing term loan facility, by entering into a new $1 billion term loan facility (Term Loan B), whereby we borrowed $1 billion on that day and repaid in full the loans under our prior $800 million term loan facility originally entered into on January 16, 2014. Borrowings under Term Loan B are secured by a first charge over substantially all of our assets on a pari passu basis with the Revolver (defined below). Term Loan B has a seven year term, maturing in May 2025, and repayments made under Term Loan B are equal to 0.25% of the principal amount in equal quarterly installments for the life of Term Loan B, with the remainder due at maturity. Borrowings under Term Loan B currently bear a floating rate of interest equal to 1.75% plus LIBOR. As of June 30, 2021, the outstanding balance on the Term Loan B bears an interest rate of 1.84%. For more information regarding the impact of LIBOR, see "Stress in the global financial system may adversely affect our finances and operations in ways that may be hard to predict or to defend against" included within Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Under Term Loan B, we must maintain a “consolidated net leverage” ratio of no more than 4:1 at the end of each financial quarter. Consolidated net leverage ratio is defined for this purpose as the proportion of our total debt reduced by unrestricted cash, including guarantees and letters of credit, over our trailing twelve months net income before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, restructuring, share-based compensation and other miscellaneous charges. As of June 30, 2021, our consolidated net leverage ratio was 1.5:1. For the year ended June 30, 2021, we recorded interest expense of $18.6 million relating to Term Loan B (year ended June 30, 2020 and 2019—$33.3 million and $41.1 million, respectively). Revolver On October 31, 2019, we amended our committed revolving credit facility (the Revolver) to increase the total commitments under the Revolver from $450 million to $750 million as well as to extend the maturity from May 5, 2022 to October 31, 2024. Borrowings under the Revolver are secured by a first charge over substantially all of our assets, on a pari passu basis with Term Loan B. The Revolver has no fixed repayment date prior to the end of the term. Borrowings under the Revolver bear interest per annum at a floating rate of LIBOR plus a fixed margin dependent on our consolidated net leverage ratio ranging from 1.25% to 1.75%. For more information regarding the impact of LIBOR, see "Stress in the global financial system may adversely affect our finances and operations in ways that may be hard to predict or to defend against" included within Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. During the second quarter of Fiscal 2020, we drew down $750 million from the Revolver to partially fund the acquisition of Carbonite. In February 2020, we repaid $750 million drawn under the Revolver with a portion of the proceeds from the Senior Notes 2030 and Senior Notes 2028. In March 2020, we drew down $600 million from the Revolver as a preemptive measure in order to increase our cash position and preserve financial flexibility in light of uncertainty in the global markets resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic. As of June 30, 2020, the proceeds from the $600 million draw down remained outstanding and were presented within "Cash and cash equivalents" and "Current portion of long-term debt" on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. During the second quarter of Fiscal 2021, we repaid $600 million previously drawn on the Revolver using cash on hand. As of June 30, 2021, we had no outstanding balance under the Revolver. During the year ended June 30, 2021, we recorded interest expense of $3.6 million relating to amounts previously drawn (year ended June 30, 2020 and 2019— $7.7 million and nil, respectively). Debt Issuance Costs and Premium on Senior Notes Debt issuance costs relate primarily to costs incurred for the purpose of obtaining our credit facilities and issuing our Senior Notes 2026, Senior Notes 2028 and Senior Notes 2030 (collectively referred to as the Senior Notes) and are being amortized through interest expense over the respective terms of the Senior Notes and Term Loan B and the Revolver using the effective interest method. 148 The premium on Senior Notes 2026 represents the excess of the proceeds received over the face value of Senior Notes 2026. This premium is amortized as a reduction to interest expense over the term of Senior Notes 2026 using the effective interest method. NOTE 12—PENSION PLANS AND OTHER POST RETIREMENT BENEFITS The following table provides details of our defined benefit pension plans and long-term employee benefit obligations for Open Text Document Technologies GmbH (CDT), GXS GmbH (GXS GER), GXS Philippines, Inc. (GXS PHP) and other plans as of June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020: CDT defined benefit plan GXS GER defined benefit plan GXS PHP defined benefit plan Other plans Total CDT defined benefit plan GXS GER defined benefit plan GXS PHP defined benefit plan Other plans Total Total benefit obligation As of June 30, 2021 Current portion of benefit obligation(1) Non-current portion of benefit obligation 32,865 $ 23,861 10,973 9,594 77,293 $ 880 $ 1,058 42 802 2,782 $ 31,985 22,803 10,931 8,792 74,511 Total benefit obligation As of June 30, 2020 Current portion of benefit obligation(1) Non-current portion of benefit obligation 32,851 $ 24,105 10,270 8,590 75,816 $ 777 $ 943 115 852 2,687 $ 32,074 23,162 10,155 7,738 73,129 $ $ $ $ (1) The current portion of the benefit obligation has been included within "Accrued salaries and commissions", all within "Accounts payable and accrued liabilities" in the Consolidated Balance Sheets (see note 10 "Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities"). Defined Benefit Plans CDT Plan CDT sponsors an unfunded defined benefit pension plan covering substantially all CDT employees (CDT plan) which provides for old age, disability and survivors’ benefits. Benefits under the CDT plan are generally based on age at retirement, years of service and the employee’s annual earnings. The net periodic cost of this pension plan is determined using the projected unit credit method and several actuarial assumptions, the most significant of which are the discount rate and estimated service costs. No contributions have been made since the inception of the plan. GXS GER Plan As part of our acquisition of GXS Group, Inc. (GXS) in Fiscal 2014, we assumed an unfunded defined benefit pension plan covering certain German employees which provides for old age, disability and survivors' benefits. The GXS GER plan has been closed to new participants since 2006. Benefits under the GXS GER plan are generally based on a participant’s remuneration, date of hire, years of eligible service and age at retirement. The net periodic cost of this pension plan is determined using the projected unit credit method and several actuarial assumptions, the most significant of which are the discount rate and estimated service costs. No contributions have been made since the inception of the plan. GXS PHP Plan As part of our acquisition of GXS in Fiscal 2014, we assumed a primarily unfunded defined benefit pension plan covering substantially all of the GXS Philippines employees which provides for retirement, disability and survivors' benefits. Benefits under the GXS PHP plan are generally based on a participant’s remuneration, years of eligible service and age at retirement. The net periodic cost of this pension plan is determined using the projected unit credit method and several actuarial assumptions, the most significant of which are the discount rate and estimated service costs. Aside from an initial contribution which has a fair value of $0.04 million as of June 30, 2021, no additional contributions have been made since the inception of the plan. 149 The following are the details of the change in the benefit obligation for each of the above mentioned pension plans for the periods indicated: As of June 30, 2021 As of June 30, 2020 CDT GXS GER GXS PHP Total CDT GXS GER GXS PHP Total Benefit obligation—beginning of fiscal year Service cost Interest cost Benefits paid Actuarial (gain) loss Foreign exchange (gain) loss $ 32,851 $ 24,105 $ 10,270 $ 67,226 $ 35,836 $ 26,739 $ 6,904 $ 69,479 2,138 1,164 (2,362) (2,823) (370) 1,822 206 469 364 (1,027) (19) (1,118) (1,853) 1,331 319 337 (926) (2,083) (281) 572 459 (644) (3,073) (299) 2,501 1,338 (1,846) (4,947) 3,427 473 505 (800) (1,976) 1,812 1,247 368 (792) 2,333 210 284 Benefit obligation—end of period 32,865 23,861 10,973 67,699 32,851 24,105 10,270 67,226 Less: Current portion Non-current portion of benefit obligation (880) (1,058) (42) (1,980) (777) (943) (115) (1,835) $ 31,985 $ 22,803 $ 10,931 $ 65,719 $ 32,074 $ 23,162 $ 10,155 $ 65,391 The following are details of net pension expense relating to the following pension plans: 2021 CDT GXS GER GXS PHP Total CDT Year Ended June 30, 2020 GXS GER GXS PHP 2019 Total CDT GXS GER GXS PHP Total $ 473 $ 206 $ 1,822 $ 2,501 $ 572 $ 319 $ 1,247 $ 2,138 $ 550 $ 566 $ 771 $ 1,887 1,431 1,338 1,164 489 337 368 642 364 469 459 505 300 705 113 (1) 817 939 244 (288) 895 696 130 (562) 264 $ 1,683 $ 683 $ 2,290 $ 4,656 $ 1,970 $ 900 $ 1,327 $ 4,197 $ 1,888 $ 1,185 $ 509 $ 3,582 Pension expense: Service cost Interest cost Amortization of actuarial (gains) and losses Net pension expense Service-related net periodic pension costs are recorded within operating expense and all other non-service related net periodic pension costs are classified under "Interest and other related expense, net" on our Consolidated Statements of Income. In determining the fair value of the pension plan benefit obligations as of June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020, respectively, we used the following weighted-average key assumptions: As of June 30, 2021 As of June 30, 2020 CDT GXS GER GXS PHP CDT GXS GER GXS PHP Assumptions: Salary increases Pension increases Discount rate Normal retirement age Employee fluctuation rate: to age 20 to age 25 to age 30 to age 35 to age 40 to age 45 to age 50 from age 51 5.00% N/A 5.00% 60 13.98% 7.10% 3.00% 2.44% 2.59% 1.15% —% —% 1.75% 1.50% 1.46% 65-67 —% —% 1.00% 0.50% —% 0.50% 0.50% 1.00% 2.50% 2.00% 1.46% 65-67 —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 6.50% N/A 3.50% 60 12.19% 16.58% 13.97% 10.77% 7.39% 3.28% —% —% 1.50% 1.50% 1.39% 65-67 —% —% 1.00% 0.50% —% 0.50% 0.50% 1.00% 1.50% 1.50% 1.39% 65-67 —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 150 Anticipated pension payments under the pension plans for the fiscal years indicated below are as follows: 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 to 2031 Total Other Plans Fiscal years ending June 30, CDT GXS GER GXS PHP 880 960 1,039 1,086 1,123 6,501 1,058 1,046 1,047 1,071 1,059 5,142 $ 11,589 $ 10,423 $ 42 356 140 192 202 2,516 3,448 Other plans include defined benefit pension plans that are offered by certain of our foreign subsidiaries. Many of these plans were assumed through our acquisitions or are required by local regulatory requirements. These other plans are primarily unfunded, with the aggregate projected benefit obligation included in our pension liability. The net periodic costs of these plans are determined using the projected unit credit method and several actuarial assumptions, the most significant of which are the discount rate and estimated service costs. NOTE 13—SHARE CAPITAL, OPTION PLANS AND SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS Cash Dividends For the year ended June 30, 2021, pursuant to the Company’s dividend policy, we declared total non-cumulative dividends of $0.7770 per Common Share in the aggregate amount of $210.7 million, which we paid during the same period (year ended June 30, 2020 and 2019—$0.6984 and $0.6300 per Common Share, respectively, in the aggregate amount of $188.7 million and $168.9 million, respectively). Share Capital Our authorized share capital includes an unlimited number of Common Shares and an unlimited number of Preference Shares. No Preference Shares have been issued. Treasury Stock From time to time we may provide funds to an independent agent to facilitate repurchases of our Common Shares in connection with the settlement of awards under the Long-Term Incentive Plans (LTIP) or other plans. During the year ended June 30, 2021, we repurchased 1,455,088 of our Common Shares on the open market, at a cost of $64.8 million for potential reissuance under our LTIP or other plans, described below (year ended June 30, 2020 and 2019— 300,000 and 726,059 Common Shares, respectively, at a cost of $12.4 million and $26.5 million, respectively). During the year ended June 30, 2021, we reissued 509,721 Common Shares from treasury stock in connection with the settlement of awards and other plans (year ended June 30, 2020 and 2019—480,574 and 613,524 Common Shares, respectively). Share Repurchase Plan On November 5, 2020, the Board authorized a share repurchase plan (Repurchase Plan), pursuant to which we may purchase in open market transactions, from time to time over the 12 month period commencing November 12, 2020, up to an aggregate of $350 million of our Common Shares. During the year ended June 30, 2021, we repurchased and cancelled 2,500,000 Common Shares for $119.1 million under the Repurchase Plan. 151 Share-Based Payments Total share-based compensation expense for the periods indicated below is detailed as follows: Stock options Performance Share Units (issued under LTIP) Restricted Share Units (issued under LTIP) Restricted Share Units (other) Deferred Share Units (directors) Employee Stock Purchase Plan Total share-based compensation expense Option Plans Year Ended June 30, 2021 2020 2019 $ 15,639 $ 9,779 $ 10,232 9,898 7,358 10,561 3,396 5,117 5,997 5,943 174 3,345 4,294 3,461 5,917 175 3,133 3,852 $ 51,969 $ 29,532 $ 26,770 A summary of stock options outstanding under our 2004 Stock Option Plan is set forth below. All numbers shown in the chart below have been adjusted, where applicable, to account for the two-for-one stock splits that occurred on October 22, 2003, February 18, 2014 and January 24, 2017. Date of inception Eligibility Options granted to date Options exercised to date Options cancelled to date Options outstanding Termination grace periods Vesting schedule Exercise price range Expiration dates 2004 Stock Option Plan Oct-04 Eligible employees, as determined by the Board of Directors 38,348,857 (20,798,129) (9,437,154) 8,113,574 Immediately “for cause”; 90 days for any other reason; 180 days due to death 25% per year, unless otherwise specified $22.68 - $48.74 8/1/2021 - 5/10/2028 Summary of Outstanding Stock Options The following table summarizes information regarding stock options outstanding at June 30, 2021: Range of Exercise Prices Options Outstanding Options Exercisable Number of options Outstanding as of June 30, 2021 Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (years) Weighted Average Exercise Price Number of options Exercisable as of June 30, 2021 Weighted Average Exercise Price $ $ 22.68 — $ 33.07 — 34.61 — 38.31 — 39.03 — 39.99 — 43.23 — 45.41 — 46.89 — 48.35 — 22.68 — $ 33.06 34.60 38.30 39.02 39.98 43.22 45.40 46.88 48.34 48.74 48.74 1,102,966 712,037 874,882 634,760 704,352 821,355 538,625 2,382,097 200,000 142,500 8,113,574 2.38 $ 3.14 4.90 5.10 4.21 5.35 5.60 6.11 6.86 6.61 4.88 $ 30.61 34.16 36.72 38.76 39.34 40.74 44.99 45.81 47.94 48.74 40.16 943,933 $ 507,976 358,255 144,703 312,972 176,519 123,125 — — — 2,567,483 $ 30.27 34.09 36.10 38.76 39.34 40.46 44.99 — — — 34.83 As of June 30, 2021, an aggregate of 8,113,574 options to purchase Common Shares were outstanding and an additional 11,251,577 options to purchase Common Shares were available for issuance under our stock option plans. Our stock options 152 generally vest over four years and expire between seven and ten years from the date of the grant. Currently we also have options outstanding that vest over five years, as well as options outstanding that vest based on meeting certain market conditions. The exercise price of all our options is set at an amount that is not less than the closing price of our Common Shares on the NASDAQ on the trading day immediately preceding the applicable grant date. A summary of activity under our stock option plans for the year ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 are as follows: Outstanding at June 30, 2020 Granted Exercised Forfeited or expired Outstanding at June 30, 2021 Exercisable at June 30, 2021 Options Weighted- Average Exercise Price 7,429,537 $ 3,208,209 (1,605,134) (919,038) 8,113,574 $ 2,567,483 $ 36.18 45.77 30.88 43.75 40.16 34.83 Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Term (years) Aggregate Intrinsic Value ($’000's) 4.78 $ 49,574 4.88 $ 3.47 $ 86,297 41,005 We estimate the fair value of stock options using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model or, where appropriate, the Monte Carlo pricing model, consistent with the provisions of ASC Topic 718, "Compensation—Stock Compensation" (Topic 718) and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107. The option-pricing models require input of subjective assumptions, including the estimated life of the option and the expected volatility of the underlying stock over the estimated life of the option. We use historical volatility as a basis for projecting the expected volatility of the underlying stock and estimate the expected life of our stock options based upon historical data. We believe that the valuation techniques and the approach utilized to develop the underlying assumptions are appropriate in calculating the fair value of our stock option grants. Estimates of fair value are not intended, however, to predict actual future events or the value ultimately realized by employees who receive equity awards. For the periods indicated, the weighted-average fair value of options and weighted-average assumptions estimated under the Black-Scholes option-pricing model were as follows: Weighted–average fair value of options granted Weighted-average assumptions used: Expected volatility Risk–free interest rate Expected dividend yield Expected life (in years) Forfeiture rate (based on historical rates) Average exercise share price Year Ended June 30, 2021 2020 2019 $ 8.45 $ 6.88 $ 8.39 26.26 % 0.24 % 1.55 % 4.59 7 % 22.63 % 1.30 % 1.64 % 4.12 7 % 25.72 % 2.57 % 1.54 % 4.44 6 % $ 45.76 $ 41.81 $ 38.81 153 For the periods in which performance options were granted, as indicated, the weighted-average fair value of performance options and weighted-average assumptions estimated under the Monte Carlo pricing model were as follows: Weighted–average fair value of options granted Derived service period (in years) Weighted-average assumptions used: Expected volatility Risk–free interest rate Expected dividend yield Average exercise share price Year Ended June 30, 2021 10.18 1.80 28.00 % 0.42 % 1.70 % 45.81 $ $ During the year ended June 30, 2021, we granted 750,000 performance options, which are included in the summary of stock option plan activity above. There were no performance options granted during the year ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. As of June 30, 2021, the total compensation cost related to the unvested stock option awards not yet recognized was $38.7 million, which will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.8 years. No cash was used by us to settle equity instruments granted under share-based compensation arrangements in any of the periods presented. We have not capitalized any share-based compensation costs as part of the cost of an asset in any of the periods presented. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during the year ended June 30, 2021 was $25.0 million (year ended June 30, 2020 and 2019—$26.6 million and $21.0 million, respectively). For the year ended June 30, 2021, cash in the amount of $49.6 million was received as the result of the exercise of options granted under share-based payment arrangements (year ended June 30, 2020 and 2019—$41.3 million and $35.6 million, respectively). The tax benefit realized by us during the year ended June 30, 2021 from the exercise of options eligible for a tax deduction was $2.3 million (year ended June 30, 2020 and 2019—$1.9 million and $2.9 million, respectively). Long-Term Incentive Plans We incentivize certain eligible employees, in part, with long-term compensation pursuant to our LTIP. The LTIP is a rolling three year program that grants eligible employees a certain number of target Performance Share Units (PSUs) and/or Restricted Share Units (RSUs). Target PSUs become vested upon the achievement of certain financial and/or operational performance criteria (the Performance Conditions) that are determined at the time of the grant. Target RSUs become vested when an eligible employee remains employed throughout the vesting period. PSUs and RSUs granted under the LTIPs have been measured at fair value as of the effective date, consistent with Topic 718, and will be charged to share-based compensation expense over the remaining life of the plan. We estimate the fair value of PSUs using the Monte Carlo pricing model and RSUs have been valued based upon their grant date fair value. Stock options granted under the LTIPs have been measured using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, consistent with Topic 718. As of June 30, 2021, the total expected compensation cost related to the unvested LTIP awards not yet recognized was $28.8 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.8 years. LTIP grants that have recently vested, or have yet to vest, are described below. LTIP grants are referred to in this Annual Report on Form 10-K based upon the year in which the grants are expected to vest. LTIP 2020 Grants made in Fiscal 2018 under the LTIP (collectively referred to as LTIP 2020), consisting of PSUs and RSUs, took effect in Fiscal 2018 starting on August 7, 2017. We settled the LTIP 2020 awards by issuing 292,401 Common Shares from treasury stock during the second quarter of Fiscal 2021, with a cost of $11.2 million. 154 LTIP 2021 Grants made in Fiscal 2019 under the LTIP (collectively referred to as LTIP 2021), consisting of PSUs and RSUs, took effect in Fiscal 2019 starting on August 6, 2018. The Performance Conditions for vesting of the PSUs are based solely upon market conditions. The RSUs are employee service-based awards and vest over the life of the LTIP 2021. We expect to settle the LTIP 2021 awards in stock. LTIP 2022 Grants made in Fiscal 2020 under the LTIP (collectively referred to as LTIP 2022), consisting of PSUs and RSUs, took effect in Fiscal 2020 starting on August 5, 2019. The Performance Conditions for vesting of the PSUs are based solely upon market conditions. The RSUs are employee service-based awards and vest over the life of the LTIP 2022. We expect to settle the LTIP 2022 awards in stock. LTIP 2023 Grants made in Fiscal 2021 under the LTIP (collectively referred to as LTIP 2023), consisting of PSUs and RSUs, took effect in Fiscal 2021 starting on August 10, 2020. The Performance Conditions for vesting of the PSUs are based solely upon market conditions. The RSUs are employee service-based awards and vest over the life of the LTIP 2023. We expect to settle the LTIP 2023 awards in stock. Restricted Share Units (RSUs) During the year ended June 30, 2021, we granted 484,956 RSUs to employees in accordance with employment and other non-LTIP related agreements (year ended June 30, 2020 and 2019—15,000 RSUs and nil, respectively). RSUs vest over a specified contract date, typically three years from the respective date of grants. As of June 30, 2021, the total expected compensation cost related to the unvested RSU awards not yet recognized was $9.0 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.1 years. We expect to settle RSU awards in stock. During the year ended June 30, 2021, we did not issue any Common Shares from treasury stock in connection with the settlement of vested RSUs (year ended June 30, 2020 and 2019—3,334 and 22,627 Common Shares, respectively, with a cost of $0.1 million and $0.7 million, respectively). Deferred Share Units (DSUs) During the year ended June 30, 2021, we granted 85,428 DSUs, respectively, to certain non-employee directors (year ended June 30, 2020 and 2019—82,733 and 100,271 DSUs, respectively). The DSUs were issued under our Deferred Share Unit Plan. DSUs granted as compensation for director fees vest immediately, whereas all other DSUs granted vest at our next annual general meeting following the granting of the DSUs. No DSUs are payable by us until the director ceases to be a member of the Board. During the year ended June 30, 2021, we issued 23,640 Common Shares from treasury stock, at a cost of $1.1 million, in connection with the settlement of vested DSUs (year ended June 30, 2020 and 2019—nil and 51,794 Common Shares, respectively, with a cost of nil and $2.0 million respectively). Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP) Our ESPP offers employees a purchase price discount of 15%. During the year ended June 30, 2021, 769,031 Common Shares were eligible for issuance to employees enrolled in the ESPP (year ended June 30, 2020 and 2019—742,961 and 696,091 Common Shares, respectively). During the year ended June 30, 2021, cash in the amount of $30.5 million was received from employees relating to the ESPP (year ended June 30, 2020 and 2019 —$25.3 million and $22.2 million, respectively). 155 NOTE 14—GUARANTEES AND CONTINGENCIES We have entered into the following contractual obligations with minimum payments for the indicated fiscal periods as follows: Long-term debt obligations (1) $ Purchase obligations for contracts not accounted for as lease obligations (2) Payments due between Total July 1, 2021 - June 30, 2022 July 1, 2022 - June 30, 2024 July 1, 2024 - June 30, 2026 July 1, 2026 and beyond 4,514,954 $ 149,942 $ 299,371 $ 2,047,391 $ 2,018,250 70,646 42,887 27,759 — — $ 4,585,600 $ 192,829 $ 327,130 $ 2,047,391 $ 2,018,250 (1) Includes interest up to maturity and principal payments. Please see note 11 "Long-Term Debt" for more details. (2) For contractual obligations relating to leases and purchase obligations accounted for under Topic 842, please see note 6 "Leases". Guarantees and Indemnifications We have entered into customer agreements which may include provisions to indemnify our customers against third party claims that our software products or services infringe certain third party intellectual property rights and for liabilities related to a breach of our confidentiality obligations. We have not made any material payments in relation to such indemnification provisions and have not accrued any liabilities related to these indemnification provisions in our Consolidated Financial Statements. Occasionally, we enter into financial guarantees with third parties in the ordinary course of our business, including, among others, guarantees relating to taxes and letters of credit on behalf of parties with whom we conduct business. Such agreements have not had a material effect on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows. Litigation We are currently involved in various claims and legal proceedings. Quarterly, we review the status of each significant legal matter and evaluate such matters to determine how they should be treated for accounting and disclosure purposes in accordance with the requirements of ASC Topic 450-20 "Loss Contingencies" (Topic 450-20). Specifically, this evaluation process includes the centralized tracking and itemization of the status of all our disputes and litigation items, discussing the nature of any litigation and claim, including any dispute or claim that is reasonably likely to result in litigation, with relevant internal and external counsel, and assessing the progress of each matter in light of its merits and our experience with similar proceedings under similar circumstances. If the potential loss from any claim or legal proceeding is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated, we accrue a liability for the estimated loss in accordance with Topic 450-20. As of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the aggregate of such accrued liabilities was not material to our consolidated financial position or results of operations and we do not believe as of the date of this filing that it is reasonably possible that a loss exceeding the amounts already recognized will be incurred that would be material to our consolidated financial position or results of operations. As described more fully below, we are unable at this time to estimate a possible loss or range of losses in respect of certain disclosed matters. Contingencies IRS Matter As we have previously disclosed, the United States Internal Revenue Service (IRS) has been examining certain of our tax returns for our fiscal year ended June 30, 2010 (Fiscal 2010) through Fiscal 2012, and in connection with those examinations has been reviewing our internal reorganization in Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal 2012 to consolidate certain intellectual property ownership in Luxembourg and Canada and our integration of certain acquisitions into the resulting structure. We also previously disclosed that the examinations may lead to proposed adjustments to our taxes that may be material, individually or in the aggregate, and that we had not recorded any material accruals for any such potential adjustments in our Consolidated Financial Statements. We previously disclosed that, as part of these examinations, on July 17, 2015 we received from the IRS an initial Notice of Proposed Adjustment (NOPA) in draft form, for Fiscal 2010 (the 2010 NOPA), and on July 11, 2018, we also received, consistent with previously disclosed expectations, a draft NOPA for Fiscal 2012 (the 2012 NOPA). 156 On January 7, 2019, we received from the IRS official notification of proposed adjustments to our taxable income for Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal 2012, together with the 2010 NOPA and 2012 NOPA in final form. As of December 31, 2020, our estimated potential aggregate liability, as originally proposed by the IRS under the 2010 NOPA and the 2012 NOPA, including additional state income taxes plus penalties and continually accruing interest that may be due, would have been approximately $830 million, comprised of approximately $430 million in U.S. federal and state taxes, approximately $130 million of penalties, and approximately $270 million of interest. As previously disclosed, we disagree with the IRS’ positions and have been vigorously contesting the proposed adjustments to our taxable income, along with the proposed penalties and interest. On December 21, 2020, we entered into a closing agreement with the IRS resolving all of the proposed adjustments to our taxable income for Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal 2012 (the IRS Settlement). The IRS Settlement resulted in charges of $300.5 million during the year ended June 30, 2021 to "Provision for (recovery of) income taxes". In connection with the IRS Settlement, during the year ended June 30, 2021, we made aggregate payments to the IRS of $288.6 million in U.S. federal taxes and interest and $11.0 million of certain associated state tax and interest payments. As of June 30, 2021, the outstanding settlement amount of approximately $0.9 million is recorded within "Income taxes payable" in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Interest at the applicable statutory rates will continue to accrue until the time of payment. The IRS Settlement also eliminates approximately $90 million in future withholding taxes that we had expected to incur over the next 10 years. We believe the IRS Settlement to be in the best interest of all stakeholders, as it closes all past, present and future items related to this matter. The IRS Settlement provides finality to this longstanding matter. For additional information regarding the history of this IRS matter, please see note 14 "Guarantees and Contingencies" in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for Fiscal 2020. CRA Matter As part of its ongoing audit of our Canadian tax returns, the Canada Revenue Agency (CRA) has disputed our transfer pricing methodology used for certain intercompany transactions with our international subsidiaries and has issued notices of reassessment for Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2016. Assuming the utilization of available tax attributes (further described below), we estimate our potential aggregate liability, as of June 30, 2021, in connection with the CRA's reassessments for Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2016, to be limited to penalties, interest and provincial taxes that may be due of approximately $74 million. As of June 30, 2021, we have provisionally paid approximately $28 million in order to fully preserve our rights to object to the CRA's audit positions, being the minimum payment required under Canadian legislation while the matter is in dispute. This amount is recorded within "Long-term income taxes recoverable" on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2021. The notices of reassessment for Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2016 would, as drafted, increase our taxable income by approximately $90 million to $100 million for each of those years, as well as impose a 10% penalty on the proposed adjustment to income. Audits by the CRA of our tax returns for fiscal years prior to Fiscal 2012 have been completed with no reassessment of our income tax liability. We strongly disagree with the CRA's positions and believe the reassessments of Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2016 (including any penalties) are without merit. We have filed notices of objection for Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2016. We are currently seeking competent authority consideration under applicable international treaties in respect of these reassessments. Even if we are unsuccessful in challenging the CRA's reassessments to increase our taxable income for Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2016, we have elective deductions available for those years (including carry-backs from later years) that would offset such increased amounts so that no additional cash tax would be payable, exclusive of any assessed penalties and interest, as described above. The CRA is also currently auditing Fiscal 2017 on a basis that we strongly disagree with and will vigorously contest. The focus of the CRA audit has been the valuation of certain intellectual property and goodwill when one of our subsidiaries continued into Canada from Luxembourg in July 2016. In accordance with applicable rules, these assets were recognized for tax purposes at fair market value as of that time, which value was supported by an expert valuation prepared by an independent leading accounting and advisory firm. In conjunction with the Fiscal 2017 audit, the CRA issued a proposal letter dated April 7, 2021 (Proposal Letter) indicating to us that it proposes to reassess our Fiscal 2017 tax year to reduce the depreciable basis of these assets. We are currently engaged in dialogue with the CRA regarding the 2017 audit and expect to be making extensive submissions in support of our position shortly. CRA’s currently-proposed position for Fiscal 2017 relies in significant part on the application of its positions regarding our transfer pricing methodology that are the basis for its reassessment of our fiscal years 2012 to 2016 described above, and that we believe are without merit. Other aspects of CRA’s currently-proposed position 157 for Fiscal 2017 conflict with the expert valuation prepared by the independent leading accounting and advisory firm that was used to support our original filing position. If the CRA determines to issue a notice of reassessment in respect of Fiscal 2017 on the basis of its position set forth in the Proposal Letter and we are ultimately unsuccessful in defending our position, the estimated impact of the proposed adjustment could result in us recording an income tax expense, with no immediate cash payment, to reduce the stated value of our deferred tax assets of up to approximately $470 million. Any such income tax expense could also have a corresponding cash tax impact that would primarily occur over a period of several future years based upon annual income realization in Canada. We strongly disagree with the CRA’s position for Fiscal 2017 and intend to vigorously defend our original filing position. We will continue to vigorously contest the proposed adjustments to our taxable income and any penalty and interest assessments, as well as any proposed reduction to the basis of our depreciable property. We are confident that our original tax filing positions were appropriate. Accordingly, as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we have not recorded any accruals in respect of these reassessments or proposed reassessment in our Consolidated Financial Statements. The CRA has also advised us that they are currently in preliminary stages of auditing Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2019. Carbonite Class Action Complaint On August 1, 2019, prior to our acquisition of Carbonite, a purported stockholder of Carbonite filed a putative class action complaint against Carbonite, its former Chief Executive Officer, Mohamad S. Ali, and its former Chief Financial Officer, Anthony Folger, in the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts captioned Ruben A. Luna, Individually and on Behalf of All Others Similarly Situated v. Carbonite, Inc., Mohamad S. Ali, and Anthony Folger (No. 1:19-cv-11662- LTS). The complaint alleges violations of the federal securities laws under Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder. The complaint generally alleges that the defendants made materially false and misleading statements in connection with Carbonite’s Server Backup VM Edition, and seeks, among other things, the designation of the action as a class action, an award of unspecified compensatory damages, costs and expenses, including counsel fees and expert fees, and other relief as the court deems appropriate. On August 23, 2019, a nearly identical complaint was filed in the same court captioned William Feng, Individually and on Behalf of All Others Similarly Situated v. Carbonite, Inc., Mohamad S. Ali, and Anthony Folger (No. 1:19- cv-11808-LTS) (together with the Luna Complaint, the “Securities Actions”). On November 21, 2019, the court consolidated the Securities Actions, appointed a lead plaintiff, and designated a lead counsel. On January 15, 2020, the lead plaintiff filed a consolidated amended complaint generally making the same allegations and seeking the same relief as the complaint filed on August 1, 2019. The defendants moved to dismiss the Securities Actions on March 10, 2020. The motion was fully briefed in June 2020 and a hearing on the motion to dismiss the Securities Actions was held on October 15, 2020. Following the hearing, on October 22, 2020, the court granted with prejudice the defendants’ motion to dismiss the Securities Actions. On November 20, 2020, the lead plaintiff filed a notice of appeal to the Court of Appeals for the First Circuit. The appeal has been fully briefed and oral arguments before the Court of Appeals for the First Circuit were held on July 29, 2021. The court’s decision on the appeal is expected in the coming months and the defendants remain confident in the District Court’s dismissal with prejudice of the Securities Actions. Carbonite vs Realtime Data On February 27, 2017, prior to our acquisition of Carbonite, a non-practicing entity named Realtime Data LLC (Realtime Data) filed a lawsuit against Carbonite in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas "Realtime Data LLC v. Carbonite, Inc. et al (No 6:17-cv-00121-RWS-JDL)", alleging that certain of Carbonite’s cloud storage services infringe upon certain patents held by Realtime Data. Realtime Data’s complaint against Carbonite sought damages in an unspecified amount and injunctive relief. On December 19, 2017, the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas transferred the case to the U.S District Court for the District of Massachusetts (No. 1:17-cv-12499). Realtime Data has also filed numerous other patent suits on the asserted patents against other companies around the country. In one of those suits, filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware, the Delaware Court on July 29, 2019 dismissed the lawsuit after declaring invalid three of the four patents asserted by Realtime Data against Carbonite; that decision was appealed to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit. By way of Order dated August 19, 2019, the U.S. District Court for the District of Massachusetts stayed the action against Carbonite pending the aforementioned appeal of the dismissal in the Delaware lawsuit. On October 23, 2020, the Appeals Court vacated and remanded the Delaware Court’s decision. Following the Appeals Court's decision, the Massachusetts District Court lifted the stay on the action against Carbonite. On January 21, 2021, the Court held a hearing to construe the claims of the asserted patents. As to the fourth patent asserted against Carbonite, the U.S. Patent & Trademark Office Patent Trial and Appeal Board on September 24, 2019 invalidated certain claims of that patent, including certain claims that had been asserted against Carbonite, and the parties jointly stipulated to dismiss the patent from the action. No trial date has been set in the action against Carbonite. We are vigorously defending the matter. We have not accrued a loss contingency related to this matter because litigation related to a non-practicing entity is inherently unpredictable. Although a loss is reasonably possible, an unfavorable outcome is not considered by management to be probable at this time and we remain unable to reasonably estimate a possible loss or range of loss associated with this litigation. 158 Please also see Part I, Item 1A "Risk Factors" in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. NOTE 15—INCOME TAXES Our effective tax rate represents the net effect of the mix of income earned in various tax jurisdictions that are subject to a wide range of income tax rates. The effective tax rate increased to a provision of 52.2% for the year ended June 30, 2021, compared to a provision of 32.1% for the year ended June 30, 2020. Tax expense increased by $229.1 million from $110.8 million during the year ended June 30, 2020 to $339.9 million during the year ended June 30, 2021. This was primarily due to (i) an increase of $300.5 million relating to the IRS Settlement, (ii) an increase of $76.4 million relating to higher net income including the impact of foreign rates and (iii) an increase of $7.0 million related to the one-time benefit from the US CARES Act in Fiscal 2020 that did not recur in Fiscal 2021. These were partially offset by (i) a decrease of $66.9 million for changes in unrecognized tax benefits, (ii) a decrease of $34.1 million related to tax benefits of internal reorganizations that occurred in Fiscal 2021 (iii) a decrease of $33.2 million related to the US Base Erosion Anti-Abuse Tax (US BEAT), (iv) a decrease of $5.7 million for net changes in valuation allowance, (v) a decrease of $3.1 million related to permanent differences and (vi) a decrease of $3.1 million related to differences in tax filings being higher than estimates. The remainder of the difference was due to normal course movements and non-material items. A reconciliation of the combined Canadian federal and provincial income tax rate with our effective income tax rate is as follows: Expected statutory rate Expected provision for income taxes Effect of foreign tax rate differences Change in valuation allowance Effect of permanent differences Effect of changes in unrecognized tax benefits Effect of withholding taxes Difference in tax filings from provision Effect of tax credits for research and development Effect of accrual for undistributed earnings Effect of US BEAT Effect of CARES Act Effect of IRS Settlement Impact of internal reorganization of subsidiaries Other Items Year Ended June 30, 2021 2020 2019 26.50 % 26.50 % 26.50 % $ 172,454 $ 91,479 $ 116,752 (4,309) (5,900) (1,885) (86,170) 8,500 (2,162) (16,086) 3,209 7,967 — 300,460 (33,676) (2,496) 339,906 $ 218 (222) 1,215 (19,284) 8,036 933 (14,947) 4,233 41,207 (7,009) — 451 4,527 110,837 $ $ (1,344) (5,045) (577) 31,992 2,097 (250) (13,550) (13,112) 16,030 — — 16,471 5,473 154,937 The following is a geographical breakdown of income before the provision for income taxes: Domestic income (loss) Foreign income Income before income taxes Year Ended June 30, 2021 2020 2019 $ $ 462,315 $ 241,862 $ 188,455 103,343 650,770 $ 345,205 $ 269,331 171,243 440,574 159 The provision for (recovery of) income taxes consisted of the following: Current income taxes (recoveries): Domestic Foreign Deferred income taxes (recoveries): Domestic Foreign Year Ended June 30, 2021 2020 2019 $ 310,615 $ 12,547 $ (43,748) 266,867 46,902 59,449 111,232 68,580 (38,193) (17,192) 73,039 51,388 7,862 99,650 107,512 52,889 (5,464) 47,425 Provision for (recovery of) income taxes $ 339,906 $ 110,837 $ 154,937 As of June 30, 2021, we have $305.7 million of domestic non-capital loss carryforwards. In addition, we have $413.0 million of foreign non-capital loss carryforwards of which $73.1 million have no expiry date. The remainder of the domestic and foreign losses expire between 2022 and 2039. In addition, investment tax credits of $59.3 million will expire between 2022 and 2041. The primary components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows, for the periods indicated below: Deferred tax assets Non-capital loss carryforwards Capital loss carryforwards Undeducted scientific research and development expenses Depreciation and amortization Restructuring costs and other reserves Deferred revenue Other Total deferred tax asset Valuation allowance Deferred tax liabilities Scientific research and development tax credits Other Deferred tax liabilities Net deferred tax asset Comprised of: Long-term assets Long-term liabilities As of June 30, 2021 2020 $ 174,486 $ 208,248 5,570 197,791 391,974 24,919 11,388 73,236 879,364 $ (72,888) $ (15,080) $ (102,882) (117,962) $ 688,514 $ 796,738 (108,224) $ $ $ $ $ $ 688,514 $ 152 160,354 415,516 21,999 60,026 76,031 942,326 (81,810) (14,361) (83,328) (97,689) 762,827 911,565 (148,738) 762,827 We believe that sufficient uncertainty exists regarding the realization of certain deferred tax assets that a valuation allowance is required. We continue to evaluate our taxable position quarterly and consider factors by taxing jurisdiction, including but not limited to factors such as estimated taxable income, any historical experience of losses for tax purposes and the future growth of OpenText. 160 The aggregate changes in the balance of our gross unrecognized tax benefits (including interest and penalties) were as follows: Unrecognized tax benefits as of June 30, 2019 Increases on account of current year positions Increases on account of prior year positions Decreases due to settlements with tax authorities Decreases due to lapses of statutes of limitations Unrecognized tax benefits as of June 30, 2020 Increases on account of current year positions Increases on account of prior year positions Decreases due to settlements with tax authorities Decreases due to lapses of statutes of limitations Unrecognized tax benefits as of June 30, 2021 $ $ $ 209,242 7,296 17,853 (20,457) (18,853) 195,081 1,279 773 (158,070) (2,314) 36,749 Included in the above tabular reconciliation are unrecognized tax benefits of $6.7 million relating to deferred tax assets in jurisdictions in which these deferred tax assets are offset with valuation allowances. The net unrecognized tax benefit excluding these deferred tax assets is $29.9 million as of June 30, 2021 (June 30, 2020—$180.0 million). We recognize interest expense and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. For the year ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, we recognized the following amounts as income tax-related interest expense and penalties: Interest expense (recoveries) Penalties expense (recoveries) Total Year Ended June 30, 2021 2020 2019 $ $ 44,657 $ 5,764 $ 1,125 327 45,782 $ 6,091 $ 10,512 945 11,457 The following amounts have been accrued on account of income tax-related interest expense and penalties: Interest expense accrued (1) Penalties accrued (1) As of June 30, 2021 As of June 30, 2020 $ $ 5,166 $ 2,605 $ 70,364 2,620 (1) These balances are primarily included within "Long-term income taxes payable" within the Consolidated Balance Sheets. We believe that it is reasonably possible that the gross unrecognized tax benefits, as of June 30, 2021, could decrease tax expense in the next 12 months by $3.8 million, relating primarily to the expiration of competent authority relief and tax years becoming statute barred for purposes of future tax examinations by local taxing jurisdictions. Our four most significant tax jurisdictions are Canada, the United States, Luxembourg and Germany. Our tax filings remain subject to audits by applicable tax authorities for a certain length of time following the tax year to which those filings relate. The earliest fiscal years open for examination are 2012 for Germany, 2010 for the United States, 2015 for Luxembourg, and 2012 for Canada. We are subject to tax audits in all major taxing jurisdictions in which we operate and currently have tax audits open in Canada, the United States, Germany, India, Austria, Italy, France, and the Philippines. On a quarterly basis we assess the status of these examinations and the potential for adverse outcomes to determine the adequacy of the provision for income and other taxes. Statements regarding the United States and Canada audits are included in note 14 "Guarantees and Contingencies". The timing of the resolution of income tax audits is highly uncertain, and the amounts ultimately paid, if any, upon resolution of the issues raised by the taxing authorities may differ from the amounts accrued. It is reasonably possible that within the next 12 months we will receive additional assessments by various tax authorities or possibly reach resolution of income tax audits in one or more jurisdictions. These assessments or settlements may or may not result in changes to our contingencies related to positions on tax filings. The actual amount of any change could vary significantly depending on the ultimate timing and nature of any settlements. We cannot currently provide an estimate of the range of possible outcomes. For more information relating to certain tax audits, please refer to note 14 "Guarantees and Contingencies". 161 On December 21, 2020, we entered into a closing agreement with the IRS resolving all of the proposed adjustments to our taxable income for Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal 2012. As a result, we recorded charges of $300.5 million during the year ended June 30, 2021 to "Provision for (recovery of) income taxes". The IRS Settlement also eliminates approximately $90 million in future withholding taxes that we had expected to incur over the next 10 years. We believe the IRS Settlement to be in the best interest of all stakeholders, as it closes all past, present and future items related to this matter. The IRS Settlement provides finality to this longstanding matter. During the year ended June 30, 2021, we made payments of $299.6 million associated with the IRS Settlement. As of June 30, 2021, the outstanding settlement amount of approximately $0.9 million is recorded within "Income taxes payable" in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Please refer to note 14 "Guarantees and Contingencies" for additional details. As of June 30, 2021, we have recognized a provision of $27.5 million (June 30, 2020—$24.8 million) in respect of both additional foreign taxes or deferred income tax liabilities for temporary differences related to the undistributed earnings of certain non-United States subsidiaries and planned periodic repatriations from certain German subsidiaries, that will be subject to withholding taxes upon distribution. We have not provided for additional foreign withholding taxes or deferred income tax liabilities related to undistributed earnings of all other non-Canadian subsidiaries, since such earnings are considered permanently invested in those subsidiaries or are not subject to withholding taxes. It is not practicable to reasonably estimate the amount of additional deferred income tax liabilities or foreign withholding taxes that may be payable should these earnings be distributed in the future. NOTE 16—FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT ASC Topic 820 “Fair Value Measurement” (Topic 820) defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and addresses disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. Fair value is the price that would be received upon sale of an asset or paid upon transfer of a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date and in the principal or most advantageous market for that asset or liability. The fair value, in this context, should be calculated based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, not on assumptions specific to the entity. In addition, the fair value of liabilities should include consideration of non-performance risk, including our own credit risk. In addition to defining fair value and addressing disclosure requirements, Topic 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy for valuation inputs. The hierarchy prioritizes the inputs into three levels based on the extent to which inputs used in measuring fair value are observable in the market. Each fair value measurement is reported in one of the three levels which are determined by the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. These levels are: • • • Level 1—inputs are based upon unadjusted quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets. Level 2—inputs are based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. Level 3—inputs are generally unobservable and typically reflect management’s estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. The fair values are therefore determined using model-based techniques that include option pricing models, discounted cash flow models, and similar techniques. 162 Financial Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis: Our financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis consisted of the following types of instruments as of June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020: June 30, 2021 June 30, 2020 Fair Market Measurements using: Fair Market Measurements using: Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets/ (liabilities) Significant other observable inputs Significant unobservable inputs (Level 1) (Level 2) (Level 3) Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets/ (liabilities) Significant other observable inputs Significant unobservable inputs (Level 1) (Level 2) (Level 3) June 30, 2020 June 30, 2021 Financial Assets: Foreign currency forward contracts designated as cash flow hedges (note 17) $ $ Total Financial Liabilities: Foreign currency forward contracts designated as cash flow hedges (note 17) $ $ Total 1,131 $ 1,131 $ — $ 1,131 $ — $ 1,131 $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — — — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ (185) $ — $ (185) $ — $ — $ — $ (185) $ — $ (185) $ — — Our valuation techniques used to measure the fair values of the derivative instruments, the counterparty to which has high credit ratings, were derived from pricing models including discounted cash flow techniques, with all significant inputs derived from or corroborated by observable market data, as no quoted market prices exist for these instruments. Our discounted cash flow techniques use observable market inputs, such as, where applicable, foreign currency spot and forward rates. Our cash and cash equivalents, along with our accounts receivable and accounts payable and accrued liabilities balances, are measured and recognized in our Consolidated Financial Statements at an amount that approximates the fair value (a Level 2 measurement) due to their short maturities. The fair value of our Senior Notes is determined based on observable market prices and categorized as a Level 2 measurement. As of June 30, 2021, the fair value was $2.7 billion (June 30, 2020—$2.6 billion). The carrying value of our other long-term debt facilities approximates the fair value since the interest rate is at market. Please see note 11 "Long-Term Debt" for further details. If applicable, we will recognize transfers between levels within the fair value hierarchy at the end of the reporting period in which the actual event or change in circumstance occurs. During the year ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, we did not have any transfers between Level 1, Level 2 or Level 3. Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis We measure certain assets and liabilities at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. These assets and liabilities are recognized at fair value when they are deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired. During the year ended June 30, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively, no indications of impairments were identified and therefore no fair value measurements were required. 163 NOTE 17—DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES Foreign Currency Forward Contracts We are engaged in hedging programs with various banks to limit the potential foreign exchange fluctuations incurred on future cash flows relating to a portion of our Canadian dollar payroll expenses. We operate internationally and are therefore exposed to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations in the normal course of our business, in particular to changes in the Canadian dollar on account of large costs that are incurred from our centralized Canadian operations, which are denominated in Canadian dollars. As part of our risk management strategy, we use foreign currency forward contracts to hedge portions of our payroll exposure with typical maturities of between one and twelve months. We do not use foreign currency forward contracts for speculative purposes. We have designated these transactions as cash flow hedges of forecasted transactions under ASC Topic 815 “Derivatives and Hedging” (Topic 815). As the critical terms of the hedging instrument and of the entire hedged forecasted transaction are the same, in accordance with Topic 815, we have been able to conclude that changes in fair value or cash flows attributable to the risk being hedged are expected to completely offset at inception and on an ongoing basis. Accordingly, quarterly unrealized gains or losses on the effective portion of these forward contracts have been included within "Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), net". The fair value of the contracts, as of June 30, 2021, is recorded within "Prepaid expenses and other current assets" and represents the net gain before tax effect that is expected to be reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income into earnings with the next twelve months. As of June 30, 2021, the notional amount of forward contracts we held to sell U.S. dollars in exchange for Canadian dollars was $66.9 million (June 30, 2020—$62.3 million). Fair Value of Derivative Instruments and Effect of Derivative Instruments on Financial Performance The effect of these derivative instruments on our Consolidated Financial Statements for the periods indicated below were as follows (amounts presented do not include any income tax effects). Fair Value of Derivative Instruments in the Consolidated Balance Sheets (see note 16 "Fair Value Measurement") Derivatives Foreign currency forward contracts designated as cash flow hedges Balance Sheet Location Prepaid expenses and other current assets (Accounts payable and accrued liabilities) As of June 30, 2021 As of June 30, 2020 Fair Value Asset (Liability) Fair Value Asset (Liability) $ 1,131 $ (185) 164 Effects of Derivative Instruments on Income and Other Comprehensive Income (OCI) Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationship Year Ended June 30, 2021 Amount of Gain or (Loss) Recognized in OCI on Derivatives (Effective Portion) Location of Gain or (Loss) Reclassified from Accumulated OCI into Income (Effective Portion) Amount of Gain or (Loss) Reclassified from Accumulated OCI into Income (Effective Portion) Foreign currency forward contracts $ 5,778 Operating expenses $ 4,462 Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationship Year Ended June 30, 2020 Amount of Gain or (Loss) Recognized in OCI on Derivatives (Effective Portion) Location of Gain or (Loss) Reclassified from Accumulated OCI into Income (Effective Portion) Amount of Gain or (Loss) Reclassified from Accumulated OCI into Income (Effective Portion) Foreign currency forward contracts $ (2,261) Operating expenses $ (1,340) Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationship Year Ended June 30, 2019 Amount of Gain or (Loss) Recognized in OCI on Derivatives (Effective Portion) Location of Gain or (Loss) Reclassified from Accumulated OCI into Income (Effective Portion) Amount of Gain or (Loss) Reclassified from Accumulated OCI into Income (Effective Portion) Foreign currency forward contracts $ 22 Operating expenses $ (2,033) NOTE 18—SPECIAL CHARGES (RECOVERIES) Special charges (recoveries) include costs and recoveries that relate to certain restructuring initiatives that we have undertaken from time to time under our various restructuring plans, as well as acquisition-related costs and other charges. COVID-19 Restructuring Plan Fiscal 2020 Restructuring Plan Restructuring Plans prior to Fiscal 2020 Restructuring Plan Acquisition-related costs Other charges (recoveries) Total Year Ended June 30, 2021 2020 2019 (8,929) $ 3,669 (53) 5,906 1,155 1,748 $ 53,616 $ 26,680 1,371 13,750 5,011 100,428 $ — — 29,111 5,625 983 35,719 $ $ During Fiscal 2020, we entered into the COVID-19 and Fiscal 2020 Restructuring Plans (as defined below), which included the abandonment of certain leased facilities. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, at the time of the initial abandonment of leased facilities during the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2020, we anticipated that we would not be able to early terminate any of our lease obligations. During the year ended June 30, 2021, we recorded net recoveries of $29.5 million within "Special charges (recoveries)" relating to early lease terminations and assignments of previously abandoned office space. These recoveries were recorded under the COVID-19 and Fiscal 2020 Restructuring Plans, consistent with the initial abandonment. COVID-19 Restructuring Plan During the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2020, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we made a strategic decision to move towards a significant work from home model. We began to implement restructuring activities to streamline our operations and significantly reduce our real estate footprint around the world (COVID-19 Restructuring Plan). The COVID-19 Restructuring Plan charges relate to workforce reductions and facility costs, including the accelerated amortization associated with the abandonment of ROU assets, the write-off of fixed assets and other related variable lease and exit costs. These charges require management to make certain judgments and estimates regarding the amount and timing of restructuring charges or recoveries. Our estimated liability could change subsequent to its recognition, requiring adjustments to the expense and the liability recorded. On a quarterly basis, we conduct an evaluation of the related liabilities and expenses and revise our assumptions and estimates as appropriate. With respect to the COVID-19 Restructuring Plan, at the time of initial abandonment we assumed there would be no additional sublease income, lease assignments or early terminations from vacated facilities. 165 Since the inception of the plan, $44.7 million has been recorded within "Special charges (recoveries)" to date. We do not expect to incur any further significant charges relating to this plan. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending restructuring liability, which is included within "Accounts payable and accrued liabilities" in our Consolidated Balance Sheets, for the year ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 is shown below. COVID-19 Restructuring Plan Balance payable as of June 30, 2019 Accruals and adjustments Cash payments Foreign exchange and other non-cash adjustments Balance payable as of June 30, 2020 Accruals and adjustments Cash payments Foreign exchange and other non-cash adjustments Balance payable as of June 30, 2021 Workforce reduction $ — $ 8,702 (3,609) 79 5,172 1,983 (7,172) 272 255 $ $ Facility charges Total — $ 12,319 (321) 278 12,276 (2,224) (6,142) 100 4,010 $ — 21,021 (3,930) 357 17,448 (241) (13,314) 372 4,265 During the year ended June 30, 2021, we recognized net recoveries of $16.0 million relating to previously abandoned office space that has since been early terminated or assigned to a third party, as discussed above. Included in these recoveries is $12.5 million relating to the reversal of lease liabilities (see note 6 "Leases"), with the remainder relating to other facility charges and recoveries. Additionally, during the year ended June 30, 2021, we incurred $7.1 million in charges related to abandoned facilities, workforce reductions and the write-off of fixed assets. During the year ended June 30, 2020, we incurred $27.2 million in charges related to accelerated amortization associated with the abandonment of ROU assets and $5.4 million in charges associated with the write-off of fixed assets. Additionally, during the year ended June 30, 2020, we incurred $21.0 million in charges related to abandoned facilities and workforce reductions. Fiscal 2020 Restructuring Plan During Fiscal 2020, we began to implement restructuring activities to streamline our operations (Fiscal 2020 Restructuring Plan), including in connection with our acquisitions of Carbonite and XMedius, to take further steps to improve our operational efficiency. The Fiscal 2020 Restructuring Plan charges relate to workforce reductions and facility costs, including the accelerated amortization associated with the abandonment of ROU assets, the write-off of fixed assets and other related variable lease and exit costs. These charges require management to make certain judgments and estimates regarding the amount and timing of restructuring charges or recoveries. Our estimated liability could change subsequent to its recognition, requiring adjustments to the expense and the liability recorded. On a quarterly basis, we conduct an evaluation of the related liabilities and expenses and revise our assumptions and estimates as appropriate. With respect to the Fiscal 2020 Restructuring Plan, at the time of the initial abandonment we assumed there would be no additional sublease income, lease assignments or early terminations from vacated facilities. Since the inception of the plan, $30.3 million has been recorded within "Special charges (recoveries)" to date. We do not expect to incur any further significant charges relating to this plan. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending restructuring liability, which is included within "Accounts payable and accrued liabilities" in our Consolidated Balance Sheets, for the year ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 is shown below. Fiscal 2020 Restructuring Plan Balance payable as of June 30, 2019 Accruals and adjustments Cash payments Foreign exchange and other non-cash adjustments Balance payable as of June 30, 2020 Accruals and adjustments Cash payments Foreign exchange and other non-cash adjustments Balance payable as of June 30, 2021 Workforce reduction $ — $ 5,993 (4,412) (5) 1,576 11,444 (10,828) 25 2,217 $ $ 166 Facility charges Total — $ 6,734 (261) (31) 6,442 (869) (3,369) (338) 1,866 $ — 12,727 (4,673) (36) 8,018 10,575 (14,197) (313) 4,083 During the year ended June 30, 2021, we recognized net recoveries of $13.5 million relating to previously abandoned office space that has since been early terminated or assigned to a third party, as discussed above. Included in these recoveries is $10.1 million relating to the reversal of lease liabilities (see note 6 "Leases"), with the remainder relating to other facility charges and recoveries. Additionally, during the year ended June 30, 2021, we incurred $17.2 million in charges related to abandoned facilities, workforce reductions and the write-off of fixed assets. During the year ended June 30, 2020, we incurred $9.7 million in charges related to accelerated amortization associated with the abandonment of ROU assets and $4.3 million in charges associated with the write-off of fixed assets. Additionally, during the year ended June 30, 2020, we incurred $12.7 million in charges related to abandoned facilities and workforce reductions. Acquisition-related costs Acquisition-related costs, recorded within "Special charges (recoveries)" include direct costs of potential and completed acquisitions. Acquisition-related costs for the year ended June 30, 2021 were $5.9 million (year ended June 30, 2020 and 2019 —$13.8 million and $5.6 million, respectively). Other charges (recoveries) For the year ended June 30, 2021, "Other charges" includes $1.2 million relating to other miscellaneous charges. For the year ended June 30, 2020, "Other charges" includes $0.7 million relating to accelerated amortization associated with the abandonment of ROU assets and $4.3 million relating to other miscellaneous charges. For the year ended June 30, 2019, "Other charges" includes (i) $1.2 million relating to one-time system implementation costs and (ii) $1.4 million relating to other miscellaneous charges. These charges were partially offset by a recovery of $1.5 million relating to certain pre-acquisition sales and use tax liabilities becoming statute barred. NOTE 19—ACQUISITIONS Fiscal 2020 Acquisitions Acquisition of XMedius On March 9, 2020, we acquired all of the equity interest in XMedius, a provider of secure information exchange and unified communication solutions, for $73.5 million, of which $0.7 million is currently unpaid in accordance with the terms of the purchase agreement. In accordance with Topic 805, this acquisition was accounted for as a business combination. We believe the acquisition complements our Customer Experience Management (CEM) and Business Network (BN) platforms. The results of operations of this acquisition have been consolidated with those of OpenText beginning March 9, 2020. Purchase Price Allocation The recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed, based upon their fair values as of March 9, 2020, are set forth below: Current assets Non-current tangible assets Intangible customer assets Intangible technology assets Liabilities assumed Total identifiable net assets Goodwill Net assets acquired $ $ 8,479 3,792 35,910 11,143 (34,602) 24,722 48,823 73,545 The goodwill of $48.8 million is primarily attributable to the synergies expected to arise after the acquisition. Of this goodwill, $0.1 million is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. Included in total identifiable net assets is acquired deferred revenue with a fair value of $18.5 million, which represents our estimate of the fair value of the contractual obligations assumed based on a valuation. In arriving at this fair value, we reduced the acquired company’s original carrying value by $2.7 million. The fair value of current assets acquired includes accounts receivable with a fair value of $6.3 million. The gross amount receivable was $6.6 million, of which $0.3 million is expected to be uncollectible. 167 The finalization of the above purchase price allocation during the year ended June 30, 2021 did not result in any significant changes to the preliminary amounts previously disclosed. Acquisition of Carbonite On December 24, 2019, we acquired all of the equity interest in Carbonite, a leading provider of cloud-based subscription backup, disaster recovery and endpoint security to SMB, consumers, and a wide variety of partners. Total consideration for Carbonite was $1.4 billion paid in cash (inclusive of cash acquired). In accordance with Topic 805, this acquisition was accounted for as a business combination. We believe the acquisition increases our position in the data protection and endpoint security space, further strengthens our cloud capabilities and opens a new route to connect with customers through Carbonite's marquee SMB and consumer channels and products. The results of operations of Carbonite have been consolidated with those of OpenText beginning December 24, 2019. Purchase Price Allocation The recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed, based upon their fair values as of December 24, 2019, are set forth below: Current assets (inclusive of cash acquired of $62.9 million) Non-current tangible assets (inclusive of restricted cash acquired of $2.4 million) Intangible customer assets Intangible technology assets Liabilities assumed Total identifiable net assets Goodwill Net assets acquired $ $ 127,532 105,742 549,500 290,000 (554,320) 518,454 851,970 1,370,424 The goodwill of $852.0 million is primarily attributable to the synergies expected to arise after the acquisition. Of this goodwill, $6.9 million is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. Included in total identifiable net assets is acquired deferred revenue with a fair value of $171.0 million, which represents our estimate of the fair value of the contractual obligations assumed. In arriving at this fair value, we reduced the acquired company’s original carrying value by $74.7 million. The fair value of current assets acquired includes accounts receivable with a fair value of $45.7 million. The gross amount receivable was $47.1 million of which $1.4 million of this receivable was expected to be uncollectible. The finalization of the purchase price allocation completed during the year ended June 30, 2021 did not result in any significant changes to the preliminary amounts previously disclosed. Acquisition of Dynamic Solutions Group Inc. (The Fax Guys) On December 2, 2019, we acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of The Fax Guys, for $5.1 million. During the year ended June 30, 2021, we paid consideration of $1.0 million which was previously accrued. In accordance with Topic 805, this acquisition was accounted for as a business combination. We believe this acquisition complements our Information Management portfolio. The results of operations of The Fax Guys have been consolidated with those of OpenText beginning December 2, 2019. Fiscal 2019 Acquisitions Acquisition of Catalyst Repository Systems Inc. On January 31, 2019, we acquired all of the equity interest in Catalyst, a leading provider of eDiscovery that designs, develops and supports market-leading cloud eDiscovery software. Total consideration for Catalyst was $71.4 million, of which $70.8 million was paid in cash and $0.6 million is currently held back and unpaid in accordance with the purchase agreement. In accordance with Topic 805, this acquisition was accounted for as a business combination. We believe this acquisition complements and extends our Information Management portfolio. The results of operations of this acquisition have been consolidated with those of OpenText beginning January 31, 2019. 168 Purchase Price Allocation The recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed, based upon their fair values as of January 31, 2019, are set forth below: Current assets Non-current tangible assets Intangible customer assets Intangible technology assets Liabilities assumed Total identifiable net assets Goodwill Net assets acquired $ $ 9,699 5,754 30,607 11,658 (17,891) 39,827 31,607 71,434 The goodwill of $31.6 million is primarily attributable to the synergies expected to arise after the acquisition. Of this goodwill, $3.1 million is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. Included in total identifiable net assets is acquired deferred revenue with a fair value of $0.8 million, which represents our estimate of the fair value of the contractual obligations assumed based on a valuation. In arriving at this fair value, we reduced the acquired company’s original carrying value by an insignificant amount. The fair value of current assets acquired includes accounts receivable with a fair value of $10.8 million. The gross amount receivable was $11.8 million, of which $1.0 million was expected to be uncollectible. The finalization of the purchase price allocation during the year ended June 30, 2020 resulted in an adjustment to amounts previously disclosed of $0.6 million. Acquisition of Liaison Technologies, Inc. On December 17, 2018, we acquired all of the equity interest in Liaison, a leading provider of cloud-based business to business integration, for $310.6 million in an all cash transaction. In accordance with Topic 805, this acquisition was accounted for as a business combination. We believe this acquisition complements and extends our Information Management portfolio. The results of operations of this acquisition have been consolidated with those of OpenText beginning December 17, 2018. Purchase Price Allocation The recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed, based upon their fair values as of December 17, 2018, are set forth below: Current assets Non-current tangible assets Intangible customer assets Intangible technology assets Liabilities assumed Total identifiable net assets Goodwill Net assets acquired $ $ 23,006 5,168 68,300 107,000 (57,265) 146,209 164,434 310,643 The goodwill of $164.4 million is primarily attributable to the synergies expected to arise after the acquisition. Of this goodwill, $2.2 million is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. Included in total identifiable net assets is acquired deferred revenue with a fair value of $7.6 million, which represents our estimate of the fair value of the contractual obligations assumed. In arriving at this fair value, we reduced the acquired company’s original carrying value by an insignificant amount. The fair value of current assets acquired includes accounts receivable with a fair value of $20.5 million. The gross amount receivable was $22.2 million, of which $1.7 million was expected to be uncollectible. The finalization of the purchase price allocation during the year ended June 30, 2020 did not result in any significant changes to the preliminary amounts previously disclosed. 169 NOTE 20—SEGMENT INFORMATION ASC Topic 280, “Segment Reporting” (Topic 280), establishes standards for reporting, by public business enterprises, information about operating segments, products and services, geographic areas, and major customers. The method of determining what information, under Topic 280, to report is based on the way that an entity organizes operating segments for making operational decisions and how the entity’s management and CODM assess an entity’s financial performance. Our operations are analyzed by management and our CODM as being part of a single industry segment: the design, development, marketing and sale of Information Management software and solutions. The following table sets forth the distribution of revenues, by significant geographic area, for the periods indicated: Year Ended June 30, 2021 2020 2019 Revenues(1): Canada United States United Kingdom Germany Rest of EMEA(2) All other countries $ 166,430 $ 149,457 $ 1,870,620 195,721 212,014 623,872 317,458 3,386,115 $ 1,719,877 186,756 195,286 560,239 298,121 3,109,736 $ 153,890 1,490,863 182,815 203,403 534,204 303,580 2,868,755 Total revenues (1) Total revenues by geographic area are determined based on the location of our end customer. (2) EMEA primarily consists of countries in Europe, the Middle East and Africa. $ The following table sets forth the distribution of long-lived assets, representing property and equipment, ROU assets and intangible assets, by significant geographic area, as of the periods indicated below. Long-lived assets: Canada United States United Kingdom Germany Rest of EMEA(1) All other countries Total (1) EMEA primarily consists of countries in Europe, the Middle East and Africa. As of June 30, 2021 As of June 30, 2020 $ $ 530,830 $ 868,376 14,629 60,470 116,429 64,653 1,655,387 $ 651,214 1,150,638 13,388 117,891 75,183 56,674 2,064,988 170 NOTE 21—ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME Balance as of June 30, 2018 $ 44,634 $ (969) $ (10,020) $ 33,645 Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments Cash Flow Hedges Defined Benefit Pension Plans Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications, net of tax Amounts reclassified into net income, net of tax Total other comprehensive income (loss) net, for the period Balance as of June 30, 2019 Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications, net of tax Amounts reclassified into net income, net of tax Total other comprehensive income (loss) net, for the period Balance as of June 30, 2020 Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications, net of tax Amounts reclassified into net income, net of tax Total other comprehensive income (loss) net, for the period Balance as of June 30, 2021 (3,882) — (3,882) 40,752 (7,784) — (7,784) 32,968 42,440 — 42,440 16 1,494 1,510 541 (1,662) 985 (677) (136) 4,246 (3,280) 966 (7,421) 272 (7,149) (17,169) 1,245 917 2,162 (15,007) 3,987 1,020 5,007 $ 75,408 $ 830 $ (10,000) $ (11,287) 1,766 (9,521) 24,124 (8,201) 1,902 (6,299) 17,825 50,673 (2,260) 48,413 66,238 NOTE 22—SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW DISCLOSURES Cash paid during the period for interest Cash received during the period for interest Cash paid during the period for income taxes (1) Year Ended June 30, 2021 2020 2019 $ $ $ 147,996 $ 3,856 $ 400,137 $ 146,698 $ 11,768 $ 94,733 $ 138,631 8,014 80,583 (1) Included for the year ended June 30, 2021 is cash paid of $299.6 million relating to the IRS Settlement. Please see note 15 "Income Taxes" for additional details. NOTE 23—OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE), NET Foreign exchange gains (losses) OpenText share in net income of equity investees (1) Loss on debt extinguishment (2) Other miscellaneous income (expense) Total other income (expense), net Year Ended June 30, 2021 2020 2019 $ $ (1,273) $ 62,897 — (190) 61,434 $ (4,184) $ 8,700 (17,854) 1,392 (11,946) $ (4,330) 13,668 — 818 10,156 (1) OpenText’s share in net income of equity investees relates to our share of net income, which approximates fair value, based on our interest in certain investment funds in which we are a limited partner. Our interests in each of these investees range from 4% to below 20% and these investments are accounted for using the equity method (see note 9 "Prepaid Expenses and Other Assets" for more details). (2) On March 5, 2020, we redeemed in full $800 million aggregate principal amount of our 5.625% Senior Notes due 2023 (Senior Notes 2023), which resulted in a loss on debt extinguishment of $17.9 million. Of this, $6.7 million related to unamortized debt issuance costs and the remaining $11.2 million related to the early termination call premium. 171 NOTE 24—EARNINGS PER SHARE Basic earnings per share are computed by dividing net income, attributable to OpenText, by the weighted average number of Common Shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share are computed by dividing net income, attributable to OpenText, by the shares used in the calculation of basic earnings per share plus the dilutive effect of Common Share equivalents, such as stock options, using the treasury stock method. Common Share equivalents are excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share if their effect is anti-dilutive. Basic earnings per share Net income attributable to OpenText Basic earnings per share attributable to OpenText Diluted earnings per share Net income attributable to OpenText Diluted earnings per share attributable to OpenText Weighted-average number of shares outstanding (in '000's) Basic Effect of dilutive securities Diluted Excluded as anti-dilutive(1) Year Ended June 30, 2021 2020 2019 $ $ $ $ 310,672 $ 1.14 $ 234,225 $ 0.86 $ 285,501 1.06 310,672 $ 1.14 $ 234,225 $ 0.86 $ 285,501 1.06 272,533 946 273,479 4,147 270,847 970 271,817 3,001 268,784 1,124 269,908 2,759 (1) Represents options to purchase Common Shares excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share because the exercise price of the stock options was greater than or equal to the average price of the Common Shares during the period. NOTE 25—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS Our procedure regarding the approval of any related party transaction requires that the material facts of such transaction be reviewed by the independent members of the Audit Committee and the transaction be approved by a majority of the independent members of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee reviews all transactions in which we are, or will be, a participant and any related party has or will have a direct or indirect interest in the transaction. In determining whether to approve a related party transaction, the Audit Committee generally takes into account, among other facts it deems appropriate, whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances; the extent and nature of the related person’s interest in the transaction; the benefits to the Company of the proposed transaction; if applicable, the effects on a director’s independence; and if applicable, the availability of other sources of comparable services or products. During the year ended June 30, 2021, Mr. Stephen Sadler, a member of the Board of Directors, earned $37 thousand (year ended June 30, 2020 and 2019—$0.7 million and $0.6 million, respectively) in consulting fees from OpenText for assistance with acquisition-related business activities. Mr. Sadler abstained from voting on all transactions from which he would potentially derive consulting fees. NOTE 26—SUBSEQUENT EVENT Cash Dividends As part of our quarterly, non-cumulative cash dividend program, we declared, on August 4, 2021, a dividend of $0.2209 per Common Share. The record date for this dividend is September 3, 2021 and the payment date is September 24, 2021. Future declarations of dividends and the establishment of future record and payment dates are subject to the final determination and discretion of our Board. Item 16. Form 10-K Summary None. 172 SIGNATURES Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized. OPEN TEXT CORPORATION Date: August 5, 2021 By: /s/ MARK J. BARRENECHEA Mark J. Barrenechea Vice Chair, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Technology Officer (Principal Executive Officer) /s/ MADHU RANGANATHAN Madhu Ranganathan Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) /s/ HOWARD ROSEN Howard Rosen Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer) 173 DIRECTORS Signature Title Date /s/ MARK J. BARRENECHEA Mark J. Barrenechea /S/ P. THOMAS JENKINS P. Thomas Jenkins /S/ RANDY FOWLIE Randy Fowlie /S/ DAVID FRASER David Fraser /S/ GAIL E. HAMILTON Gail E. Hamilton /S/ ROBERT HAU Robert Hau /S/ ANN M. POWELL Ann M. Powell /S/ STEPHEN J. SADLER Stephen J. Sadler /S/ HARMIT SINGH Harmit Singh /S/ MICHAEL SLAUNWHITE Michael Slaunwhite /S/ KATHARINE B. STEVENSON Katharine B. Stevenson /S/ DEBORAH WEINSTEIN Deborah Weinstein Vice Chair, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Technology Officer (Principal Executive Officer) August 5, 2021 Chairman of the Board August 5, 2021 Director August 5, 2021 Director August 5, 2021 Director August 5, 2021 Director August 5, 2021 Director August 5, 2021 Director August 5, 2021 Director August 5, 2021 Director August 5, 2021 Director August 5, 2021 Director August 5, 2021 174 Subsidiaries of Open Text Corporation as of June 30, 2021 Exhibit 21.1 Corporation Name Open Text Pty Limited Webroot Pty Ltd. Open Text Software Austria GmbH Webroot Austria GmbH Open Text Technologia Da Informacao (Brasil) Ltda. 12268728 Canada Inc. 8493642 Canada Inc. Carbonite Cloud Backup (Canada) Inc. GXS Canada Inc. Open Text Canada Ltd. Carbonite (China) Co., Ltd Covisint Software Services (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. GXS (Shanghai) Software Development Limited Open Text Software Technology (Shanghai) Co., Ltd Open Text s.r.o. Carbonite China Holdings, LLC Carbonite India Holdings, LLC Carbonite, Inc. GXS International, Inc. GXS, Inc. Mozy, Inc. Open Text Holdings, Inc. Open Text Inc. Vignette Partnership, LP Webroot Inc. Open Text A/S Acquisition U.K. Limited Carbonite (UK) Limited EasyLink Services International Limited GXS Limited GXS UK Holding Limited ICCM Professional Services Limited Open Text UK Limited Resonate KT Limited Sysgenics Limited Webroot Services Limited XMedius UK Limited Xpedite Systems (UK) Limited Open Text Oy Carbonite (France) SAS Open Text SARL Jurisdiction Australia Australia Austria Austria Brazil Canada Canada Canada Canada Canada China China China China Czech Republic Delaware, United States Delaware, United States Delaware, United States Delaware, United States Delaware, United States Delaware, United States Delaware, United States Delaware, United States Delaware, United States Delaware, United States Denmark England & Wales England & Wales England & Wales England & Wales England & Wales England & Wales England & Wales England & Wales England & Wales England & Wales England & Wales England & Wales Finland France France Mailstore Software GmbH Open Text Document Technologies GmbH Open Text Software GmbH Recommind GmbH Open Text (Hong Kong) Limited GXS India Technology Centre Private Limited Open Text Corporation India Private Limited Open Text Technologies India Private Limited Vignette India Private Limited Open Text Ireland Limited Webroot Global Holdings Limited Webroot International Limited Open Text S.r.l. Open Text K.K. Webroot K.K. Open Text Software Technology (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Open Text, S. de R.L. de C.V. Carbonite Holdings B.V. Carbonite International Holdings B.V. Carbonite Operations B.V. Open Text Coöperatief U.A. Open Text New Zealand Limited 3304709 Nova Scotia Limited Open Text SA ULC Open Text ULC Open Text Venture Capital Investment Limited Partnership Open Text (Philippines), Inc. Open Text Sp.z.o.o. Nstein Technologies Inc. XMedius Solutions Inc. GXS Inc Open Text Korea Co., Ltd. Open Text LLC Open Text Technology LLC Open Text Saudi Arabia LLC EC1 Pte Ltd Open Text (Asia) Pte Limited Open Text South Africa (Pty) Limited Open Text Software, S.L.U. Open Text AB Carbonite GmbH Open Text AG GXS Ltd Germany Germany Germany Germany Hong Kong India India India India Ireland Ireland Ireland Italy Japan Japan Malaysia Mexico Netherlands Netherlands Netherlands Netherlands New Zealand Nova Scotia, Canada Nova Scotia, Canada Nova Scotia, Canada Ontario, Canada Philippines Poland Quebec, Canada Quebec, Canada Republic of Korea Republic of Korea Russian Federation Russian Federation Saudi Arabia Singapore Singapore South Africa Spain Sweden Switzerland Switzerland Thailand Open Text Public Sector Solutions, Inc Virginia, United States Exhibit 23.1 Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm The Board of Directors of Open Text Corporation We consent to the use of: • our report dated August 4, 2021, on the consolidated financial statements of Open Text Corporation (the “Company”), which comprise of the consolidated balance sheets as at June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three- year period ended June 30, 2021, and the related notes (collectively the “consolidated financial statements”) and • our report dated August 4, 2021 on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2021 each of which is included in this annual report on Form 10-K of the Company for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021. Our report on the consolidated financial statements refers to changes in accounting policies due to the adoption of the new accounting standard for "Financial Instruments – Credit Losses" in the year ended June 30, 2021 and the adoption of the new accounting standard for “Leases” in the year ended June 30, 2020. We also consent to the incorporation by reference of such reports in Registration Statement Nos. 333-249181, 333-214427, 333-184670, 333-146351, 333-146350, 333-121377 and 333-87024 on Form S-8 and No. 333-235307 on Form S-3 of the Company. /s/ KPMG LLP Chartered Professional Accountants, Licensed Public Accountants August 5, 2021 Toronto, Canada Exhibit 31.1 I, Mark J. Barrenechea, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Open Text Corporation; CERTIFICATIONS 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting. Date: August 5, 2021 By: /s/ MARK J. BARRENECHEA Mark J. Barrenechea Vice Chair, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Technology Officer Exhibit 31.2 I, Madhu Ranganathan, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Open Text Corporation; CERTIFICATIONS 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting. Date: August 5, 2021 By: /s/ MADHU RANGANATHAN Madhu Ranganathan Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 Exhibit 32.1 In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Open Text Corporation (the “Company”) for the year ended June 30, 2021 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), I, Mark J. Barrenechea, Vice Chair, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Technology Officer of the Company, certify, as of the date hereof, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. Date: August 5, 2021 By: /s/ MARK J. BARRENECHEA Mark J. Barrenechea Vice Chair, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Technology Officer CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 Exhibit 32.2 In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Open Text Corporation (the “Company”) for the year ended June 30, 2021 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), I, Madhu Ranganathan, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, as of the date hereof, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. Date: August 5, 2021 By: /s/ MADHU RANGANATHAN Madhu Ranganathan Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer [This page intentionally left blank] [This page intentionally left blank] [This page intentionally left blank] Executive Leadership Team Mark J. Barrenechea Vice Chair, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Technology Officer Madhu Ranganathan Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer Muhi Majzoub Executive Vice President & Chief Product Officer Gordon A. Davies Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Development Simon “Ted” Harrison Executive Vice President, Enterprise Sales James McGourlay Executive Vice President, International Sales Prentiss Donohue Executive Vice President, SMB/C Sales Kristina Lengyel Executive Vice President, Customer Solutions Paul Duggan Executive Vice President, Worldwide Renewals Brian Sweeney Executive Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer Douglas (Doug) M. Parker Senior Vice President, Corporate Development Renee McKenzie Senior Vice President, Chief Information Officer Lou Blatt Senior Vice President, Chief Marketing Officer Board of Directors P. Thomas Jenkins, Chair Mark J. Barrenechea, Vice Chair Randy Fowlie Major General David Fraser Gail E. Hamilton Robert (Bob) Hau Ann M. Powell Stephen J. Sadler Harmit Singh Michael Slaunwhite Katharine B. Stevenson Deborah Weinstein Cloud Editions (CE) The Ultimate Cloud™ opentext.com/contact Twitter | LinkedIn Copyright © 2021 Open Text. All Rights Reserved. Trademarks owned by Open Text. For more information, visit: https://www.opentext.com/about/copyright-information • 18611